QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2005

Registration No. 333-123657



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


ITC HOLDINGS CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Michigan
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  4911
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  32-0058047
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

39500 Orchard Hill Place
Suite 200
Novi, Michigan 48375
(248) 374-7100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Daniel J. Oginsky, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
ITC Holdings Corp.
39500 Orchard Hill Place, Suite 200
Novi, Michigan 48375
(248) 374-7045
(Name and Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code of agent for service)



With copies to:
Risë B. Norman, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
  Erica A. Ward, Esq.
Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036-5622
(212) 735-3000

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If the securities being registered on this form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o  


.

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o  


.

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o  


.

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act, please check the following box.   o


         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion, dated July 11, 2005

12,500,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock


This is the initial public offering of ITC Holdings Corp. common stock. The selling stockholder is offering 10,000,000 shares of our common stock and we are offering 2,500,000 shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "ITC." We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $19.00 and $21.00 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.

 
  Per Share
  Total
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions   $     $  
Proceeds to the selling stockholder (before expenses)   $     $  
Proceeds to ITC Holdings Corp. (before expenses)   $     $  

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares of common stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than 12,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Lehman Brothers, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares on or about                , 2005.



LEHMAN BROTHERS

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

 

MORGAN STANLEY


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

UBS INVESTMENT BANK

                         , 2005


GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Summary   1
Risk Factors   12
Forward-Looking Statements   22
Use of Proceeds   23
Dividend Policy   23
Capitalization   25
Dilution   26
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   27
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   31
Industry Overview   56
Rate Setting   59
Business   62
Management   69
Principal and Selling Stockholders   83
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   85
Description of Our Indebtedness   91
Description of Our Capital Stock   94
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   100
Certain United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders   102
Underwriting   106
Legal Matters   110
Experts   110
Where You Can Find Additional Information   110
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

        Until            , 2005, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. If any person provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the selling stockholder are only offering to sell, and only seeking offers to buy, the common stock in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

        The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        Unless otherwise noted or the context requires, all references in this prospectus to:

    "ITC Holdings" are references to ITC Holdings Corp. and not any of its subsidiaries;

    "ITC" are references to International Transmission Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ITC Holdings; and

    "We," "our" and "us" are references to ITC Holdings, together with all of its subsidiaries.

        All references in this prospectus to "kV" are references to kilovolts (one kilovolt equaling 1,000 volts). All references to "MW" are references to megawatts (one megawatt equaling 1,000,000 watts), all references to "kW" are references to kilowatts (one kilowatt equaling 1,000 watts) and all references to "TWh" are to terawatt hours (one terawatt hour equaling 1,000,000,000,000 watt hours).

i



SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information in this prospectus, but it may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors" section and our historical financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Our Business

Overview

        Our operating subsidiary, ITC, is the first independently owned and operated electricity transmission company in the United States. We operate, maintain and invest in transmission infrastructure in order to enhance system integrity and reliability and relieve transmission constraints. By pursuing this goal, we seek to reduce the overall cost of delivered energy for end-use consumers by providing them with access to electricity from the lowest cost electricity generation sources. ITC owns a fully-regulated, high-voltage system that transmits electricity to local electricity distribution facilities from generating stations in Michigan and surrounding areas. The local distribution facilities connected to the ITC transmission system served a population of approximately 4.9 million people, as of December 31, 2004, in an area comprised of 13 southeastern Michigan counties, including the Detroit metropolitan area.

        As a transmission utility with rates regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, ITC earns revenues through fees charged for the use of its electricity transmission system by its customers, which include investor-owned utilities, municipalities, co-operatives, power marketers and alternative energy suppliers. The rates charged to ITC's customers are established on a cost-of-service model, which allows for the recovery of expenses and income taxes and a return on and of invested capital.

The Electricity Transmission Sector

        Electricity transmission is the flow of electricity at high voltages from electricity generation resources to local distribution systems. In the United States, electricity transmission assets are predominantly owned, operated and maintained by utilities that also own electricity generation and distribution assets, known as vertically integrated utilities. The vertically integrated model has discouraged investment in transmission systems and has inhibited the provision of non-discriminatory transmission access to all market participants. Recent trends have resulted in significant transmission constraints, increased stress on aging transmission equipment, power outages and other power quality problems. Given historical underinvestment, continued growth in demand and the costs associated with outages, we believe a significant opportunity exists to invest in transmission infrastructure with the support of policy makers and end-use consumers. See "Industry Overview" for a further description of the electricity transmission sector.

Our Operations

        ITC began operations under independent ownership in February 2003. We have no ownership of or financial interest in electricity generation or distribution assets, allowing us to focus solely on the transmission of electricity and investment in transmission infrastructure. ITC's primary operating responsibilities include scheduling outages on system elements to allow for maintenance and construction, balancing electricity generation and demand, and monitoring flows over transmission lines to ensure physical limits are not exceeded.

        ITC's operating assets consist primarily of approximately 2,700 circuit miles of transmission lines, approximately 16,000 transmission towers and poles and 30 stations, which connect ITC's transmission lines to generation resources, distribution facilities and neighboring transmission systems.

        ITC is committed to investing capital in its transmission system to improve reliability and meet its customers' ongoing needs. By prudently investing capital in our transmission system, we believe we will

1



enhance our earnings growth potential as we continue to earn a regulated return on this expanding rate base. When ITC began independent operations, its net property, plant and equipment was approximately $435.8 million. Since that time, ITC has invested approximately $122.5 million in property, plant and equipment and expects to invest approximately $100 million in additional property, plant and equipment in each of 2005 and 2006. Prudent capital investment is indicative of our growth strategy.

        Property, plant and equipment additions in excess of depreciation and amortization expense as illustrated below result in an expansion of ITC's rate base.

GRAPHIC


(a)
Amount represents additions to property, plant and equipment. Additions to property, plant and equipment differ from cash expenditures for property, plant and equipment primarily due to construction labor and materials costs incurred as of the period end, but not yet paid for.

(b)
Amount represents depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant and equipment.

(c)
Approximate amount that ITC expects to invest in property, plant and equipment additions.

        Substantially all of ITC's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were derived from providing transmission service. ITC's principal customer is The Detroit Edison Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DTE Energy Company, or DTE Energy, which accounted for approximately 68% of ITC's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004. We generated revenues, net income and adjusted EBITDA of $126.4 million, $2.6 million and $57.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004. If ITC's customers had been billed the rate under the Attachment O formula, we would have generated revenues of $168.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. We generated revenues, net income and adjusted EBITDA of $42.5 million, $7.9 million and $26.5 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2005. See "—Summary Historical Financial Data" for the definition of adjusted EBITDA and a discussion of its usefulness as a measure of our overall financial and operating performance and a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA. As described below, ITC's customers were charged a frozen rate until December 31, 2004.

Regulation and Ratemaking

        To further its policy objective of establishing the independent operation and ownership of, and investment in, transmission facilities, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission authorized our acquisition of the transmission assets of DTE Energy, and allowed ITC to earn a return of 13.88% on the equity portion of its capital structure. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, in an order dated May 5, 2005, confirmed that ITC Holdings and ITC will remain independent of market participants after this offering, subject to the enforcement of the restrictions on ownership and voting by market participants in ITC Holdings' Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and notifications to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission regarding such ownership. Based on its independence from market participants, ITC will continue to collect the 100 basis point incentive portion of its rate of return. As of December 31, 2004, equity constituted 60.8% of ITC's capital structure.

2



        ITC's rates are determined using a Federal Energy Regulatory Commission-approved formulaic rate setting mechanism known as Attachment O and automatically adjust annually to account for year-to-year changes in network load, expenses and return on and of invested capital. Beginning June 1, 2005 and each June thereafter, ITC will implement a new rate calculated using data from the previous calendar year as described above.

        On January 1, 2005, ITC's billed rate increased 47% from $1.075 per kW/month to $1.587 per kW/month, as it moved from a frozen rate with a revenue deferral, approved in connection with our acquisition of ITC, to an Attachment O formula rate. The revenue deferral resulted from the difference between the revenues ITC would have collected under Attachment O and the actual revenues ITC received based on the frozen rate. ITC's customers would have been billed a rate of $1.278 per kW/month during the period from June 1, 2003 to May 31, 2004 and a rate of $1.587 per kW/month during the period from June 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004 had its customers been charged the Attachment O rate during those periods. Based upon 2004 year-end results, the rate for the one-year period which started June 1, 2005 is $1.594 per kW/month.

Business Strengths

        We believe that ITC's business combines the stability of a regulated utility with significant opportunities for growth through prudent capital investment. Our business strengths include:

        Stability.     We believe that we benefit from the following strengths that enhance our stability as a regulated utility:

    supportive regulatory environment for independent transmission companies;

    efficient and predictable rate setting process;

    minimal weather, commodity and energy demand risk;

    attractive service territory;

    lack of competition;

    operational excellence; and

    experienced and incentivized management team.

        Growth.     Our growth strategy is aligned with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's policy objective to promote needed investment in transmission infrastructure, improve reliability and reduce system constraints. Key elements of our strategy are significant prudent investment in ITC's existing transmission system and the pursuit of acquisitions of other transmission systems.

Risks Related to Our Business

        Our ability to grow our business is subject to certain risks, including those generally associated with the electricity transmission industry. In addition, ITC Holdings is a holding company and is not able to pay dividends to its stockholders and fulfill its cash obligations unless it receives dividends or other payments from ITC. We had $519.8 million of consolidated indebtedness as of March 31, 2005, which may adversely affect our ability to generate cash flow, pay dividends on our common stock, remain in compliance with debt covenants and operate our business. In addition, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules. Any of these factors or other factors described in this prospectus under "Risk Factors" may limit our ability to grow our business.


        Our principal executive offices are located at 39500 Orchard Hill Place, Suite 200, Novi, Michigan 48375 and our telephone number at that address is (248) 374-7100. ITC's website is located at www.itctransco.com. The information on ITC's website is not part of this prospectus.

3



Ownership Structure

        ITC Holdings is controlled by International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, a Michigan limited partnership, or the IT Holdings Partnership, which is managed by its general partner, Ironhill Transmission, LLC. The sole member of Ironhill Transmission, LLC is Mr. Lewis M. Eisenberg. We refer to Ironhill Transmission, LLC, together with its sole member, Mr. Lewis Eisenberg, as the General Partner. The IT Holdings Partnership has issued limited partnership interests to:

    investment partnerships that are managed and advised by affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., or KKR;

    investment partnerships that are managed and advised by affiliates of Trimaran Capital Partners, L.L.C., or Trimaran; and

    Stockwell Fund, L.P., or Stockwell, an entity formed to make direct investments for certain State of Michigan retirement funds.

        The chart below illustrates the ownership of ITC Holdings on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to the exercise of all outstanding stock options held by management and employees of ITC Holdings at March 31, 2005, but before giving effect to this offering.

GRAPHIC


(1)
KKR Millennium Fund, L.P. and KKR Partners III, L.P. (Series A).

(2)
Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and CIBC MB Inc.

(3)
After giving effect to this offering, the IT Holdings Partnership will own approximately 55.01%, investors in this offering will own approximately 35.05% and our management and employees will own approximately 9.94% of our outstanding common stock on a fully-diluted basis after giving effect to the exercise of all outstanding stock options held by management and employees of ITC Holdings and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

4



The Offering

Shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering   30,698,574.

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

10,000,000.

Shares of common stock offered by ITC Holdings Corp. 

 

2,500,000.

Shares of common stock outstanding after this offering

 

33,198,574.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $43.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay borrowings under ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement and for general corporate purposes, including for capital expenditures at ITC.

 

 

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering.

Dividend policy

 

We currently intend to pay quarterly dividends on our common stock. We anticipate paying a dividend in the third quarter of 2005 and paying an aggregate of approximately $17.5 million in dividends to our stockholders in 2005.

New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"ITC."

        Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

    assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters;

    gives retroactive and prospective effect to a 3.34-for-one stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    gives effect to the adjustment of the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, or the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan, as well as the share amounts of stock grants and the number of options and exercise prices of options under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan as a result the 3.34-for-one stock split;

    gives effect to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which increased our authorized common stock to 100 million shares in June 2005; and

5


    assumes that none of the remaining 2,266,207 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan have been issued, including 1,991,878 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at an exercise price of $7.48 per share, 802,100 of which were vested as of March 31, 2005.



Risk Factors

        Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under "Risk Factors" in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

6



Summary Historical Financial Data

        Set forth below is summary historical financial, operating and other data of ITC's predecessor and summary historical consolidated financial, operating and other data of ITC Holdings and subsidiaries, in each case, at the dates and for the periods indicated.

        The summary historical financial data presented on the following pages for the year ended December 31, 2002, and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, have been derived from audited financial statements of ITC's predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented on the following pages as of and for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical condensed consolidated financial data presented on the following pages as of March 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data presented for the three months ended March 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2005.

        Prior to June 1, 2001, the provision of electricity transmission services over the facilities now owned by ITC was undertaken as part of The Detroit Edison Company's, or Detroit Edison's, transmission business which was integrated with Detroit Edison's distribution business. On May 31, 2001, Detroit Edison's transmission business was separated from Detroit Edison's distribution business and was contributed to ITC's predecessor.

        From June 1, 2001 until February 28, 2003, ITC's predecessor was operated as a subsidiary of DTE Energy.

        On February 28, 2003, ITC Holdings acquired ITC's predecessor from DTE Energy and began operating the transmission system as a stand-alone company, independent of DTE Energy and Detroit Edison. For the period from March 1, 2003 to December 31, 2004, ITC's rate was $1.075 per kW/month based on a frozen rate with a revenue deferral to be recovered in future periods. The term "Predecessor ITC" refers to the ITC business prior to its acquisition by ITC Holdings on February 28, 2003.

        The summary historical financial data presented below should be read together with "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," Predecessor ITC's financial statements and the notes to those statements, our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, in each case, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

7


 
   
   
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
 
  Predecessor ITC
 
 
   
   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Two-Month Period
Ended February 28, 2003(a)

  Period From
February 28, 2003
Through December 31, 2003(a)

  Year Ended
December 31, 2004

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
   
 
Statement of operations data:                                      
Operating Revenues   $ 137,535   $ 20,936   $ 102,362   $ 126,449   $ 27,544   $ 42,460  

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operation and maintenance     34,699     5,675     22,902     24,552     6,394     6,522  
  General and administrative             26,342     24,412     6,448     5,286  
  Depreciation and amortization     21,996     3,665     21,463     29,480     6,966     8,018  
  Taxes other than income taxes     15,776     4,298     11,499     20,840     5,424     4,299  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     72,471     13,638     82,206     99,284     25,232     24,125  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating Income

 

 

65,064

 

 

7,298

 

 

20,156

 

 

27,165

 

 

2,312

 

 

18,335

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Other Expenses (Income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     58         21,630     25,585     6,291     6,854  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction             (322 )   (1,691 )   (318 )   (580 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             11,378              
  Other income     (1,720 )   (147 )   (197 )   (1,289 )   (12 )   (305 )
  Other expense     245     45     27     283     37     176  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other expenses (income)     (1,417 )   (102 )   32,516     22,888     5,998     6,145  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

 

 

66,481

 

 

7,400

 

 

(12,360

)

 

4,277

 

 

(3,686

)

 

12,190

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

 

 

23,268

 

 

3,915

 

 

(4,306

)

 

1,669

 

 

(1,268

)

 

4,320

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

43,213

 

$

3,485

 

$

(8,054

)

$

2,608

 

$

(2,418

)

$

7,870

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Income (loss) per share data:(b)                                      
Basic net income (loss) per share:                                      
  Net income (loss) per share               $ (0.27 ) $ 0.09   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.26  
  Weighted average shares                 29,339,394     30,183,886     30,159,066     30,341,967  
Diluted net income (loss) per share:                                      
  Net income (loss) per share               $ (0.27 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.25  
  Weighted average shares                 29,339,394     30,899,548     30,159,066     31,140,306  

(footnotes on next page)

8


 
  As of December 31,
  As of March 31, 2005
 
  2003
  2004
  Acual
  As Adjusted
 
  (in thousands)

Balance sheet data:                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,139   $ 14,074   $ 3,863   $ 25,811
Working capital (deficit)     (17,633 )   (27,117 )   (6,870 )   15,078
Property, plant and equipment—net     459,393     513,684     543,251     543,251
Total assets     751,657     808,847     833,087     855,939
Total debt:                        
  ITC Holdings     265,866     273,485     280,315     266,015
  ITC     184,887     209,945     239,448     239,448
Stockholders' equity     191,246     196,602     204,846     243,447
 
  Predecessor ITC
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
   
   
  Period From
February 28, 2003
Through
December 31,
2003(a)

   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28, 2003(a)

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

 
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

   
   
Other data:                                    
Adjusted EBITDA(c)   $ 88,535   $ 11,065   $ 41,789   $ 57,651   $ 9,253   $ 26,482
Capital expenditures     15,360     5,616     26,805     76,779     21,549     36,112
 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
Operating data:                
Monthly Peak Load (MW):                
  January   7,668   7,608   8,022   8,090
  February   7,572   7,437   7,656   7,672
  March   7,566   7,542   7,434   7,562
  April   8,386   6,934   7,305   7,299
  May   8,702   7,017   8,718   7,678
  June   11,067   11,266   11,114   12,146
  July   11,423   10,225   11,344    
  August   11,438   11,617   10,877    
  September   10,894   8,717   9,841    
  October   8,645   7,369   7,197    
  November   7,271   7,843   7,832    
  December   7,772   8,124   8,469    

(a)
Our business is seasonal, with peak transmission loads occurring during the summer air conditioning months. Annualized financial data for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 are not indicative of results for the full year.

(b)
Net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average shares outstanding. Weighted average shares for the purposes of the basic net income (loss) per share calculation has been adjusted to reflect the 3.34-for-one stock split that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Basic net income (loss) per share excludes 405,485 and 337,273 shares of restricted common stock at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and 438,523 and 344,629 shares of restricted common stock at March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, that were issued and outstanding, but had not yet vested as of such dates.

9


(c)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and should not be considered a substitute for net income, operating income, net profit after tax or cash flows from operating activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

        We define adjusted EBITDA as net income plus :

      income taxes;

      depreciation and amortization expense; and

      interest expense;

         excluding :

      allowance for equity funds used during construction; and

      certain other items not related to operating performance such as loss on extinguishment of debt.

    We use adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis to assess our overall financial and operating performance. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance on our day-to-day operations. Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis and to determine the level of bonuses for management and employees. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by research analysts and investors to evaluate the performance of and value companies in our industry. An investor or potential investor may find this item important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures as a supplement to our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business. However, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted EBITDA is not an alternative to net income, operating income or cash flows from operating activities as calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, because adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

10


        The following table reconciles net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Predecessor ITC
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
 
   
   
  Period From
February 28, 2003
Through
December 31,
2003(a)

   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
   
  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003(a)

   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

   
   
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 43,213   $ 3,485   $ (8,054 ) $ 2,608   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
  Income taxes     23,268     3,915     (4,306 )   1,669     (1,268 )   4,320  
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             11,378              
  Allowance for equity funds used during construction             (322 )   (1,691 )   (318 )   (580 )
  Interest expense     58         21,630     25,585     6,291     6,854  
  Depreciation and amortization     21,996     3,665     21,463     29,480     6,966     8,018  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Adjusted EBITDA   $ 88,535   $ 11,065   $ 41,789   $ 57,651   $ 9,253   $ 26,482  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

11



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase any common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

ITC Holdings is a holding company with no operations, and unless ITC Holdings receives dividends or other payments from ITC, ITC Holdings will be unable to pay dividends to its stockholders and fulfill its cash obligations.

        As a holding company with no business operations, ITC Holdings' material assets consist only of the common stock of ITC (and any other subsidiaries ITC Holdings may own in the future), dividends and other payments received from time to time from ITC or such subsidiaries and the proceeds raised from the sale of debt and equity securities. ITC Holdings may not be able to access cash generated by ITC in order to fulfill cash commitments or to pay dividends to stockholders. ITC Holdings will have to rely upon dividends and other payments from ITC (and any other subsidiaries ITC Holdings may have in the future) to generate the funds necessary to fulfill its cash obligations. ITC, however, is legally distinct from ITC Holdings and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to ITC Holdings. The ability of ITC to make dividend and other payments to ITC Holdings is subject to the availability of funds after taking into account ITC's funding requirements, the terms of ITC's indebtedness, the regulations of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or the FERC, under the Federal Power Act of 1935, or the FPA, and applicable state laws.

Certain elements of ITC's cost recovery through rates can be challenged before and by the regulators which could result in lowered rates and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        ITC provides transmission service under rates regulated by the FERC. The FERC has approved ITC's rate setting formula under Attachment O, but it has not expressly approved the amount of ITC's actual capital and operating expenditures to be used in that formula. In addition, all aspects of ITC's rates approved by the FERC, including the Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc., or MISO, Attachment O rate mechanism, ITC's allowed 13.88% return on the equity portion of its capital structure, and the data inputs provided by ITC for calculation of each year's rate, are subject to challenge by interested parties at the FERC in a Section 206 proceeding under the FPA. If a challenger can establish that any of these aspects are unjust, unreasonable, imprudent or unduly discriminatory, then the FERC will make appropriate adjustments to them and/or disallow ITC's inclusion of those aspects in the rate setting formula. This could result in lowered rates and an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The regulations to which ITC is subject may limit our ability to raise capital and/or pursue acquisition or development opportunities.

        ITC is a "public utility" under the FPA and, accordingly, is subject to regulation by the FERC. As a "public utility," ITC must obtain approval from the FERC under Section 203 of the FPA for dispositions of its regulated facilities and acquisitions of regulated facilities and any securities of another public utility. ITC must also seek approval by the FERC under Section 204 of the FPA for issuances of its securities.

        In addition, ITC is a "public-utility company" as defined under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, or PUHCA. ITC Holdings and ITC are currently exempt from all provisions of PUHCA other than Section 9(a)(2), which generally requires prior Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, approval for any person to, directly or indirectly, acquire a 5% or greater voting

12



interest in more than one "public-utility company." The restrictions imposed on us by PUHCA may limit our ability to pursue acquisition or development opportunities or subject us to more burdensome and costly regulation if an acquisition results in ITC Holdings or ITC having the status of a registered holding company.

Changes in federal energy laws, regulations or policies could reduce the dividends we may be able to pay our stockholders.

        The Attachment O rate setting mechanism used by ITC has only been approved through January 31, 2008, subject to further extension that must be approved by the FERC. After January 31, 2008, we cannot predict whether the FERC will change its policies or regulations or whether the approved transmission rates, rate determination mechanism or methodologies will be changed. Any changes could significantly decrease our revenues and ITC Holdings' ability to pay dividends to its stockholders and meet its obligations.

        Transmission costs constitute a relatively small portion of end-use consumers' overall electric utility costs. However, some large institutional end-use consumers may attempt to influence government and/or regulators to change the rate setting system that applies to ITC, particularly if rates for delivered electricity increase substantially.

        ITC is regulated by the FERC as a "public utility" under the FPA. The FERC could propose new policies and regulations concerning transmission services or rate setting methodologies. In addition, the U.S. Congress has periodically considered enacting energy legislation that would repeal PUHCA, shift certain of the SEC's responsibilities to the FERC, modify provisions of the FPA or provide the FERC or another entity with increased authority to regulate transmission reliability matters. ITC cannot predict whether, and to what extent, it may be affected by any such changes in federal energy laws, regulations or policies in the future.

If the network load on ITC's transmission system is lower than expected, our revenues would be reduced.

        ITC Holdings' sole operating asset is its interest in ITC. ITC's business is the regulated transmission of high-voltage electricity between power generation facilities and local distribution networks. If the network load on ITC's transmission system is lower than expected due to mild weather, a weak economy, changes in the nature or composition of the transmission grid in Michigan or surrounding regions, poor transmission quality of neighboring transmission systems, or for any other reason, it would reduce ITC's and our revenues.

ITC's operating results fluctuate on a seasonal and quarterly basis and based upon weather conditions.

        Demand for electricity is largely dependent on weather conditions. As a result, ITC's overall operating results fluctuate substantially on a seasonal basis, thereby impacting ITC's and our operating results. In general, ITC's revenues have historically exhibited summer peaking patterns. However, a particularly cool summer may reduce demand for electricity below that expected by ITC, causing a decrease in ITC's revenues from the same period of the previous year.

ITC depends on Detroit Edison, its primary customer, for a substantial portion of its revenues, and any material failure by Detroit Edison to make payments for transmission services would adversely affect our revenues and our ability to service ITC's and our debt obligations.

        ITC derives a substantial portion of its revenues from the transmission of electricity between Detroit Edison's power generation facilities and Detroit Edison's local distribution facilities. Payments from Detroit Edison, billed by MISO, constituted approximately 76%, 68% and 74% of ITC's total operating revenues for the ten months ended December 31, 2003, the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively, and are expected to constitute the majority

13



of ITC's revenues for the foreseeable future. Any material failure by Detroit Edison to make payments for transmission services would adversely affect our revenues and our ability to service ITC's and our debt obligations.

Deregulation and/or increased competition may adversely affect ITC's customers, or Detroit Edison's customers, which in turn may reduce our revenues.

        The business of ITC's primary customer, Detroit Edison, is subject to regulation that has undergone substantial change in accordance with Michigan Public Act 141 of 2000, which mandates the implementation of retail access, as well as changes in federal regulatory requirements. The utility industry has also been undergoing dramatic structural change for several years, resulting in increasing competitive pressures on electric utility companies, such as Detroit Edison, and we expect that trend to continue for the foreseeable future. Finally, the manufacturing sector in Detroit Edison's service territory has also been subject to increasing competitive pressures. As a result, demand for electricity transmission service by manufacturing companies in ITC's service territory may be negatively impacted. These factors may create greater risks to the stability of Detroit Edison's revenues and may affect Detroit Edison's ability to make its payments for transmission service to MISO and thus to ITC, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        On April 1, 2005, MISO began centrally dispatching generation resources throughout much of the Midwest with the launch of its Midwest Energy Markets. Because of this restructuring of power markets throughout the Midwest, the risk profile of some of ITC's customers may change, thus affecting the ability of these customers to pay for the services provided by ITC.

Hazards associated with high-voltage electricity transmission may result in suspension of ITC's operations or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

        ITC's operations are subject to the usual hazards associated with high-voltage electricity transmission, including explosions, fires, inclement weather, natural disasters, mechanical failure, unscheduled downtime, equipment interruptions, remediation, chemical spills, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases and other environmental risks. The hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage, and may result in suspension of operations and the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. We maintain property and casualty insurance, but we are not fully insured against all potential hazards incident to our business, such as damage to poles and towers or losses caused by outages.

ITC is subject to environmental regulations and to laws that can give rise to substantial liabilities from environmental contamination.

        ITC's operations are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment, establish standards for the management, treatment, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and of solid and hazardous wastes, and impose obligations to investigate and remediate contamination in certain circumstances. Liabilities to investigate or remediate contamination, as well as other liabilities concerning hazardous materials or contamination such as claims for personal injury or property damage, may arise at many locations, including formerly owned or operated properties and sites where wastes have been treated or disposed of, as well as at properties currently owned or operated by ITC. Such liabilities may arise even where the contamination does not result from noncompliance with applicable environmental laws. Under a number of environmental laws, such liabilities may also be joint and several, meaning that a party can be held responsible for more than its share of the liability involved, or even the entire share. Environmental requirements generally have become more stringent in recent years, and compliance with those requirements more expensive.

14



        ITC has incurred expenses in connection with environmental compliance, and we anticipate that it will continue to do so in the future. Failure to comply with the extensive environmental laws and regulations applicable to it could result in significant civil or criminal penalties and remediation costs. ITC's assets and operations also involve the use of materials classified as hazardous, toxic, or otherwise dangerous. Some of ITC's facilities and properties are located near environmentally sensitive areas such as wetlands. In addition, certain properties in which ITC has an ownership interest or at which ITC operates are, and others are suspected of being, affected by environmental contamination. Compliance with these laws and regulations, and liabilities concerning contamination or hazardous materials, may adversely affect our costs and, therefore our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, claims have been made or threatened against electric utilities for bodily injury, disease or other damages allegedly related to exposure to electromagnetic fields associated with electricity transmission and distribution lines. We cannot assure you that such claims will not be asserted against us or that, if determined in a manner adverse to our interests, would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acts of war, terrorist attacks and threats or the escalation of military activity in response to such attacks or otherwise may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Acts of war, terrorist attacks and threats or the escalation of military activity in response to such attacks or otherwise may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations in unpredictable ways, such as increased security measures and disruptions of markets. Strategic targets, such as energy-related assets, including, for example, ITC's transmission facilities and Detroit Edison's generation and distribution facilities, may be at risk of future terrorist attacks. In addition to the increased costs associated with heightened security requirements, such events may have an adverse effect on the economy in general. A lower level of economic activity could result in a decline in energy consumption, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure and Leverage

Because we are controlled by the IT Holdings Partnership, your ability as a stockholder of ITC Holdings to influence our management and policies will be severely limited.

        As of March 31, 2005, approximately 90.65% of the shares of common stock of ITC Holdings on a fully-diluted basis was beneficially owned by the IT Holdings Partnership. Members of management and our employees own the remaining shares of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of all of the shares of common stock in this offering, approximately 55.01% and 9.94% of the outstanding shares of common stock of ITC Holdings will be beneficially owned by the IT Holdings Partnership and members of our management and employees, respectively, after giving effect to the exercise of all outstanding stock options held by management and employees of ITC Holdings and assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Consequently, the IT Holdings Partnership has, and after this offering will continue to have, the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of ITC Holdings' stockholders without the consent of ITC Holdings' other stockholders and could take other actions that might be favorable to the IT Holdings Partnership or its partners, including electing all of ITC Holdings' directors, appointing new management and adopting amendments to ITC Holdings' Articles of Incorporation and bylaws. In addition, the ability of stockholders, other than the IT Holdings Partnership, to influence our management and policies will be severely limited, including with respect to our acquisition or disposition of assets, the approval of a merger or similar business combination, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends or other distributions on our common stock. In addition, we cannot take certain actions that would adversely affect the limited partners of the IT Holdings Partnership without their approval. We cannot assure you that the interests of the IT

15



Holdings Partnership and/or its limited partners will not conflict with the interests of other holders of our common stock.

We are highly leveraged and our dependence on debt may limit our operating flexibility and ability to pay dividends and/or obtain additional financing.

        We had $519.8 million of consolidated indebtedness as of March 31, 2005. ITC had $185.0 million of 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A due July 15, 2013 and ITC Holdings had $267.0 million of 5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013 outstanding as of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005. Additionally, we had total revolving credit facility commitments at ITC and ITC Holdings of $25.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, and amounts outstanding of $25.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2004. We had total revolving credit facility commitments at ITC and ITC Holdings of $65.0 million and $47.5 million, respectively, and amounts outstanding of $54.5 million and $14.3 million, respectively, at March 31, 2005. Total interest paid (excluding interest capitalized) on the indebtedness identified above for the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $22.4 million and $11.2 million, respectively. At March 31, 2005, our total long-term debt to capitalization (total long-term debt plus total stockholders' equity) was 71.7% and total stockholders' equity was $204.8 million.

        This capital structure can have several important consequences, including, but not limited to, the following:

    If future cash flows are insufficient, we or our subsidiaries may need to incur further indebtedness in order to make the capital expenditures and other expenses or investments planned by us. We expect to invest approximately $100 million in ITC's transmission system in each of 2005 and 2006, but this amount could vary depending on the requirements of ITC's transmission system and the factors discussed below.

    ITC Holdings' indebtedness will have the general effect of reducing its flexibility to react to changing business and economic conditions insofar as they affect its financial condition and, therefore, may pose substantial risk to ITC Holdings' stockholders. A substantial portion of the dividends and payments in lieu of taxes ITC Holdings receives from ITC will be dedicated to the payment of interest on its indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for the payment of dividends on our common stock.

    In the event that ITC Holdings is liquidated, any senior or subordinated creditors of ITC Holdings and any senior or subordinated creditors of our subsidiaries will be entitled to payment in full prior to any distributions to the holders of shares of common stock of ITC Holdings.

    Our credit facilities mature in March 2007, and our ability to secure additional financing prior to or after that time, if needed, may be substantially restricted by the existing level of our indebtedness and the restrictions contained in our debt instruments.

ITC's actual capital expenditures may be lower than planned, which would decrease ITC's expected rate base and therefore our revenues.

        ITC's rate base is determined in part by its capital expenditures, specifically for property, plant and equipment, or PP&E, when placed in service. ITC expects to invest approximately $100 million in additional PP&E in each of 2005 and 2006. If ITC's capital expenditures and the resulting in service PP&E are lower for any reason, including, among other things, the impact of weather conditions, union strikes, material prices and availability, our ability to obtain financing for such expenditures, if necessary, limitations on the amount of construction that can be undertaken on our system at any one time or regulatory approvals for reasons relating to environmental, siting or regional planning issues or as a result of legal proceedings, ITC will have a lower than anticipated rate base during the year ending

16



December 31, 2005, thus causing its revenue requirement and future earnings to be potentially lower than anticipated.

Certain provisions in our debt instruments limit our capital flexibility.

        Our debt instruments include senior notes and first mortgage bonds and revolving credit facilities containing numerous financial and operating covenants that place significant restrictions on, among other things, our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness;

    engage in sale and lease-back transactions;

    create liens or other encumbrances;

    enter into mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

    pay dividends or make distributions on ITC Holdings' and ITC's capital stock.

        The revolving credit facilities also require ITC Holdings and ITC to meet certain financial ratios. The ability of ITC Holdings and ITC to comply with these and other requirements and restrictions may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions, results of operations or other events beyond our control. A failure to comply with the obligations contained in the senior secured credit facilities could result in acceleration of the related debt and the acceleration of debt under other instruments evidencing indebtedness that may contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.

Our ability to raise capital may be restricted which may, in turn, restrict our ability to make capital expenditures or dividend payments to our stockholders.

        Because the IT Holdings Partnership may seek to maintain its beneficial ownership percentage of ITC Holdings and may not choose to acquire additional shares of our common stock in connection with a future issuance of shares of our common stock by us, we may be constrained in our ability to raise equity capital in the future from sources other than the limited partners of the IT Holdings Partnership and other affiliates of KKR, Trimaran or Stockwell. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the IT Holdings Partnership will make any capital contributions to us in the future. If we are unable to raise capital and we do not receive capital contributions from the IT Holdings Partnership in the future, our ability to make capital expenditures or dividend payments to our stockholders may be limited.

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

        Upon completion of this offering, the IT Holdings Partnership will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including:

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

    the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

17


        Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Future transactions may limit our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards.

        As of December 31, 2004, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $74.7 million. These NOLs may be used to offset future taxable income and thereby reduce our U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its NOLs to reduce its tax liability. It is possible that the transactions described in this prospectus, when combined with future transactions (including issuances of new shares of our common stock and sales of shares of our common stock), would cause us to undergo an ownership change. In that event, we would not be able to use our pre-ownership-change NOLs in excess of the limitation imposed by Section 382.

Risks Related to This Offering

There is currently no public market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that an active market will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

        There has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. We cannot assure you that the market price for our common stock after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay for our common stock in this offering.

Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our common stock.

        The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. We, our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc.

        Pursuant to the management stockholder's agreements that we entered into with each of our employees who have purchased or been granted shares of our common stock (equal to an aggregate of 1,077,007 shares as of the date of this prospectus), generally these employee stockholders have the right, upon the sale by IT Holdings Partnership of shares of our common stock in any underwritten offering, to sell a percentage of the shares of our common stock that the employee stockholders hold at the time of the offering and any shares of our common stock underlying then exercisable options. Under the management stockholder's agreements, as a percentage of total shares held, the employee stockholders would be eligible to sell a percentage equal to the percentage sold by the IT Holdings Partnership. Otherwise, each of these employee stockholders is restricted from selling any common stock he or she holds until the fifth anniversary of the date of the execution of the employee

18



stockholder's respective management stockholder's agreement (which were generally entered into between February 2003 and November 2004), which date in all cases falls after 180 days from the date of this prospectus. The "piggyback" registration rights described above also expire on such fifth anniversary. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholder's Agreements."

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of our employee stockholders have agreed to waive their right to exercise their "piggyback" registration rights with respect to this offering in exchange for certain other rights and/or benefits as further described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements."

        After this offering, we will have approximately 33,198,574 shares of common stock outstanding. Of those shares, the 12,500,000 shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradeable. Approximately 321,783 shares, including shares subject to options, held by our employees will be eligible for resale immediately after this offering and approximately 113,886 shares (assuming sale of such shares at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after payment of taxes relating to the sale of such shares) will be eligible for resale after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period referred to above, in each case subject to restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, an additional 60,348 shares will be eligible for resale immediately after this offering, subject to restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Approximately 20,698,574 shares outstanding after this offering will be eligible for resale from time to time, subject to the contractual restrictions on sales referred to above and to the volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144, including approximately 259,942 shares which may be sold freely pursuant to Rule 144(k). See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        In addition, 2,266,207 shares were available for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan as of March 31, 2005, including 1,991,878 shares issuable upon the exercise of presently outstanding stock options, of which 802,100 were vested as of March 31, 2005. In the future, we may issue our common stock in connection with investments or repayment of our debt. The amount of such common stock issued could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.

We may not be able to pay dividends, and the reduction or elimination of dividends would negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

        While we currently intend to pay quarterly dividends on our common stock, we have no obligation to do so. We anticipate paying a dividend in the third quarter of 2005 and paying an aggregate of approximately $17.5 million in dividends to our stockholders in 2005. Dividend payments are within the absolute discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, anticipated cash needs and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. For example, we may not generate sufficient cash from operations in the future to pay dividends on our common stock in the intended amounts or at all. In addition, ITC Holdings is a holding company and its ability to pay dividends may be limited by restrictions upon transfer of funds applicable to its subsidiaries (including, for example, those which are contained in ITC's revolving credit agreement and the IT Holdings Partnership agreement). As a holding company without any specific operations, ITC Holdings is dependent on receiving dividends from its operating subsidiaries, such as ITC, in order to be able to make dividend distributions of its own. Any reduction or elimination of dividends would adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See "Dividend Policy."

19



Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and bylaws of ITC Holdings and Michigan corporate law may prevent efforts by our stockholders to change the direction or management of our company.

        The Articles of Incorporation and bylaws of ITC Holdings contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a proposed takeover. These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control or an acquisition at a price that our stockholders may find attractive. These provisions also may discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:

    a requirement that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or the holders of a majority of the shares of our outstanding common stock;

    a requirement of unanimity when stockholders are acting by consent without a meeting if the IT Holdings Partnership owns less than 35% of the common stock of ITC Holdings;

    advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and

    the authority of our board to issue, without stockholder approval, common or preferred stock, including in connection with our implementation of any stockholders rights plan, or "poison pill."

        For additional information regarding these provisions, you should read the information under the heading "Description of Our Capital Stock."

Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of ITC Holdings restrict market participants from voting or owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of ITC Holdings.

        ITC was granted favorable rate treatment by the FERC based on its independence from market participants. The FERC defines a "market participant" as any person or entity that, either directly or through an affiliate, sells or brokers electricity or provides ancillary services to ITC or MISO. An affiliate, for these purposes, includes any person or entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a market participant. To help ensure that ITC Holdings and ITC will remain independent of market participants following this offering, ITC Holdings' Articles of Incorporation impose certain restrictions on the ownership and voting of shares of capital stock of ITC Holdings by market participants. In particular, the Articles of Incorporation provide that ITC Holdings is restricted from issuing any shares of capital stock or recording any transfer of shares if the issuance or transfer would cause any market participant, either individually or together with members of its "group" (as defined in SEC beneficial ownership rules), to beneficially own 5% or more of any class or series of our capital stock. Additionally, if a market participant, together with its group members, acquires beneficial ownership of 5% or more of any series of the outstanding shares of capital stock of ITC Holdings, such market participant or any stockholder who is a member of a group including a market participant will not be able to vote or direct or control the votes of shares representing 5% or more of any series of ITC Holdings' outstanding capital stock. Finally, to the extent a market participant, together with its group members, acquires beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any series of capital stock of ITC Holdings, the Articles of Incorporation allow the board of directors of ITC Holdings to redeem any shares of capital stock of ITC Holdings so that, after giving effect to the redemption, the market participant, together with its group members, will cease to beneficially own 5% or more of that series of ITC Holdings' outstanding capital stock.

20


The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        The trading prices of securities of companies in the power industry have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the trading price of our common stock is likely to fluctuate widely. Factors that will affect the trading price of our common stock include:

    variations in our operating results;

    the gain or loss of significant customers;

    changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

    terrorist acts and political instability; and

    market conditions in our industry and the economy as a whole.

        In addition, if the market for power industry securities, or the stock market in general, experiences continued or increased loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition.

The book value of shares of common stock purchased in this offering will be immediately diluted.

        Purchasers of common stock in this offering will suffer immediate dilution of $17.92 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share. We also have a large number of outstanding stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices that are below the estimated initial public offering price of the common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, purchasers in this offering will be further diluted.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we are in the process of creating additional board committees and adopting policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we are beginning the process of evaluating our internal control structure in relation to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and, pursuant to this section, we will be required to include management attestations and auditor reports on internal controls in our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2006. We will incur additional costs and dedicate significant resources toward complying with these requirements. We also expect these new laws, rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new laws, rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. The costs of compliance or our failure to comply with these laws, rules and regulations could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

21



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains certain statements that describe our management's beliefs concerning future business conditions and prospects, growth opportunities and the outlook for our business and the electricity transmission industry based upon information currently available. Wherever possible, we have identified these "forward-looking" statements by words such as "anticipates," "believes," "intends," "estimates," "expects," "projects" and similar phrases.

        These forward-looking statements are based upon assumptions our management believes are reasonable. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause our actual results, performance and achievements to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements, including, among other things:

    our ability to obtain regulatory approval for rate adjustments in response to changing circumstances and changes in laws or regulations affecting us;

    restrictions imposed by laws, including PUHCA and the FPA, or regulations affecting ITC Holdings and ITC;

    changes in the nature or the composition of the transmission grid in surrounding areas, location of generation assets within ITC's service territory and in surrounding regions and the impact on the flow of transmission;

    any changes in our regulatory construct;

    the stability of Detroit Edison or deregulation affecting Detroit Edison;

    protracted generation outages;

    potential environmental liabilities;

    hazards related to our business;

    damage to our assets or our ability to serve our customers, market disruptions and other economic effects as a result of terrorism, military activity or war and action by the United States and other governments in reaction thereto;

    higher property tax assessments from various municipalities;

    decrease in revenues due to abnormal weather conditions; and

    other risk factors discussed herein and listed from time to time in our public filings with the SEC.

        Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this prospectus will be important in determining future results. Consequently, we cannot assure you that our expectations or forecasts expressed in such forward-looking statements will be achieved. Actual future results may vary materially.

        Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Also, please note that we provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under the caption "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. These are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed here could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

22



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 2,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $43.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay borrowings under ITC Holdings' amended and restated revolving credit agreement, to pay an aggregate of $6.7 million of one-time termination fees under management agreements with KKR, Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. and the IT Holdings Partnership and for general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures at ITC.

        ITC Holdings' amended and restated revolving credit agreement has a maturity date of March 19, 2007. Borrowings under this credit agreement bear interest, at ITC Holdings' option, at either the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 1.50% each year or the applicable alternate base rate plus 0.50% each year, which applicable spreads are subject to adjustment based on the ratings by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services applicable to ITC Holdings' senior notes (described under "Description of Our Indebtedness—5.25% Senior Notes and Mortgage Bonds—5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013") from time to time. See "Description of Our Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facilities." An affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, one of the underwriters of this offering, is one of the lenders under this credit agreement. We expect to use $14.3 million of the net proceeds received by us in this offering to repay a portion of the amount that is currently outstanding under this credit agreement.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to declare and pay quarterly dividends on our common stock. We anticipate paying a dividend in the third quarter of 2005 and paying an aggregate of approximately $17.5 million in dividends to our stockholders in 2005. The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and depends on various factors, including our net income, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. If and when our board of directors declares and pays a dividend on our common stock, pursuant to our special bonus plans for executives and non-executive employees, amounts equivalent to the dividend may be paid to the special bonus plan participants, if determined by the compensation committee. We currently expect these dividend equivalent amounts to be paid upon the declaration of dividends on our common stock. See "Management—Special Bonus Plans."

        In August 2003, ITC Holdings made a distribution to stockholders of $27.1 million, or $0.90 per share of common stock.

        As a holding company with no business operations, ITC Holdings' material assets consist only of the stock of ITC and cash on hand. ITC Holdings' only sources of cash to pay dividends to its stockholders are dividends and other payments received by ITC Holdings from time to time from ITC and the proceeds raised from the sale of our debt and equity securities. ITC, however, is legally distinct from ITC Holdings and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to ITC Holdings for the payment of dividends to ITC Holdings' stockholders or otherwise. The ability of ITC to pay dividends and make other payments to ITC Holdings is subject to, among other things, the availability of funds, after taking into account capital expenditure requirements, the terms of its indebtedness, applicable state laws and regulations of the FERC and the FPA.

23


        ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement and ITC's revolving credit agreement impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends if an event of default has occurred under the relevant agreement, and thus our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will depend upon, among other things, our level of indebtedness at the time of the proposed dividend and whether we are in compliance with the covenants under our revolving credit facilities and our debt instruments. See "Description of Our Indebtedness." Our future dividend policy will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a party and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors. For a discussion of our cash resources and needs, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

24



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2005 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to:

    the issue and sale by us of approximately 2,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses;

    a 3.34-for-one stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    the adjustment of the number of shares authorized under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan, as well as the share amounts of stock grants and the number of options and exercise prices of options under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan as a result the 3.34-for-one stock split;

    our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which increased our authorized common stock to 100 million shares in June; and

    the application of the net proceeds to us described under "Use of Proceeds."

        You should read the information in this table in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2005
 
 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,863   $ 25,811  
   
 
 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013   $ 266,015   $ 266,015  
  4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A due July 15, 2013     184,902     184,902  
  Revolving credit facilities (a)     68,800     54,500  
  Other     39     39  
   
 
 
    Total long-term debt   $ 519,756   $ 505,456  
   
 
 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock, without par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 30,686,595 shares issued and outstanding and 33,186,544 shares as adjusted   $ 203,848   $ 246,821  
  Unearned compensation-restricted stock     (1,426 )   (1,426 )
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     2,424     (1,947 )
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity   $ 204,846   $ 243,447  
   
 
 
      Total long-term debt and stockholders' equity   $ 724,602   $ 748,903  
   
 
 

(a)
Consists of amounts outstanding under a $65.0 million revolving credit agreement entered into by ITC with a March 2007 maturity date and a $47.5 million revolving credit agreement entered into by ITC Holdings with a March 2007 maturity date. The amounts available under our revolving credit facilities are subject to customary borrowing conditions.

        The table above excludes 802,100 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that were vested at March 31, 2005, with an exercise price of $7.48 per share.

25



DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. The net tangible book value per share is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2005. For purposes of the calculation of net tangible book value, our only intangible asset is goodwill. Calculations relating to shares of common stock in the following disclosures and tables assume a 3.34-for-one stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2005 would have been $68.9 million, or $2.08 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.09 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $17.92 per share to new investors.

        The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 
   
  Per Share
Initial public offering price per share       $ 20.00
  Net tangible book value per share before this offering   0.99      
  Increase per share attributable to this offering   1.09      
       
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering         2.08
       
Dilution per share to new investors       $ 17.92

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2005, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us and the selling stockholder, the total consideration paid to us and the selling stockholder and the average price per share paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders   30,193,232   92.4 % $ 225,600,536   81.9 % $ 7.47
New investors (1)   2,500,000   7.6     50,000,000   18.1     20.00
   
 
 
 
     
  Total   32,693,232   100.00 % $ 275,600,536   100.00 %    
   
 
 
 
     

(1)
Excludes shares of common stock being sold by the selling stockholder.

        The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. As of March 31, 2005, there were 1,991,878 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding options at an exercise price of $7.48 per share. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Management—Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers—Option Holdings" and "Description of Our Capital Stock."

26



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected historical financial data of Predecessor ITC and selected historical consolidated financial data of ITC Holdings and subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

        The selected financial data presented on the following pages as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the seven-month period ended December 31, 2001 have been derived from the financial statements of Predecessor ITC not included in this prospectus. The selected financial data presented on the following pages for the year ended December 31, 2002, and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, have been derived from audited financial statements of Predecessor ITC included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data presented on the following pages as of and for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical condensed consolidated financial data presented on the following pages as of March 31, 2005 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial data presented for the three months ended March 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2005.

        The selected financial data for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the five months ended May 31, 2001 are omitted because, prior to June 1, 2001, the provision of electricity transmission services over the facilities now owned by ITC was undertaken as part of Detroit Edison's transmission business which was integrated with Detroit Edison's distribution business and the revenues, expenses and cash flows associated with the transmission business were integrated with Detroit Edison's other operations and were not separately identifiable. On May 31, 2001, Detroit Edison's transmission business was separated from Detroit Edison's distribution business and was contributed to Predecessor ITC.

        From June 1, 2001 until February 28, 2003, Predecessor ITC was operated as a subsidiary of DTE Energy.

        On February 28, 2003, ITC Holdings acquired Predecessor ITC from DTE Energy and began operating the transmission system as a stand-alone company, independent of DTE Energy and Detroit Edison. For the period from March 1, 2003 to December 31, 2004, ITC's rate was $1.075 per kW/month based on a frozen rate with a revenue deferral for recovery in future periods.

        The selected financial data presented below should be read together with Predecessor ITC's financial statements and the notes to those statements, our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

27


 
  Predecessor ITC
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
 
   
   
   
  Period From
February 28,
2003 Through
December 31,
2003(a)

   
   
   
 
 
  Seven-Month
Period Ended
December 31,
2001(a)

   
  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003(a)

   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
Statement of operations data:                                            
Operating Revenues   $ 63,664   $ 137,535   $ 20,936   $ 102,362   $ 126,449   $ 27,544   $ 42,460  

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operation and maintenance     22,566     34,699     5,675     22,902     24,552     6,394     6,522  
  General and administrative                 26,342     24,412     6,448     5,286  
  Depreciation and amortization     12,481     21,996     3,665     21,463     29,480     6,966     8,018  
  Taxes other than income taxes     8,875     15,776     4,298     11,499     20,840     5,424     4,299  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     43,922     72,471     13,638     82,206     99,284     25,232     24,125  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating Income

 

 

19,742

 

 

65,064

 

 

7,298

 

 

20,156

 

 

27,165

 

 

2,312

 

 

18,335

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Other Expenses (Income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     12     58         21,630     25,585     6,291     6,854  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction                 (322 )   (1,691 )   (318 )   (580 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt                 11,378              
  Other income     (1,120 )   (1,720 )   (147 )   (197 )   (1,289 )   (12 )   (305 )
  Other expense     551     245     45     27     283     37     176  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other expenses (income)     (557 )   (1,417 )   (102 )   32,516     22,888     5,998     6,145  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes

 

 

20,299

 

 

66,481

 

 

7,400

 

 

(12,360

)

 

4,277

 

 

(3,686

)

 

12,190

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

 

 

7,105

 

 

23,268

 

 

3,915

 

 

(4,306

)

 

1,669

 

 

(1,268

)

 

4,320

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

13,194

 

$

43,213

 

$

3,485

 

$

(8,054

)

$

2,608

 

$

(2,418

)

$

7,870

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Net Income (loss) per share data:(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic net income (loss) per share:                                            
  Net income (loss) per share                     $ (0.27 ) $ 0.09   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.26  
  Weighted average shares                       29,339,394     30,183,886     30,159,066     30,341,967  
Diluted net income (loss) per share:                                            
  Net income (loss) per share                     $ (0.27 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.25  
  Weighted average shares                       29,339,394     30,899,548     30,159,066     31,140,306  
 
   
   
  ITC Holdings and Subsidiaries
 
  Predecessor ITC
  As of
December 31,

   
   
 
  As of March 31, 2005
 
  As of
December 31,
2001

  As of
December 31,
2002

 
  2003
  2004
  Actual
  As Adjusted
 
  (in thousands)

Balance sheet data:                                    
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8   $   $ 8,139   $ 14,074   $ 3,863   $ 25,811
Working capital (deficit)     (2,573 )   46,041     (17,633 )   (27,117 )   (6,870 )   15,078
Property, plant and equipment— net     441,035     434,539     459,393     513,684     543,251     543,251
Total assets     514,927     634,785     751,657     808,847     833,087     855,939
Total debt:                                    
  ITC Holdings             265,866     273,485     280,315     266,015
  ITC             184,887     209,945     239,448     239,448
Stockholders'/Member's equity     339,577     382,790     191,246     196,602     204,846     243,447

(footnotes on next page)

28


 
  Predecessor ITC
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
   
   
   
  Period From
February 28,
2003 Through
December 31,
2003 (a)

   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  Seven-Month
Period Ended
December 31,
2001 (a)

   
  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003 (a)

   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

 
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands)

Other data:                                          
Adjusted EBITDA (c)   $ 32,792   $ 88,535   $ 11,065   $ 41,789   $ 57,651   $ 9,253   $ 26,482
Capital expenditures     22,322     15,360     5,616     26,805     76,779     21,549     36,112
Operating data:

  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
Monthly Peak Load (MW):                    
  January   7,753   7,668   7,608   8,022   8,090
  February   7,355   7,572   7,437   7,656   7,672
  March   7,258   7,566   7,542   7,434   7,562
  April   7,012   8,386   6,934   7,305   7,299
  May   8,068   8,702   7,017   8,718   7,678
  June   10,895   11,067   11,266   11,114   12,146
  July   11,309   11,423   10,225   11,344    
  August   11,875   11,438   11,617   10,877    
  September   10,037   10,894   8,717   9,841    
  October   7,145   8,645   7,369   7,197    
  November   7,343   7,271   7,843   7,832    
  December   7,573   7,772   8,124   8,469    

(a)
Our business is seasonal, with peak transmission loads occurring during the summer air conditioning months. Annualized financial data for the seven-month period ended December 31, 2001, the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 are not indicative of results for the full year.

(b)
Net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average shares outstanding. Weighted average shares for the purposes of the basic net income (loss) per share calculation has been adjusted to reflect the 3.34-for-one stock split that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Basic net income (loss) per share excludes 405,485 and 337,273 shares of restricted common stock at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and 438,523 and 344,629 shares of restricted common stock at March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, that were issued and outstanding, but had not yet vested as of such dates.

(c)
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of operating performance calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for net income, operating income, net profit after tax or cash flows from operating activities, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

        We define adjusted EBITDA as net income plus :

         excluding :

29


        The following table reconciles net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Predecessor ITC
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
 
   
   
   
  Period From
February 28,
2003 Through
December 31,
2003 (a)

   
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  Seven-Month
Period Ended
December 31,
2001 (a)

   
  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003 (a)

   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

   
   
 
Net income (loss)   $ 13,194   $ 43,213   $ 3,485   $ (8,054 ) $ 2,608   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
Income taxes     7,105     23,268     3,915     (4,306 )   1,669     (1,268 )   4,320  
Loss on extinguishment of debt                 11,378              
Allowance for equity funds used during construction                 (322 )   (1,691 )   (318 )   (580 )
Interest expense     12     58         21,630     25,585     6,291     6,854  
Depreciation and amortization     12,481     21,996     3,665     21,463     29,480     6,966     8,018  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 32,792   $ 88,535   $ 11,065   $ 41,789   $ 57,651   $ 9,253   $ 26,482  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

30



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and the audited financial statements and related notes of International Transmission Company, LLC, or Predecessor ITC, included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Please see "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

        ITC is the first independently owned and operated electricity transmission company in the United States. ITC owns, operates and maintains a fully-regulated, high-voltage transmission system that transmits electricity to local electricity distribution facilities from generating stations in Michigan, other midwestern states and Ontario, Canada. The local distribution facilities connected to the ITC transmission system served a population of approximately 4.9 million people, as of December 31, 2004, in an area comprised of 13 southeastern Michigan counties, including the Detroit metropolitan area. ITC's electricity transmission system also acts as a conduit for transmitting electricity to and from adjacent third party electricity transmission systems.

        ITC was formed as a legal entity and subsidiary of Detroit Edison in January 2001, but initially had no assets or employees and was supported by employees of DTE Energy. Prior to January 1, 2001, there was no separation of the transmission business from the distribution business within Detroit Edison. The distribution and transmission operations were commingled and operated jointly until June 1, 2001. Detroit Edison separated its transmission assets from its distribution assets on June 1, 2001, placing these assets in a separate subsidiary, namely ITC. A process to separately identify costs and revenues associated with ITC was implemented simultaneously with ITC becoming a subsidiary of DTE Energy. ITC became independent as a result of DTE Energy's divestiture of its electricity transmission business, consistent with FERC and State of Michigan policy initiatives promoting an independent transmission system. The FERC's transmission policy was developed in part in response to the significant historical underinvestment in transmission infrastructure in the United States and the potential for discrimination that arises when a utility operates transmission and generation facilities within the same region.

        ITC is a member of MISO, a FERC-approved regional transmission organization, or RTO, which has responsibility for the oversight and coordination of transmission service for a substantial portion of the midwestern United States and Manitoba, Canada. MISO establishes regional operating and market practices and scheduling protocols. It also administers the transmission tariff under which all customers procure transmission service.

        ITC's primary operating responsibilities include maintaining, improving and expanding its transmission system to meet its customers' ongoing needs, scheduling outages on system elements to allow for maintenance and construction, balancing electricity generation and demand, maintaining appropriate system voltages and monitoring flows over transmission lines and other facilities to make sure physical limits are not exceeded. ITC's operating assets consist primarily of approximately 2,700 circuit miles of transmission lines, approximately 16,000 transmission towers and poles and 30 stations, which connect ITC's transmission lines to generation resources, distribution facilities and neighboring transmission systems. ITC's transmission system serves distribution utilities that are located in an approximately 7,600 square mile area throughout southeastern Michigan. As of February 28, 2003, ITC's net PP&E was $435.8 million. Since that time, and through December 31, 2004, ITC has invested approximately $122.5 million in PP&E and has incurred other net PP&E activity of $0.8 million consisting of accrued asset removal costs reclassified to regulatory liabilities and asset settlements with

31



DTE Energy, offset by depreciation and amortization of $45.4 million, increasing its net PP&E to $513.7 million, as of December 31, 2004. For each of 2005 and 2006, ITC expects to invest approximately $100 million in additional PP&E, primarily on projects reviewed by MISO. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, ITC invested approximately $35.7 million in PP&E and has incurred other net PP&E activity of $1.2 million consisting of accrued asset removal costs reclassified to regulatory liabilities and asset settlements with DTE Energy, offset by depreciation and amortization of $7.3 million, increasing its net PP&E to $543.3 million, as of March 31, 2005.

        As a transmission utility whose rates are regulated by the FERC, ITC earns revenues through fees charged for the use of its transmission system by its customers, which include investor-owned utilities, municipalities, co-operatives, power marketers and alternative energy suppliers. ITC's rates are established on a cost-of-service model allowing for the recovery of expenses, including depreciation and amortization, and a return on invested capital. ITC's transmission rates are determined on an annual basis using a FERC-approved formulaic rate setting mechanism known as Attachment O.

Attachment O Rate Setting

        Attachment O is a FERC-approved cost of service rate formula mechanism that is applied annually by MISO to determine the rate for transmission service to customers in the zones of most transmission-owning members of MISO. MISO verifies and uses selected financial and operating data from the transmission owner's most recently completed calendar year to determine the new rate for transmission to its customers in its zone. These data are taken from the transmission owner's FERC Form 1 filing, made by the end of April of each year, which is designed to collect financial and operating information from electric utilities subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC. Under Attachment O, transmission rates and revenue requirements incorporate a return on the transmission owner's rate base, consisting primarily of net PP&E, an accumulated deferred income tax adjustment, certain regulatory assets and a materials and supplies allocation; and a recovery of operating expenses, including depreciation and amortization, and interest expense and taxes. After MISO confirms the rate derived from the information supplied by the transmission owner, no further actions or approvals are required for the new calculated rate to take effect. By completing the Attachment O template on an annual basis, ITC is able to adjust its transmission rates based on year-to-year changes in network load on its transmission system, operating expenses and rate base.

        ITC charged a fixed rate of $1.075 per kW/month from June 1, 2002 to December 31, 2004, which was based primarily on actual and allocated transmission expenses from Detroit Edison's 2000 FERC Form 1 when the transmission business was integrated with the overall utility business of Detroit Edison. Neither ITC nor its transmission business existed as a separate FERC Form 1 reporting entity until June 1, 2001. Instead, the transmission-related activities of Detroit Edison were integrated into the overall utility business of Detroit Edison. The increase in tariff rates from $1.075 per kW/month to $1.587 per kW/month in January 2005, was due primarily to changes in capital structure, the elimination of deferred taxes, the inclusion of certain regulatory assets, the inclusion in rate base of the revenue deferral associated with the rate freeze, the increase in the FERC-approved return on equity and increases in plant in service and operating expenses. Beginning June 1, 2005 and each June thereafter, ITC will implement a new rate calculated using data from the previous calendar year as described above. Based upon 2004 year-end results, the rate for the one-year period which started June 1, 2005 is $1.594 per kW/month.

        We expect that our revenues, operating cash flows and net income will increase in 2005 compared to 2004 as a result of the increase in the rates ITC charges; however, other factors may affect these measures, such as the effect of changes in expenses on operating cash flows and net income or the effect of network load on operating revenues, operating cash flows and net income.

32



Recent Regulatory Matters

         Initial Public Offering. On March 30, 2005, we filed a Joint Application for Authorization of an Indirect Disposition of Jurisdictional Facilities under Section 203 of the FPA and Notification of Change in Ownership Structure with the FERC. The filing contemplates the public offering of ITC Holdings' common stock, including an initial public offering and potential future public offerings. The FERC approved the application in its order issued on May 5, 2005 and, in doing so, authorized this offering, as well as potential future public offerings of ITC Holdings' common stock occurring within two years of May 5, 2005.

         Redirected Transmission Service. In January and February 2005, in FERC Docket EL05-55 and EL05-63, transmission customers filed complaints against MISO claiming that MISO was charging excessive rates for redirected transmission service. In April 2005, the FERC ordered MISO to refund, with interest, excess amounts charged to all affected transmission customers. ITC earns revenues based on an allocation from MISO for this redirected transmission service and is obligated to refund the excess amounts charged to all affected transmission customers. We had not accrued any amounts relating to this proceeding as of March 31, 2005 based on our assessment of the likelihood of any refunds resulting from these complaints at that date. Based on the April 2005 order, we will be required to refund amounts relating to redirected transmission service upon completion of the refund calculations by MISO, which MISO expects to complete during second quarter of 2005. We cannot estimate the amount of the refund until the calculations are completed.

         Long-Term Pricing. In November 2004, in FERC Docket EL02-111 et al., the FERC approved a pricing structure to facilitate seamless trading of electricity between MISO and PJM Interconnection. The order establishes a Seams Elimination Cost Adjustment, or SECA, as set forth in previous FERC orders, to take effect December 1, 2004, and remain in effect through March 31, 2006 as a transitional pricing mechanism. The SECA revenues are subject to refund and will be litigated in a contested hearing before the FERC with a final order expected in 2006. We cannot anticipate whether any refunds of amounts earned by ITC will result from this hearing and we have not accrued any amounts relating to this proceeding. Through March 31, 2005, ITC has recorded $0.7 million of SECA revenue.

         Elimination of Transmission Rate Discount. Several energy marketers filed a complaint against MISO in February 2005 in FERC Docket EL05-66, asserting that MISO improperly eliminated a rate discount that had previously been effective for transmission service at the Michigan-Ontario Independent Electric System Operator interface. Since the complaints were filed, MISO has held amounts in escrow that it has collected for the difference between the discounted tariff rate and the full tariff rate. The FERC denied this complaint in an order dated July 5, 2005. ITC has recorded revenues based only on the amounts collected by MISO and remitted to ITC. These amounts do not include the amounts held in escrow by MISO of $0.6 million as of March 31, 2005. Based on the FERC order, ITC will record revenues for the amounts held in escrow in the third quarter of 2005.

Other Legal Matters

        The Michigan Public Power Agency, or MPPA, has an ownership interest in ITC's Greenwood-St.Clair-Jewell-Stephens Transmission Line and Monroe-Wayne-Coventry-Majestic Transmission Line. An Ownership and Operating Agreement provides ITC with authority for construction of capital improvements and for the operation and management of the transmission lines. MPPA is responsible for the capital and operating and maintenance costs allocable to their ownership interest. In June 2005, MPPA notified us that it disagrees with the amounts invoiced to it by ITC in 2004 and 2003 under this agreement. Of the $2.3 million billed to MPPA under this agreement for 2004 and 2003, MPPA took the position that its obligation should not exceed $0.5 million. ITC's total amount billed to MPPA is approximately $2.9 million for the time period from March 2003 to June 2005. Of this amount, $2.8 million was included in accounts receivable at March 31, 2005. MPPA

33



has failed to pay any of these amounts. We have commenced litigation to recover the full amount billed to MPPA and we are considering whether an adjustment to the receivables is warranted in the second quarter of 2005.

        As discussed in Note 3 of the notes to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 for Predecessor ITC, Predecessor ITC was subject to a settlement of a dispute regarding the $1.075 per kW/month rate charged for transmission service for the period June 2002 through February 2003. In an order issued October 17, 2003, under Docket Nos. ER02-1963-000 and ER02-1963-001, the FERC accepted DTE Energy's offer of settlement to the matter which in effect required DTE Energy to refund, with interest, all amounts collected in excess of a $0.97 per kW/month rate within 30 days of the FERC order. The total amount of the refund was $9.3 million, plus accrued interest of $0.4 million.

ITC Acquisition

        ITC Holdings was formed for the purpose of acquiring International Transmission Company, LLC, or Predecessor ITC. On February 28, 2003, following the approval of the transaction by the FERC, ITC Holdings acquired the outstanding ownership interests of Predecessor ITC from DTE Energy for $610.0 million in cash plus direct transaction costs, subject to purchase price adjustments relating to PP&E and other items identified subsequent to February 28, 2003. In 2003, we paid $8.3 million in additional consideration for the acquisition of Predecessor ITC. Immediately following the acquisition, Predecessor ITC was merged with and into ITC Holdings Merger Sub, Inc., an entity formed by ITC Holdings, and ITC Holdings Merger Sub, Inc. was then renamed International Transmission Company.

        We accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method. The excess purchase price, including transaction costs, over the fair value of net assets acquired was classified as goodwill. The acquisition was treated as a taxable transaction, adjusting the tax basis of the assets to fair value pursuant to an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The goodwill amount of $174.6 million as of March 31, 2005 is expected to be deductible for federal income tax purposes, with the majority of the goodwill being amortized over 15 years.

Trends and Seasonality

        We expect a general trend of moderate growth in our tariff rate over the next few years under Attachment O, although we cannot predict a specific year-to-year trend due to the variability of network load and other factors beyond our control. The tariff rate for the period from June 1, 2005 through May 31, 2006 is based primarily on FERC Form 1 data for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is $1.594 per kW/month compared to $1.587 per kW/month for the period from January 1, 2005 through May 31, 2005. Absent any other factors, there are two known items that will cause an increase in rate in 2006. Beginning June 1, 2006, one-fifth, or approximately $11.9 million, of the revenue that was deferred during the rate freeze will be included in ITC's rates in each of the following five 12-month periods, which will cause an increase in rates during these periods. Another component of the increase in rates that is expected to continue over the next few years is as a result of increased capital investment in excess of depreciation. This is in part due to our application of industry standards in our capital investment decision process. We continually test our transmission system against reliability standards established by the North American Electric Reliability Council, or NERC, and the MISO. These reliability standards have become more specific and stringent in recent years, primarily as a reaction to the August 2003 electrical blackout. We believe that investing in the system to meet these NERC standards, although not mandated by FERC, is a prudent way to prioritize capital spending. Moreover, since the August 2003 blackout, Congress has several times considered legislation that would make compliance with reliability standards established by NERC or another entity mandatory. In addition to investments that improve the reliability of the transmission system, we continue to identify investment opportunities that increase throughput and reduce transmission constraints in ITC's system

34



and in turn reduce the delivered cost of energy to end-use consumers. We expect the levels for capital spending for the next few years to be moderately higher than those seen in 2004. ITC strives for improved reliability of its system and lower delivered costs of electricity to end-use consumers.

        In support of the application of the NERC reliability standards, the FERC in a Policy Statement on Matters Related to Bulk Power System Reliability, Docket No. PL04-5-000, issued April 19, 2004, clarified its position on several matters relating to the application of the standards, one of which was a policy to allow utilities "to recover prudently incurred costs necessary to ensure bulk electric system reliability, including prudent expenditures for vegetation management, improved grid management and monitoring equipment, operator training, and compliance with NERC reliability standards and Good Utility Practices."

        Our results of operations are subject to seasonal variations. Our revenues depend on the monthly peak loads and regulated transmission rates. Demand for electricity and thus transmission load, to a large extent depend upon weather conditions. Our revenues and operating income are higher in the summer months when cooling demand and network load are higher.

        We are not aware of any trends or uncertainties in the economy and industries in ITC's service territory that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. However, any changes in economic conditions that either increase or decrease the use of ITC's system to transmit electricity will impact revenue for a given year. Additionally, adverse economic conditions could impact our customers' ability to pay for our services.

Management Fees

        On February 28, 2003, we entered into agreements with KKR, Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C. and the IT Holdings Partnership for the provision of management, consulting and financial services in exchange for annual fees. We incurred expenses of $1.0 million and $1.3 million for 2003 and 2004, respectively, in respect of these annual fees, excluding out-of-pocket costs. In connection with this offering, the parties to these agreements and ITC Holdings have agreed to amend these agreements by terminating ITC's obligation to pay these annual fees in exchange for one-time fees to KKR and Trimaran Fund Management of $4.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively, and a one-time fee to the IT Holdings Partnership of $1.0 million which will be payable by ITC Holdings upon the completion of this offering.

Termination of Dividend Equivalent Rights Plan

        On May 10, 2005, our board of directors determined that it is in the best interests of our company to terminate the Dividend Equivalent Rights Plan. Upon termination of the plan, 25 plan participants will receive their full account balances. As a result, an aggregate amount of approximately $1.8 million will be paid by us from the funded trust to participants in the plan.

Basis of Presentation

        We acquired the outstanding ownership interests of Predecessor ITC from DTE Energy on February 28, 2003 and accounted for the acquisition as a purchase. We adopted certain accounting policies and methods which differ from those followed by Predecessor ITC prior to the acquisition and as reflected in Predecessor ITC's audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenues

        We derive nearly all of our revenues from providing network transmission service, point-to-point transmission service and other related services over our system. The revenue information throughout

35



this Basis of Presentation section is presented for a full year of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004, which may be more meaningful than revenue information presented for a three- month period given the seasonality of our revenues. Most of our expenses and substantially all of our assets are devoted to providing transmission service. ITC's principal transmission service customer is Detroit Edison which accounted for approximately 68% of ITC's total operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004. ITC's system is the only transmission system that directly interconnects with Detroit Edison's distribution network. ITC's remaining revenues were generated from providing service to other entities such as alternative electricity suppliers, power marketers and other wholesale customers that provide electricity to end-use consumers and from transaction-based capacity reservations on ITC's transmission system. MISO is responsible for billing and collection of transmission services in the MISO service territory. MISO, as the billing agent for ITC, collects fees for the use of ITC's transmission system, invoicing Detroit Edison and other ITC customers on a monthly basis. MISO has implemented credit policies for its members, which include ITC's customers.

         Network Revenues are generated from fees charged to network customers for their use of ITC's electricity transmission system during the one hour of monthly peak usage. For the year ended December 31, 2004, approximately 90.2% of ITC's operating revenues were derived from the provision of network service. ITC's network revenues are dependent on monthly peak loads and regulated transmission rates.

        Network revenues are determined using rates regulated by the FERC. ITC's monthly network revenues are the result of a calculation which can be simplified into the following:

Therefore, ITC earns proportionately more revenues in months with 31 days than in months with a lesser number of days if all other factors remain equal. Set forth below is a simplified illustrative calculation of the network revenue earned for the month of December 2004:

         Point-to-Point Revenues consist of revenues generated from a type of transmission service for which the customer pays for transmission capacity reserved along a specified path between two points on an hourly, daily, weekly or monthly basis. Point-to-point revenues also include other components pursuant to schedules under the MISO transmission tariff. Approximately 13.4% of ITC's operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 was derived from providing point-to-point service, without giving effect to the refund described below.

        The rates approved by the FERC in connection with our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy included a departure from the Attachment O formula with respect to the treatment of point-to-point revenues received during 2003 and 2004. Based on FERC orders as part of the acquisition of ITC's transmission system from DTE Energy, ITC has refunded or will refund a portion of point-to-point revenues earned during the period from March 1, 2003 through December 31, 2004 to network and point-to-point customers pro rata. ITC refunded 100% of 2003 point-to-point revenues in March 2004

36



and refunded 75% of 2004 point-to-point revenues in March 2005. Point-to-point revenues collected for periods after December 31, 2004 are no longer refunded.

         Scheduling, Control and Dispatch Revenues also are approved by the FERC and are allocated to ITC by MISO as compensation for the services ITC performs, jointly with the Michigan Electric Transmission Company, or METC, in operating the Michigan Electric Coordinated Systems, or MECS, control area. Such services include processing energy schedule requests utilizing the MECS system, monitoring of reliability data, implementation of emergency procedures, and coordination of the MECS operation. Approximately 4.9% of ITC's operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were derived from providing scheduling, control and dispatch services.

         Other Revenues consist primarily of rental revenues received from METC for the use of the Michigan Electric Power Coordination Center, or MEPCC, building as well as property easement revenues. Approximately 1.6% of ITC's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 consisted of other revenues.

        The following table sets forth the components of our revenue, expressed as a dollar amount and percentage of net revenues, for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2004

 
Revenues

 
  Amount
  Percentage
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)

 
Network   $ 114,082   90.2 %
Point-to-point     16,989   13.4  
Scheduling, control and dispatch     6,146   4.9  
Other     1,973   1.6  
   
 
 
Total     139,190   110.1  
Refundable point-to-point     (12,741 ) (10.1 )
   
 
 
Net operating revenues   $ 126,449   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The total of the monthly peak loads for 2004 was up 4.0% and down 2.4% as compared to the corresponding totals for 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
  Monthly Peak Load (in Megawatts)
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
January   7,753   7,668   7,608   8,022   8,090
February   7,355   7,572   7,437   7,656   7,672
March   7,258   7,566   7,542   7,434   7,562
April   7,012   8,386   6,934   7,305   7,299
May   8,068   8,702   7,017   8,718   7,678
June   10,895   11,067   11,266   11,114   12,146
July   11,309   11,423   10,225   11,344    
August   11,875   11,438   11,617   10,877    
September   10,037   10,894   8,717   9,841    
October   7,145   8,645   7,369   7,197    
November   7,343   7,271   7,843   7,832    
December   7,573   7,772   8,124   8,469    

37


Expenses

         Operation and Maintenance Expenses consist primarily of the costs of contractors to operate and maintain ITC's transmission system and salary-related expenses for ITC personnel involved in operation and maintenance activities. The majority of expenses for the operation of the transmission system relate to activities of the MECS control area. Maintenance expenses include preventative or planned maintenance, such as vegetation management, tower painting and equipment inspections, as well as reactive maintenance for equipment failures.

        Prior to February 28, 2003, ITC had entered into a Master Services Agreement with Detroit Edison whereby Detroit Edison performed maintenance, asset construction and day-to-day management of transmission operations and administration services. Detroit Edison received compensation for wages and benefits for employees performing work on behalf of ITC and for costs of construction or maintenance directly related to ITC in addition to overhead and other fees. Subsequent to February 28, 2003 and through April 2004, ITC had operated under a construction and maintenance, engineering, and system operations service level agreements, or the SLA, with Detroit Edison whereby Detroit Edison performed maintenance, asset construction, and certain aspects of transmission operations and administration, or the SLA Activities, on behalf of ITC. ITC entered into the SLA to provide an orderly transition from being a subsidiary of an integrated utility to a stand-alone independent transmission company. The SLA, as amended, had a term through February 29, 2004, with certain specified services extending through April 30, 2004, as necessary. Under the terms of the SLA, ITC's SLA Activities were jointly managed by ITC and Detroit Edison and therefore ITC did not have exclusive control over its expenditures relating to the SLA Activities through the term of the SLA. The terms of the SLA included an agreed upon pricing mechanism whereby Detroit Edison was paid an amount to compensate them for their fully allocated costs.

        In August 2003, ITC entered into an Operation and Maintenance Agreement with its primary maintenance contractor and a Supply Chain Management Agreement with its primary purchasing and inventory management contractor to perform these services subsequent to the term of the SLA. In order to facilitate the transition from Detroit Edison, the new contractors had performed work in parallel with Detroit Edison prior to the termination of the SLA. The agreements reduce uncertainty with regard to ITC's cost structure for the period ending August 28, 2008. Additionally, the new operating agreements allow ITC to exclusively manage and control operating expenditures.

        Because Predecessor ITC had no employees of its own, it was supported by employees of other DTE Energy subsidiaries, principally Detroit Edison. Any work a person did on behalf of Predecessor ITC (both field operations or administrative) was captured and recorded as operation and maintenance expense. In addition, there were allocations of employee benefits (for those employees whose time was billed to Predecessor ITC), corporate overhead (executive staff, legal) and infrastructure costs (facilities, information technology, equipment etc.) that were assigned to Predecessor ITC and recorded as operation and maintenance expense. Administrative costs such as employee benefits, corporate overhead and infrastructure costs are now recorded in general and administrative expenses at ITC.

         General and Administrative Expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for personnel and facilities for our finance, human resources, regulatory, information technology and legal organizations, and fees for professional services. Professional services are principally composed of outside legal, audit, consulting and information technology services. Additionally, benefits expenses for all employees are included in general and administrative expenses.

        During 2003, under the terms of the SLA, Detroit Edison performed many of the administrative duties in support of ITC's construction program. Subsequent to the termination of the SLA, we began to capitalize certain general and administrative expenses in July 2004 that resulted from our management of the expanded construction program. These expenses are included in PP&E.

         Depreciation and Amortization Expenses consist primarily of depreciation of PP&E using the straight-line method for financial reporting. Additionally, we amortize the regulatory asset-acquisition

38



adjustment, representing a portion of the goodwill created from the acquisition of ITC that was approved for recovery in rates by the FERC. The original amount of $60.6 million as of February 28, 2003 is being amortized over 20 years on a straight-line basis.

         Taxes other than Income Taxes consist primarily of property tax expenses. In accordance with Michigan law, ITC's real property tax values were uncapped as a result of the change in ownership of the assets of ITC. Additionally, numerous municipalities have applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property, rather than using the valuation tables approved by the State Tax Commission, or STC, resulting in higher property values. ITC has filed tax appeals and is in the process of discussing December 31, 2003 tax assessments with various municipalities, which are the basis for 2004 property tax expense. ITC has developed an appeal strategy and filed formal appeals with the Michigan Tax Tribunal, or MTT, for the municipalities that did not utilize the STC tax tables. The December 31, 2004 tax assessments received from the municipalities that are the basis for 2005 personal property taxes use the STC-approved valuation tables.

        The Michigan Single Business Tax, a value-added tax, will be recorded in taxes other than income taxes when incurred. We did not incur any Michigan Single Business Tax during the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 or during 2004.

         Interest Expense consists primarily of interest on ITC Holdings' $267.0 million of 5.25% Senior Notes and ITC's $185.0 million of 4.45% Series A Mortgage Bonds. ITC Holdings and ITC also have revolving credit facilities outstanding, with the interest expense and facility fees being recorded to interest expense. Additionally, the amortization of debt financing expenses is recorded to interest expense.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        A non-GAAP financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. In this prospectus, we define and use adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as set forth below.

Definition of Adjusted EBITDA

        We define adjusted EBITDA as follows:

        net income plus :

         excluding :


Management's Use of Adjusted EBITDA

        We use adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis to assess our overall financial and operating performance. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance on our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

39



        Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis and to determine the level of bonuses for management and employees. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by research analysts and investors to evaluate the performance of and value companies in our industry.

        We have not used adjusted EBITDA as a measure of segment performance. We only measure performance on a consolidated basis because we have only one primary operating segment.

Limitations of Adjusted EBITDA

        Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It should not be viewed in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures of earnings. Material limitations in making the adjustments to our earnings to calculate adjusted EBITDA, and using this non-GAAP financial measure as compared to GAAP net income (loss), include:

        An investor or potential investor may find this item important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures to supplement our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

        Adjusted EBITDA is not an alternative to net income, operating income or cash flows from operating activities as calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. You should not rely on adjusted EBITDA as a substitute for any such GAAP financial measure. We strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net income (loss), along with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We also strongly urge you to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. In addition, because adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, the adjusted EBITDA measure, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Methods

        Preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in compliance with GAAP requires the application of appropriate technical accounting rules and guidance, as well as the use of estimates. The application of these policies necessarily involves judgments regarding future events, including legal and regulatory challenges and anticipated recovery of costs. These judgments, in and of themselves, could materially impact the financial statements and disclosures based on varying assumptions. In addition, the financial and operating environment also may have a significant effect, not only on the operation of our business, but on our results reported through the application of accounting measures used in preparing the financial statements and related disclosures, even if the nature of the accounting policies applied has not changed.

40



        The following is a list of accounting policies that are most significant to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require management's most difficult, subjective or complex judgments.

        Regulation.     Nearly all of ITC's business is subject to regulation. As a result, we apply accounting principles in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation," or SFAS 71. Use of SFAS 71 results in differences in the application of GAAP between regulated and non-regulated businesses. SFAS 71 requires the recording of regulatory assets and liabilities for certain transactions that would have been treated as expense or revenue in non-regulated businesses. Future regulatory changes or changes in the competitive environment could result in discontinuing the application of SFAS 71. If we were to discontinue the application of SFAS 71 on ITC's operations, we may be required to record extraordinary losses of $55.1 million relating to the regulatory asset-acquisition adjustment and $8.1 million of other regulatory assets relating to deferred financing fees at December 31, 2004. Additionally, we may be required to record extraordinary gains of $43.9 million relating to asset removal costs that have been accrued in advance of incurring these costs, recorded as regulatory liabilities at December 31, 2004.

        We believe that currently available facts support the continued applicability of SFAS 71 and that all regulatory assets and liabilities are recoverable or refundable under our current rate environment.

        Attachment O Revenue Deferral.     ITC's revenue deferral resulted from the difference between the revenue ITC would have collected under Attachment O and the actual revenue ITC received based on the frozen rate. The final revenue deferral at December 31, 2004 as established during the rate freeze was $59.7 million ($38.8 million net of tax). The revenue deferral and related taxes are not reflected as an asset or as revenue in our consolidated financial statements because they do not meet the criteria to be recorded as regulatory assets in accordance with SFAS 71 or Emerging Issues Task Force 92-7, "Accounting by Rate-Regulated Utilities for the Effects of Certain Alternative Revenue Programs," or EITF 92-7. SFAS 71 provides that an enterprise shall capitalize all or part of an incurred cost that would otherwise be charged to expense if certain criteria are met, including whether it is probable that future revenue in an amount at least equal to the capitalized cost will result from inclusion of that cost in allowable costs for rate-making purposes. Although the amortization of the revenue deferral is an allowable component of future rates based on FERC approval obtained for this item, the revenue deferral does not represent an incurred cost. Rather, it is a delayed recovery of revenue based on many components of our tariff rate, including incurred costs, rate base, capital structure, network load and other components of Attachment O. EITF 92-7 provides that a regulated enterprise should recognize revenue for other than incurred costs if the revenue program meets certain criteria. The revenue deferral does not satisfy the criteria of EITF 92-7 to record the revenue deferral in the year it is determined. We believe the proper revenue recognition relating to the revenue deferral occurs when we begin to charge the rate that includes the amortization of the revenue deferral beginning in June 2006.

        Purchase Accounting.     We accounted for our acquisition of Predecessor ITC using the purchase method, prescribed by SFAS 141, "Business Combinations." Estimates have been made in valuing certain assets and liabilities in the balance sheet. The provisions of the acquisition required an adjustment to the acquisition price of $610.0 million based on the closing balance sheet at February 28, 2003 prepared by DTE Energy. ITC Holdings paid an additional $8.3 million to DTE Energy subsequent to February 28, 2003 relating to the acquisition. During 2004, ITC Holdings and DTE Energy negotiated additional adjustments to the purchase price relating to the acquisition for various PP&E and inventory balances. These negotiations are not final; however, ITC Holdings recorded an increase in the purchase price related to its best estimate of the outcome. There may be additional purchase price adjustments as ITC and DTE Energy continue to identify differences from the closing balance sheet at February 28, 2003. We do not expect any additional purchase price adjustments to be

41



significant. If additional purchase price adjustments are identified, the amount recorded for goodwill or other balance sheet items would be impacted.

        Goodwill.     We have goodwill resulting from the acquisition of Predecessor ITC. In accordance with SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," we are required to perform an impairment test annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that the value of goodwill may be impaired. In order to perform these impairment tests, we determined fair value using valuation techniques based on estimates of market-based valuation multiples for companies within ITC's peer group and also considered discounted future cash flows under various scenarios. The market-based multiples involve judgment regarding the appropriate peer group and the appropriate multiple to apply in the valuation and the cash flow estimates involve judgments based on a broad range of assumptions, information and historical results. To the extent estimated market-based valuation multiples and/or discounted cash flows are revised downward, we may be required to write down all or a portion of ITC's goodwill, which would adversely impact earnings. As of December 31, 2004, goodwill totaled $176.0 million and we determined that no impairment existed as of our goodwill impairment testing date of October 1, 2004.

        Valuation.     Our accounting for stock-based compensation requires us to determine the fair value of shares of ITC Holdings' common stock. The fair value of ITC Holdings' common stock is determined using a discounted future cash flow method, which is a valuation technique that is acceptable for privately-held companies. The cash flow estimates involve judgments based on a broad range of assumptions, information and historical results. In the event different assumptions were used, it would result in a different fair value of ITC Holdings' common stock which would impact the amount of compensation expense recognized related to our stock-based awards.

        Property Taxes.     Property taxes recognized for 2004 are based on a total annual legal liability of $20.3 million from the 2004 tax statements received from municipalities. Numerous municipalities have applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property subsequent to the acquisition of Predecessor ITC, rather than the valuation tables approved by the STC. ITC has filed formal tax appeals with the MTT and is discussing December 31, 2003 tax assessments with various municipalities, which are the basis for 2004 property tax expense. As part of its appeal strategy, ITC has reached tentative settlements with the municipalities that did not utilize the STC tax tables. The tentative settlements would significantly reduce the 2004 property tax statements issued by those municipalities to ITC but remain to be finalized and approved by the MTT. Until this issue is resolved, ITC has made property tax payments based on the valuation tables approved by the STC, while continuing to expense the full amounts billed by the municipalities in applying their own valuation tables. In the event that the tentative settlements with the municipalities are finalized or the MTT appeals are otherwise resolved and the estimated personal property tax values change, any adjustments to ITC's property tax expense would be recorded at that time.

Results of Operations

        The financial information presented in this prospectus includes results of operations for Predecessor ITC for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and ITC Holdings Corp. for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003. Neither the two-month period nor the ten-month period is reflective of a twelve-month year of operations and, accordingly, neither of such periods individually is directly comparable to the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 or for the year ended December 31, 2002.

        In order to provide a year-over-year analysis, audited financial information for Predecessor ITC for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and audited information for ITC Holdings for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 have been combined to create a pro forma period consisting of the year ended December 31, 2003, which we refer to as the 2003 Pro Forma Period. The discussion is provided for comparative purposes only, but the value of such a comparison may be limited. You should not interpret the 2003 Pro Forma Period financial information as the result

42



of operations that ITC Holdings would have achieved had the acquisition occurred prior to January 1, 2003.

        The following statement summarizes historical operating results for the periods indicated:

 
   
   
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  ITC Holdings
and Subsidiaries

 
 
  Predecessor ITC
   
 
 
  Period From
February 28,
2003 Through
December 31,
2003

   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003

  2003 Pro
Forma
Period

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2004

  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2005

 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Operating revenues   $ 137,535   $ 20,936   $ 102,362   $ 123,298   $ 126,449   $ 27,544   $ 42,460  
Operating expenses:                                            
  Operation and maintenance     34,699     5,675     22,902     28,577     24,552     6,394     6,522  
  General and administrative             26,342     26,342     24,412     6,448     5,286  
  Depreciation and amortization     21,996     3,665     21,463     25,128     29,480     6,966     8,018  
  Taxes other than income taxes     15,776     4,298     11,499     15,797     20,840     5,424     4,299  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     72,471     13,638     82,206     95,844     99,284     25,232     24,125  
Operating income     65,064     7,298     20,156     27,454     27,165     2,312     18,335  
Other expenses (income):                                            
  Interest expense     58         21,630     21,630     25,585     6,291     6,854  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction             (322 )   (322 )   (1,691 )   (318 )   (580 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             11,378     11,378              
  Other income     (1,720 )   (147 )   (197 )   (344 )   (1,289 )   (12 )   (305 )
  Other expense     245     45     27     72     283     37     176  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other expenses (income)     (1,417 )   (102 )   32,516     32,414     22,888     5,998     6,145  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     66,481     7,400     (12,360 )   (4,960 )   4,277     (3,686 )   12,190  
Income tax provision (benefit)     23,268     3,915     (4,306 )   (391 )   1,669     (1,268 )   4,320  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 43,213   $ 3,485   $ (8,054 ) $ (4,569 ) $ 2,608   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

43


Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

        Operating Revenues.     Revenues increased by $15.0 million, or 54.5%, from $27.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $42.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

        The following table sets forth the components of our revenue, expressed as a dollar amount and percentage of net operating revenues, for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005:

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  Amount
  Percentage
  Amount
  Percentage
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)

 
Network   $ 24,741   89.8 % $ 36,577   86.2 %
Point-to-point     3,890   14.1     4,087   9.6  
Scheduling, control and dispatch     1,359   5.0     1,332   3.1  
Other     471   1.7     464   1.1  
   
 
 
 
 
Total     30,461   110.6     42,460   100.0  
Refundable point-to-point     (2,917 ) (10.6 )      
   
 
 
 
 
Net operating revenues   $ 27,544   100.0 % $ 42,460   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

        Network revenues increased by $11.9 million, or 48.2%, from $24.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $36.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase was due primarily to an increase in the rate used for network revenues from $1.075 per kW/month in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $1.587 in the three months ended March 31, 2005, which increased revenues by $11.4 million. The remaining increase of $0.5 million was primarily due to an increase in the total of the monthly peak loads for the three months ended March 31, 2005 of 0.9% compared to the three months ended March 31, 2004, which increased revenues by $0.3 million.

        Point-to-point revenues, net of refunds, increased by $3.1 million, or 310.0% from $1.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $4.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005, primarily because ITC is no longer is required to refund point-to-point revenues earned in 2005, as was required for point-to-point revenues earned during the three months ended March 31, 2004 in the amount of $2.9 million.

        Operating Expenses.     Total operating expenses decreased by $1.1 million, or 4.4%, from $25.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $24.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

        Operation and maintenance expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 1.6%, from $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $6.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase was due to increased operation and maintenance activities performed during the three months ended March 31, 2005 of $1.7 million, primarily due to increases in preventative maintenance for vegetation management of $0.9 million and circuit breaker inspections of $0.6 million, as well as other net increases of $0.2 million. Partially offsetting this increase was a $1.6 million decrease in expenses relating to training contract personnel to transition ITC's operation and maintenance activities from Detroit Edison in the three months ended March 31, 2004 that did not recur during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

        General and administrative expenses decreased by $1.1 million, or 17.2%, from $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $5.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily due to the capitalization of certain general and administrative expenditures totaling $0.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. No such amounts were capitalized in the three months ended March 31, 2004. Additionally, general and administrative expenses decreased

44



by $0.9 million due to losses incurred in the three months ended March 31, 2004 related to our investment in Conjunction LLC, or Conjunction, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, New York Transmission Holdings Corporation, or NYTHC. Conjunction was formed in 2003 to develop a high-voltage direct current line to be built within New York state to transmit power to the metropolitan New York City area. There was no impact from Conjunction in the three months ended March 31, 2005. Partially offsetting these decreases of $1.8 million were increases of $0.7 million, which related to higher compensation and benefits expense of $0.6 million due to additions in headcount and various other items totaling a net increase of $0.1 million.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 14.3%, from $7.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $8.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005 due to a higher depreciable asset base as a result of PP&E additions during 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005.

        Taxes other than income taxes decreased by $1.1 million, or 20.4%, from $5.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $4.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005 due to ITC's lower assessed property tax values as of December 31, 2004 that are the basis for the 2005 property taxes compared to the assessed values as of December 31, 2003 that were the basis for the 2004 property taxes. Numerous municipalities had applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property at December 31, 2003, rather than using the valuation tables approved by the STC. The municipalities used the valuation tables approved by the STC in assessing the value of ITC's personal property at December 31, 2004, which will result in lower property taxes in 2005 compared to 2004.

        Other Expenses.     Interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 9.5%, from $6.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $6.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase was primarily due to higher borrowing levels under our revolving credit facilities in the three months ended March 31, 2005 to finance capital expenditures at ITC.

        Net Income (Loss).     As a result of the factors identified above, net income after taxes increased by $10.3 million from a net loss of $2.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to net income of $7.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the 2003 Pro Forma Period

        Operating Revenues.     Revenues increased by $3.1 million, or 2.5%, from $123.3 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $126.4 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to higher monthly peak load in 2004 resulting in increased network revenues of $2.8 million and a $1.3 million increase in net point-to-point revenues. Partially offsetting these increases was a net $1.0 million decrease primarily in revenues associated with scheduling, controlling and dispatch services and amounts received for use of utility property.

        Operating Expenses.     Total operating expenses increased by $3.5 million, or 3.7%, from $95.8 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $99.3 million in 2004.

        Operation and maintenance expenses decreased by $4.0 million, or 14.0%, from $28.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $24.6 million in 2004 primarily due to active cost management. During 2003, Detroit Edison and ITC jointly controlled maintenance activities under the terms of the SLA. Beginning in April 2004, ITC had exclusive control over its operation and maintenance activities.

        General and administrative expenses decreased by $1.9 million, or 7.2%, from $26.3 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $24.4 million in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to non-recurring expenses of $4.9 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period comprised of regulatory asset amortization relating to MISO and ITC start-up costs partially offset by general increases in salary, benefits, and professional services in 2004. The offsetting increase relating to salary, benefits and other expenses

45



would have been higher in 2004 if not for the capitalization of certain general and administrative expenditures totaling $2.5 million.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $4.4 million, or 17.5%, from $25.1 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $29.5 million in 2004 due to a higher depreciable asset base as a result of PP&E additions during 2004 and the 2003 Pro Forma Period.

        Taxes other than income taxes increased by $5.0 million, or 31.6%, from $15.8 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $20.8 million in 2004 due to ITC's higher property tax values as of December 31, 2003. In accordance with Michigan law, ITC's real property tax values were uncapped as a result of the change in ownership of ITC's assets. Additionally, numerous municipalities have applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property, rather than using the valuation tables approved by the STC, resulting in higher property taxes.

        Other Expenses.     Interest expense increased by $4.0 million, or 18.5%, from $21.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to $25.6 million in 2004. The increase was primarily due to 12 months of borrowings in 2004, as compared to 10 months of borrowings in the 2003 Pro Forma Period, as well as higher borrowing levels in 2004 related to increased capital expenditures in 2004.

        There was a non-recurring expense of $11.4 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period relating to the extinguishment of debt as a result of ITC Holdings' debt refinancing in July 2003.

        Net Income (Loss).     As a result of the factors identified above, net income after taxes increased by $7.2 million from a net loss of $4.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period to net income of $2.6 million in 2004.

Results of Operations for the 2003 Pro Forma Period Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2002

        Operating Revenues.     Revenues decreased by $14.2 million, or 10.3%, from $137.5 million in 2002 to $123.3 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period. This decrease was due to a $13.3 reduction of net Point-to-Point revenues due primarily to the refunding of 100% of March through December 2003 Point-to-Point revenues and a $4.2 million decrease in network revenues due primarily to lower monthly peak loads. Partially offsetting these decreases was a net increase of $3.3 million primarily as a result of scheduling, controlling and dispatch revenues and amounts received for use of utility property.

        Operating Expenses.     Total operating expenses increased by $23.3 million, or 32.1%, from $72.5 million in 2002 to $95.8 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period.

        Operation and maintenance expenses decreased by $6.1 million, or 17.6%, from $34.7 million in 2002 to $28.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period. In 2002 and the first two months of 2003, general and administrative costs were classified as operation and maintenance expense. Directly identifiable general and administrative costs of $9.0 million and allocated corporate overhead costs of $11.0 million were billed by DTE Energy to ITC and classified as operation and maintenance expense in 2002 as compared to $3.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in the 2003 Pro Forma Period. Predecessor ITC had no employees and was supported by employees of other DTE Energy subsidiaries. We record these types of expenses as general and administrative expenses. Offsetting the $16.0 million decrease was an increase relating to operation and maintenance expenses for transmission station equipment of $6.8 million and overhead and underground lines of $1.7 million and an increase of $1.4 million in miscellaneous expenses.

        General and administrative expenses increased by $26.3 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period as Predecessor ITC recognized no general and administrative expenses in 2002. The 2003 Pro Forma Period general and administrative expenses resulted from non-recurring expenses of $4.9 million for the amortization of a regulatory asset relating to MISO and Predecessor ITC start-up costs. In 2003, we acquired a majority interest in Conjunction. We recorded $1.6 million of expenses at NYTHC in the 2003 Pro Forma Period related to the start-up activities of Conjunction. The remaining increase of

46



$19.8 million related to certain general and administrative expenses. In 2002 expenses for these functions charged by DTE Energy to Predecessor ITC were recorded as operation and maintenance expense. These expenses in the 2003 Pro Forma Period included salary and benefits costs of $8.8 million, professional services of $6.4 million, insurance expense of $1.7 million and $2.9 million of general office expenses such as rent and supplies.

        Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $3.1 million, or 14.1%, from $22.0 million in 2002 to $25.1 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period primarily due to $2.5 million in amortization expense related to a regulatory asset-acquisition adjustment in the 2003 Pro Forma Period, as well as other increases of $0.6 million for depreciation expense as a result of a higher depreciable asset base in 2003.

        Taxes other than income taxes were $15.8 million in both 2002 and the 2003 Pro Forma Period.

        Other Expenses.     Interest expense increased by $21.5 million from $0.1 million in 2002 compared to $21.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period primarily as a result of the fact that no debt was outstanding during 2002. 2003 Pro Forma Period interest expense on borrowings was $11.4 million and $7.6 million at Holdings and ITC, respectively. Additionally, amortization of debt issuance costs of $2.6 million was recorded in the 2003 Pro Forma Period with no corresponding amount in 2002.

        There was a non-recurring expense of $11.4 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period relating to the extinguishment of debt as a result of Holdings' debt refinancing in July 2003.

        Net Income (Loss).     As a result of the factors identified above, net income after taxes decreased by $47.8 million from net income of $43.2 million in 2002 to a net loss of $4.6 million in the 2003 Pro Forma Period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        We expect to fund our future liquidity needs with cash from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, proceeds from our initial public offering of common stock and amounts available under our revolving credit facilities, subject to certain conditions. We expect that our liquidity requirements will arise principally from our need to:

    fund capital expenditures;

    fund ITC Holdings' and ITC's debt service requirements;

    fund working capital requirements; and

    pay dividends on our common stock.

We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to meet our cash and other needs for at least the next 12 months.

        For each of 2005 and 2006, we expect to invest approximately $100 million in additional PP&E, primarily on projects reviewed by MISO. This amount consists of a significant amount of capital investment that ITC could defer (or not incur in a particular year) if then current business conditions require. The expected investment amount also could vary as ITC continues to identify prudent capital investment opportunities that would reduce transmission constraints, increase flows across the system, or improve system reliability. Additionally, the amount could vary for other reasons, including, among other things, the impact of weather conditions, union strikes, material prices and availability, our ability to obtain financing for such expenditures, if necessary, limitations on the amount of construction that can be undertaken on our system at any one time or regulatory approvals for reasons relating to environmental, siting or regional planning issues or as a result of legal proceedings, as well as variances between the actual costs of construction contracts awarded compared to the forecasted costs.

        We expect to pay approximately $24.0 million of interest expense in 2005. In 2005, we expect to pay an aggregate of approximately $17.5 million in dividends to our stockholders.

47


        The following table summarizes cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
   
   
  ITC Holdings
and
Subsidiaries

   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  ITC Holdings
and
Subsidiaries

 
 
  Predecessor ITC
   
 
 
  Period From
February 28,
2003 Through
December 31,
2003

   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2002

  Two-Month
Period Ended
February 28,
2003

  2003 Pro
Forma
Period

  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2004

  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2005

 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

   
   
   
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Operating activities                                            
Net income (loss)   $ 43,213   $ 3,485   $ (8,054 ) $ (4,569 ) $ 2,608   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                                            
  Depreciation and amortization expense     21,996     3,665     21,463     25,128     29,480     6,966     8,018  
  Loss on extinguishment of debt             11,378     11,378              
  Deferred income taxes     646     (827 )   (4,306 )   (5,133 )   1,435     (1,269 )   4,320  
  Regulatory assets     (2,469 )   (105 )   6,769     6,664     1,933     483     483  
  Other deferred assets and liabilities             6,962     6,962     552     335     560  
  Changes in working capital     28,356     (36,203 )   18,664     (17,539 )   13,638     (7,789 )   (31,063 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     91,742     (29,985 )   52,876     22,891     49,646     (3,692 )   (9,812 )

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment     (15,360 )   (5,616 )   (26,805 )   (32,421 )   (76,779 )   (21,549 )   (36,112 )
  Acquisition of ITC and related transaction fees             (634,004 )   (634,004 )            
  Change in affiliated note receivable     (72,355 )   72,355         72,355              
  Other     304     12     (2,000 )   (1,988 )   308         229  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (87,411 )   66,751     (662,809 )   (596,058 )   (76,471 )   (21,549 )   (35,883 )

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Issuance of long-term debt             891,593     891,593     46          
  Repayment of long-term debt             (435,000 )   (435,000 )            
  Borrowings under revolving credit facilities                     54,500     21,500     51,000  
  Repayments of revolving credit facilities                     (22,000 )       (14,700 )
  Distributions to stockholders             (27,095 )   (27,095 )            
  Acquisition-related debt issuance costs             (20,878 )   (20,878 )            
  Issuance of common stock             218,675     218,675     1,020     264      
  Cash effect of assets and liabilities transferred to DTE Energy         (36,766 )       (36,766 )            
  Net short-term borrowings from DTE Energy     (4,339 )                        
  Other             (9,223 )   (9,223 )   (806 )   (355 )   (816 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (4,339 )   (36,766 )   618,072     581,306     32,760     21,409     35,484  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     (8 )       8,139     8,139     5,935     (3,832 )   (10,211 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

 

 

8

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

8,139

 

 

8,139

 

 

14,074

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

 

$


 

$


 

$

8,139

 

$

8,139

 

$

14,074

 

$

4,307

 

$

3,863

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

48


Operating Activities

        Net cash used in operating activities was $9.8 million and $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our main source of liquidity is our cash flows generated by operating activities. We experienced negative operating cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, as a result of the seasonality of operating revenues, as well as property taxes, interest and point-to-point revenue refunds paid during the first quarter.

        Net cash from operating activities was $49.6 million, $22.9 million and $91.7 million for 2004, the 2003 Pro Forma Period and 2002, respectively. Our main source of liquidity is our cash flow generated by operating activities. Excluding the changes in operating cash flows from Predecessor ITC during the 2003 Pro Forma Period, which primarily consisted of significant non-recurring items relating to settlement of intercompany balances prior to our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy, operating cash flows were consistent between the 2003 Pro Forma Period and 2004.

Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $35.9 million and $21.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The majority of our cash outflows related to expenditures for PP&E.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $76.5 million, $596.1 million and $87.4 million for 2004, the 2003 Pro Forma Period and 2002, respectively. The majority of our cash outflow for 2004 related to expenditures for PP&E. The majority of our cash outflow for the 2003 Pro Forma Period related to our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy for $618.3 million, plus transaction costs of $15.7 million. Net cash used by investing activities in 2002 included a working capital loan of $72.4 million from Predecessor ITC to DTE Energy.

        During 2004, ITC made capital expenditures of $76.8 million, primarily relating to projects that improved the transmission system reliability or projects that reduced transmission constraints. During the 2003 Pro Forma Period, ITC made capital expenditures of $32.4 million. The majority of these expenditures were made under the SLA. Capital expenditures for 2002 were $15.4 million.

Financing Activities

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $35.5 million and $21.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The amount of net cash from financing activities is attributable to borrowings under our revolving credit facilities to finance our capital expenditures.

        Net cash from financing activities was $32.8 million for 2004 and $581.3 million for the 2003 Pro Forma Period. Net cash used in financing activities was $4.3 million for 2002.

        We manage our cash needs for capital expenditures through revolving credit facilities at both ITC Holdings and ITC. The cash inflow for 2004 represented primarily net borrowings under those revolving credit facilities. In July 2003, the original term loans borrowed in connection with our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy were refinanced. ITC Holdings issued $267.0 million of its 5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013, or the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes, and ITC issued $185.0 million of its 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A due July 15, 2013, or the ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds. The proceeds of both issues were used to redeem the term loans used to partially finance the acquisition and, in addition, ITC Holdings' proceeds were used in part to make a $27.1 million distribution to its stockholders, or $0.90 per share of common stock. ITC also issued $15.0 million of its First Mortgage Bonds Series B due February 28, 2006, or the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds, in July 2003 in support of its revolving credit agreement. Under the terms of the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds, ITC is only required to make interest or principal payments on the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds if payments are not made under ITC's revolving credit agreement.

49


        In July 2003, ITC entered into a 2 1 / 2 -year $15.0 million revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders. On September 15, 2003, ITC obtained FERC approval to issue an additional $10.0 million of long-term debt, increasing the authorized debt capacity at ITC from $200.0 million to $210.0 million. The additional $10.0 million capacity was obtained under ITC's revolving credit agreement in January 2004 and ITC issued an additional $10.0 million of the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds in support of its revolving credit agreement at that time.

        On February 13, 2004, ITC filed an application with the FERC to issue additional debt and/or equity securities in the amount of $50.0 million, which increased ITC's total FERC-approved borrowing capacity to $75.0 million. On March 10, 2004, the FERC issued a letter order authorizing the issuance of such securities subject to various terms and conditions. At December 31, 2004, ITC had $25.0 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement.

        In March 2004, ITC Holdings obtained capacity of $20.0 million under a three-year revolving credit agreement, subject to increase to up to $45.0 million under certain conditions. ITC Holdings obtained an additional $10.0 million of commitments in May 2004 and another $10.0 million of commitments in June 2004. At December 31, 2004, ITC Holdings had $7.5 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement.

        On January 12, 2005, ITC Holdings and a syndicate of lenders amended and restated ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement to increase the total commitments thereunder to $47.5 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $50.0 million subject to ITC Holdings' ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement contains a $10.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. As amended and restated, ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement has a maturity date of March 19, 2007. At March 31, 2005, ITC Holdings had $14.3 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility. There were no letters of credit outstanding under the letter of credit sub-facility.

        On January 19, 2005, ITC and a syndicate of lenders amended and restated ITC's revolving credit agreement to increase the total commitments thereunder to $65.0 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $75.0 million subject to ITC's ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. ITC issued an additional $50.0 million of the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds in support of its amended and restated revolving credit agreement. As amended and restated, ITC's revolving credit agreement and the aggregate of $75.0 million of ITC's Series B Mortgage Bonds have a maturity date of March 19, 2007. At March 31, 2005, ITC had $54.5 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility.

        Borrowings under ITC's revolving credit agreement bear interest, at ITC's option, at either LIBOR plus 1.25% each year or the alternate base rate plus 0.25% each year, which applicable spreads are subject to adjustment based on the ratings by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services applicable to ITC's First Mortgage Bonds from time to time. ITC's revolving credit agreement also provides for the payment to the lenders of a commitment fee on the average daily unused commitments under the revolving credit agreement at a rate equal to 0.50% each year, payable quarterly in arrears.

        Borrowings under ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement bear interest, at ITC Holdings' option, at either LIBOR plus 1.50% each year or the alternate base rate plus 0.50% each year, which applicable spreads are subject to adjustment based on the ratings by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services applicable to ITC Holdings' senior notes from time to time. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement provides for the payment to the lenders of a commitment fee on the average daily unused commitments under the revolving credit agreement at a rate equal to 0.375% each year and a letter of credit fee on the average daily stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the then-applicable spread for LIBOR loans, in each case payable quarterly in arrears. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement also provides for the payment to Canadian Imperial

50



Bank of Commerce, as letter of credit issuer, of a letter of credit fronting fee on the average daily stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to 0.125% each year, payable quarterly in arrears.

        The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes, ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds and revolving credit facilities contain numerous financial and operating covenants that place significant restrictions on, among other things, our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness;

    engage in sale and lease-back transactions;

    create liens or other encumbrances;

    enter into mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

    pay dividends or make distributions on ITC Holdings' and ITC's capital stock.

        In addition, ITC's revolving credit agreement requires ITC to maintain a ratio of total debt to total capitalization (calculated as total debt plus total stockholder's equity) of less than or equal to 60%, and ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement requires ITC Holdings to maintain a ratio of total debt to total capitalization (calculated as total debt plus total stockholders' equity) of less than or equal to 85%. Both ITC and ITC Holdings have complied with their respective total debt to total capitalization ratios over the life of the revolving credit agreements as well as their other covenants. We do not expect that the completion of this offering will have any affect on ITC Holdings' or ITC's ability to comply with the financial covenants described above. See "Description of Our Indebtedness."

        We rely on both internal and external sources of liquidity to provide working capital and to fund capital requirements. We expect to continue to utilize our existing revolving credit facilities as needed to meet our cash requirements and we may secure additional funding from either our existing equity investors or in the financial markets.

        ITC Holdings maintains credit ratings of BBB- and Baa3 and ITC maintains credit ratings of BBB+ and Baa1 by Standard and Poor's and Moody's, respectively. In July 2004, Standard and Poor's lowered ITC's outlook from "stable" to "negative" to recognize ITC's significant use of cash for its extensive capital and maintenance programs while operating under a rate freeze. In March 2005, Standard and Poor's revised its outlook to "stable" from "negative" following the rate increase that occurred January 1, 2005. We believe our investment-grade credit ratings should provide a significant degree of flexibility in obtaining funds on competitive terms. However, these credit ratings reflect the views of the rating agencies only. An explanation of the significance of these ratings may be obtained from each rating agency. Such ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell, or hold debt securities, but rather an indication of creditworthiness. Any rating can be revised upward or downward or withdrawn at any time by a rating agency if it decides that the circumstances warrant the change. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

51



Reconciliation of PP&E Activity

        The following table displays the activity for gross PP&E for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross PP&E at February 28, 2003 and January 1, 2004   $ 816,767   $ 847,664  
Additions to PP&E     40,968     81,520  
Retirements of PP&E (a)     (10,071 )   (8,260 )
Net reductions in PP&E due to proposed asset settlements with DTE Energy (b)         (5,214 )
   
 
 
Gross PP&E at December 31, 2003 and 2004   $ 847,664   $ 915,710  
   
 
 

(a)
When PP&E is replaced or otherwise disposed of, the gross book value of the retired PP&E is removed from gross PP&E.

(b)
Subsequent to February 28, 2003, ITC Holdings and DTE Energy identified certain PP&E that was included in the February 28, 2003 balance sheet that was not transmission PP&E and should not be included in PP&E on our balance sheet. These items reduced our gross PP&E balance when they were identified and recorded in 2004. These items are partially offset by transmission PP&E ITC Holdings and DTE Energy identified that should have been included in the February 28, 2003 balance sheet that was not included in PP&E. We recorded our best estimate of the outcome of these negotiations based on actual recorded balances for this PP&E.

        The following table reconciles the differences between additions to PP&E from the table above to cash expenditures for PP&E for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Additions to PP&E   $ 40,968   $ 81,520  
Change in accrued liabilities and accounts payable relating to PP&E (a)     (14,216 )   (5,963 )
PP&E actual removal costs (b)     375     4,365  
Non-cash PP&E adjustments (c)     (322 )   (3,143 )
   
 
 
Expenditures for PP&E in statements of cash flows   $ 26,805   $ 76,779  
   
 
 

(a)
PP&E additions that are unpaid as of year end are not cash expenditures for PP&E for purposes of the statement of cash flows.

(b)
Consists of actual costs incurred for the removal of PP&E. These amounts are not included in additions to PP&E, but are included in cash expenditures for PP&E in the statements of cash flows. We classify accruals for future removal costs as regulatory liabilities, and actual removal costs incurred reduce the regulatory liability.

(c)
Consists primarily of allowance for equity funds used in construction, which is included in additions to PP&E, but is a non-cash item, as well as proposed asset settlements with DTE Energy in 2004.

52


        The following table displays the activity for accumulated depreciation and amortization for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization at February 28, 2003 and
January 1, 2004
  $ (380,962 ) $ (388,271 )
PP&E depreciation expense     (18,938 )   (26,450 )
Retirements of depreciable PP&E (a)     10,071     8,236  
Net reductions in accumulated depreciation and amortization due to proposed asset settlements with DTE Energy         2,603  
Accrued removal costs and other (b)     1,558     1,856  
   
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2003 and 2004   $ (388,271 ) $ (402,026 )
   
 
 

(a)
When depreciable PP&E is replaced or otherwise disposed of, the gross book value of the retired PP&E is removed from accumulated depreciation and amortization.

(b)
Consists primarily of estimated accrued removal costs that are a component of depreciation expense but are not recorded in accumulated depreciation and amortization. We record accruals for future removal costs as regulatory liabilities.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following table details our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004:

 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1-3
years

  4-5
years

  More than
5 years

 
  (in thousands)

Long-term debt:                              
  ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds   $ 185,000   $   $   $   $ 185,000
  ITC revolving credit agreement     25,000         25,000        
  ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes     267,000                 267,000
  ITC Holdings revolving credit agreement     7,500         7,500        
  Other     46     7     22     8     9
Interest payments for long-term debt:                              
  ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds     70,342     8,232     24,698     16,465     20,947
  ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes     119,772     14,017     42,053     28,035     35,667
Operating leases     2,781     771     2,010        
Deferred payables     6,109     1,222     3,665     1,222    
Electric plant-related     52,009     49,894     1,164     951    
Minimum pension funding     758     758            
   
 
 
 
 
Total obligations   $ 736,317   $ 74,901   $ 106,112   $ 46,681   $ 508,623
   
 
 
 
 

        Interest payments included above relate to our fixed-rate long-term debt. We also expect to make interest payments under our variable-rate revolving credit agreements.

        Pursuant to the terms of the SLA, deferred payables were recorded for operation and maintenance expenses incurred by ITC under the SLA during 2003 to the extent these expenses exceeded $15.9 million. Accordingly, deferred payables of $6.1 million were recognized as expense but payment was deferred as a long-term payable and will subsequently be paid to Detroit Edison in five equal annual installments beginning June 30, 2005.

        The electric plant-related items represent commitments for materials, services and equipment that had not been received as of December 31, 2004 for construction and maintenance projects for which

53



we have an executed contract. The majority of the items relate to materials and equipment that have long production lead times.

        The minimum pension funding requirement is only estimable for 2005 as of December 31, 2004. Our minimum contribution is $0.8 million, which is included above; however, we expect to contribute $1.6 million to the defined benefit retirement plan relating to 2004 during 2005. It is expected that there will be additional minimum funding requirements in future years.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

        We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Commodity Price Risk

        ITC has commodity price risk arising from market price fluctuations for materials such as copper, aluminum, steel, oil and gas and other goods used in construction and maintenance activities. Higher costs of these materials are passed on to ITC by the contractors for these activities, which are a component of the tariff rate under Attachment O.

Interest Rate Risk

        ITC and ITC Holdings had been subject to interest rate risk in connection with the issuance of variable rate term loans used to partially finance our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy. In order to manage interest costs, ITC entered into an interest rate swap as a hedge of the variable rate interest on the ITC term loans. In July 2003, ITC's variable rate term loan was repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds and the interest rate swap agreement was terminated at that time. Additionally in July 2003, ITC Holdings' variable rate term loans were repaid with the proceeds from the issuance of the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes.

        At March 31, 2005, ITC had $54.5 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement and ITC Holdings had $14.3 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement, both of which are variable rate loans and therefore fair value approximates book value.

        Based on the borrowing rates currently available for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities, the fair value of the ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds and ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes was $432.7 million at March 31, 2005. The total book value of the ITC Series A Mortgage Bonds and ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes was $450.9 million at March 31, 2005. We performed a sensitivity analysis calculating the impact of changes in interest rates on the fair value of long-term debt at March 31, 2005. An increase in interest rates of 10% at March 31, 2005 would decrease the fair value of debt by $16.0 million, and a decrease in interest rates of 10% at March 31, 2005 would increase the fair value of debt by $16.8 million.

Credit Risk

        Our credit risk is primarily with Detroit Edison, which was responsible for approximately 68% of our total operating revenues for 2004 and 74% of our total operating revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2005. Under Detroit Edison's current rate structure, Detroit Edison includes the cost of transmission services provided by ITC in its billings to its customers, effectively passing through to end-use consumers the total cost of transmission service. However, any financial difficulties experienced by Detroit Edison may affect Detroit Edison's ability to make its payments for transmission service to ITC which could negatively impact our business. MISO, as ITC's billing agent, bills Detroit Edison and other ITC customers on a monthly basis and collects fees for the use of ITC's transmission system. MISO has implemented strict credit policies for its members, which include customers using ITC's

54



transmission system. In general, if these customers do not maintain their investment grade credit rating or have a history of late payments, MISO may require them to provide MISO with a letter of credit or cash deposit equal to the highest monthly invoiced amount over the previous 12 months.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        We adopted the SFAS and implemented the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation, or FIN, listed below on the dates set forth below. Except as noted below, implementation of these accounting standards has had no significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

SFAS 150   Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity
SFAS 123R   Share-Based Payment
FIN 46R   Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities—an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (revised)
FIN 47   Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations

        SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments be classified as liabilities that were previously considered equity. The adoption of this standard as of July 1, 2003, as required, had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        SFAS 123R requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments made to employees, among other requirements. SFAS 123R is effective in the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2005. We have already adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS 123 for our stock-based compensation and have not concluded whether the transition to SFAS 123R will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

        FIN 46R provides guidance on the identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other than through voting rights ("variable-interest entity") and how to determine when an entity is the primary beneficiary and required to consolidate a variable interest entity. The adoption of FIN 46R, as of January 1, 2004, had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        FIN 47 is an interpretation of SFAS 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations." FIN 47 clarifies that the term "conditional asset retirement obligation" as used in SFAS 143, refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. An entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 is effective for us on December 31, 2005. We have not concluded whether FIN 47 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

55



INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Overview

        Electricity transmission is the flow of electricity at high voltages from electricity generation resources to local distribution systems. The FERC has a policy goal of ensuring non-discriminatory transmission access for all transmission customers. In the United States, electricity transmission assets are predominantly owned, operated and maintained by utilities that also own electricity generation and distribution assets, known as vertically integrated utilities. The FERC has recognized that the vertically integrated utility model inhibits the provision of non-discriminatory transmission access and, in order to alleviate this discrimination, the FERC has mandated that all transmission systems over which it has jurisdiction, must be operated on an arm's-length basis from any associated electricity generation operations. The FERC has also indicated that independent transmission companies should play a prominent role in furthering its policy goals and has encouraged the legal and functional separation of transmission operations from generation and distribution operations.

        On the basis of recent data collected by the U.S. Department of Energy, or the DOE, the U.S. electricity transmission system consists of nearly 160,000 miles of high-voltage transmission lines and has an estimated $60 billion of net installed assets. The electricity transmission sector has historically experienced significant underinvestment. According to the Edison Electric Institute, transmission investment made by investor-owned utilities declined from $42.3 billion in the 10-year period from 1975 to 1984 to $29.5 million in the 10-year period from 1992 to 2001 (both in 2003 dollars), or a reduction of $12.8 billion. According to the DOE, annual electricity consumption more than doubled in the same period, increasing from 1,747 TWh in 1975 to 3,544 TWh in 2001. The DOE expects electricity to remain the fastest growing segment of delivered energy and projects total electricity consumption to increase by approximately 50.0% from 2003 through 2025. The disproportionate growth in electricity generation, wholesale power sales and consumption versus transmission investment have resulted in significant transmission constraints across the United States and increased stress on aging equipment. These problems will be exacerbated without increased investment in transmission infrastructure.

        The blackout in August 2003 and the investigations into its causes have confirmed the need for broad-based transmission investment with estimates ranging from $50 billion to $100 billion across the United States, according to a recent DOE study. After the blackout, the DOE established the Office of Electric Transmission and Distribution to improve the reliability of, and to increase investment in, transmission and distribution infrastructure.

        According to the Electric Power Research Institute, U.S. businesses lose $45.7 billion annually in foregone production due to power outages and another $6.7 billion annually due to power quality issues. The cost of power outages includes losses of production materials and employee productivity due to interrupted manufacturing processes. For example, cost estimates attributed to the 2003 blackout range from $4 billion to $10 billion in the United States alone. Transmission system investments over and above maintenance-related investments can increase system reliability and reduce the frequency of power outages. Such investments can reduce transmission constraints and improve access to lower cost generation resources, resulting in a lower overall cost of delivered electricity for end-use consumers. Given historical underinvestment, continued growth in demand and the costs associated with outages, we believe a significant opportunity exists to invest in transmission infrastructure with the support of policy makers and end-use consumers.

Regulatory Environment

        Regulators and public policy makers have seen the need for further investment in the transmission grid. After the 2003 blackout, DOE has established the new Office of Electric Transmission and Distribution, focused on working with reliability experts from the power industry, state governments, and their Canadian counterparts to improve grid reliability and increase investment in the country's

56



electric infrastructure. In addition, the FERC has clearly signaled its desire for substantial new investment in the transmission sector by proposing financial incentives, such as raising the return on equity for transmission-only companies to a level that is greater than that of traditional utilities and then implementing such an incentive in ITC's case.

        In the FERC's January 15, 2003 "Proposed Pricing Policy for Efficient Operation and Expansion of Transmission Grid," the FERC stated that its proposed policy is to "promote competitive wholesale electric markets, reduce wholesale electric costs and improve electric reliability." The FERC further proposed to "reward transmission owners for forming independent transmission companies or taking other measures which make their transmission facilities operationally independent from the activities of other market participants." The FERC defines a "market participant" as any entity that sells or brokers electricity, or provides ancillary services to ITC or MISO or any person or entity that holds 5% or more of the voting securities of such entity or any affiliate thereof. An affiliate, for these purposes, includes any person or entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a market participant. The FERC distinguishes market participants from truly independent owners of transmission assets because of the potential for discrimination inherent in operating a transmission system and participating in the sale of electricity in wholesale or retail markets. The FERC also proposed to "reward transmission owners for pursuing additional measures to operate and expand the transmission grid efficiently in ways that resolve . . . system needs using either classic transmission investment or innovative technologies."

        On June 27, 2005, in FERC Docket PL05-11, the FERC issued a "Policy Statement Regarding Evaluation of Independent Ownership and Operation of Transmission," to remove barriers to the formation of independent transmission companies and provide guidance and greater flexibility for the circumstances under which independent transmission companies may have market participants as passive investors and continue to qualify for incentive rates. The FERC also noted its approval of ITC's current independent structure and the safeguards adopted by ITC and ITC Holdings to remain independent of market participants in connection with this offering.

Federal Regulation

        Background of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.     The FERC is an independent regulatory commission within the Department of Energy that regulates the interstate transmission and certain wholesale sales of natural gas, the transmission of oil and oil products by pipeline, and the transmission and wholesale sale of electricity in interstate commerce. The FERC also administers accounting and financial reporting regulations and standards of conduct for the companies it regulates.

        Federal Regulatory History.     In 1996, in order to facilitate open access transmission for participants in wholesale power markets, the FERC issued Order No. 888. The open access policy promulgated by the FERC in Order No. 888 was upheld in a United States Supreme Court decision issued on March 4, 2002. To facilitate open access, among other things, Order No. 888 encouraged investor owned utilities, or IOUs, to cede control over their transmission systems to Independent System Operators, or ISOs, which are not-for-profit entities.

        As an alternative to ceding operating control of their transmission assets to ISOs, increasing numbers of IOUs began to promote the formation of for-profit transmission companies, which would assume control of the operation of the grid. In December 1999, the FERC issued Order No. 2000, which strongly encouraged utilities to voluntarily transfer operational control of their transmission systems to Regional Transmission Organizations, or RTOs. RTOs, as envisioned in Order No. 2000, would assume many of the functions of an ISO, but the FERC permitted greater flexibility with regard to the organization and structure of RTOs than it had for ISOs. Unlike ISOs, RTOs could accommodate the inclusion of independently owned, for-profit companies that own transmission assets within their operating structure. Independent ownership would facilitate not only the independent

57



operation of the transmission systems but also the formation of companies with a greater financial interest in maintaining and augmenting the capacity and reliability of those systems.

        MISO was formed in 1996 as a voluntary association of electricity transmission owners consistent with the principles in FERC Order No. 888. Later, in response to Order 2000, MISO evolved into an RTO with an open architecture framework capable of accommodating a variety of business models including independently owned, for-profit transmission companies. On December 20, 2001, the FERC approved MISO as the nation's first RTO. MISO, in its role as a regional transmission organization, monitors electric reliability throughout much of the Midwest — an area that encompasses more than 100,000 miles of interconnected, high voltage transmission lines in 15 states and the Canadian province of Manitoba. MISO is responsible for more than 107,000 MW of peak load and 132,000 MW of generation. MISO is responsible for coordinating the operation of the wholesale electricity transmission system and ensuring fair, non-discriminatory access to the transmission grid. On April 1, 2005, MISO began centrally dispatching generation resources throughout much of the Midwest with the launch of its Midwest Energy Markets.

        In Order No. 2000, the FERC also expressed a willingness to create financial incentives for new investment in transmission assets and to motivate the independent ownership and operation of transmission assets.

State Regulation

        The MPSC does not have jurisdiction over ITC's rates or terms and conditions of service, but it has jurisdiction over siting of new transmission lines. Pursuant to Michigan Public Acts 197 and 198 of 2004, ITC has the right as an independent transmission company to condemn property in the State of Michigan for the purposes of building new transmission facilities.

        ITC is also subject to the regulatory oversight of the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality for compliance with all environmental standards and regulations.

58



RATE SETTING

Rate Setting and Attachment O

        Transmission Rates.     ITC's revenue for transmission services is collected by charging transmission service rates that are regulated by the FERC. ITC, ITC Holdings, IT Holdings Partnership, DTE Energy and Detroit Edison submitted a joint application seeking authorization for the acquisition of ITC and its transmission facilities by ITC Holdings and approval of transmission rates for ITC as a stand-alone, independent transmission company. On February 20, 2003, the FERC issued an order authorizing the acquisition, approving ITC's transmission rates and deeming ITC independent from all market participants, as defined by the FERC. In its February 20, 2003 order, the FERC accepted ITC's proposed return of 13.88% on the equity portion of its capital structure. ITC's proposal to use its actual capital structure, targeting 60% equity and 40% debt, was also accepted by the FERC consistent with Attachment O which uses ITC's actual capital structure from its FERC Form 1. Since Attachment O is a FERC-approved rate formula, no FERC filing is required to put the calculated rates into effect. The FERC, in an order dated May 5, 2005, confirmed that ITC Holdings and ITC will remain independent of market participants after this offering, subject to the enforcement of the restrictions on ownership and voting by market participants in ITC Holdings' Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and notifications to the FERC regarding such ownership. Based on its independence from market participants, ITC will continue to collect the 100 basis point incentive portion of its rate of return.

        In accordance with the FERC's February 20, 2003 order, ITC's billed transmission service rate was frozen at $1.075 per kW/month from March 1, 2003 through December 31, 2004. In order to compensate ITC for the revenue foregone during the rate freeze, FERC allowed ITC to recover the difference between the revenue ITC would have been entitled to collect using Attachment O and the actual revenue ITC received from March 1, 2003 to December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, this difference, which we refer to as the revenue deferral, was fixed at $59.7 million, which will be included in ITC's rates over the five-year period beginning June 1, 2006. The revenue deferral will be included in the rate that would otherwise be charged under Attachment O, resulting in higher payments to ITC during this five-year period.

        Attachment O is a FERC-approved cost of service formula rate template that is completed annually by most transmission-owning members of MISO. Rates are set annually under Attachment O and are in effect for the one-year period beginning June 1 of each year. Pursuant to the FERC's February 20, 2003 order, on January 1, 2005, ITC began billing its then effective Attachment O transmission rate of $1.587 per kW/month. This rate is based on financial data and load information for the year ended December 31, 2003, and will be charged for service on the ITC transmission system for the period from January 1, 2005 through May 31, 2005. For the purpose of determining rates for the period from June 1, 2005 through May 31, 2006, MISO will use primarily selected financial and operating data as reported on ITC's FERC Form 1 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 and its network load for 2004. As a result, the Attachment O rate is based on data collected during the year ending five months prior to the effectiveness of the Attachment O rate. To the extent that actual conditions during the 12-month period vary from the data on which the Attachment O rate is based, ITC may recover more or less than its revenue requirement for that period. Rates derived using Attachment O are posted on the MISO Open Access Same-time Information System on June 1 of each calendar year. The information used to complete the Attachment O template comes from the previous calendar year's FERC Form 1 (or other pertinent financial information), and is subject to verification by MISO. By completing the Attachment O template on an annual basis, ITC is able to adjust its transmission rates for any variances experienced in the prior calendar year, including the amount of network load on its transmission system, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Because Attachment O is a FERC-approved formula rate, no further action or FERC filings are required for the calculated rates to go into effect, although the rate is subject to legal challenge at the FERC.

59



        The Attachment O rate setting mechanism has been approved for MISO transmission owners through January 31, 2008, subject to further extension that must be approved by the FERC.

         Revenue Calculations—Transmission Tariff Rate.     The following three steps illustrate ITC's rate plan methodology:

    Step One—Establish Rate Base and Calculate Allowed Return

    GRAPHIC

        ITC's rate base is calculated at December 31 each year and consists primarily of net PP&E, an accumulated deferred income tax adjustment, certain regulatory assets and a materials and supplies allocation; and a recovery of operating expenses, including depreciation and amortization, and taxes. PP&E included in rate base is restricted to those assets used only for utility transmission services and includes capital expenditures incurred and in service which are added to rate base on an annual basis. Moreover, ITC's rate base includes a regulatory asset approved for recovery by the FERC at the time of our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy and the revenue deferral.

        The rate base is then multiplied by ITC's weighted average cost of capital to determine the allowed return on rate base. The weighted average cost of capital is calculated using the actual capital structure of ITC, the actual pre-tax cost of the debt portion of our capital structure and a FERC-approved 13.88% return on the equity portion of its capital structure.

    Step Two—Calculate Revenue Requirement

    GRAPHIC

        The gross revenue requirement is calculated beginning with the allowed return on rate base, as calculated in Step One above and adding recoverable operating expenses, including depreciation and amortization and taxes.

    Step Three—Calculate Transmission Rate

    GRAPHIC

60



        After calculating the gross revenue requirement in Step Two above, ITC is required to credit certain revenues, other than network revenues, such as point-to-point and rental revenues, which it generated during the prior year. This net amount represents revenues to be recovered from network customers through transmission rates. This transmission rate is calculated by dividing the net amount by the prior year's annual network load.

        Illustration of Attachment O Rate Setting.     Set forth below is a simplified illustration of the calculation of ITC's monthly network and point-to-point rates under the Attachment O rate setting mechanism for the period from June 1, 2005 through May 31, 2006, based primarily upon ITC's 2004 FERC Form 1 data.

Line

  Attachment O Items
  Instructions
  Amount
 
1   Rate Base (as of December 31, 2004)       $ 553,217,672  
2   Multiply by Weighted Average Cost of Capital relying on data from the 2004 FERC Form 1 (1)         10.532 %
3   Allowed Return on Rate Base   (Line 1 × Line 2)   $ 58,264,885  
4   Recoverable Operating Expenses       $ 41,661,829  
5   Taxes and Depreciation and Amortization       $ 74,904,873  
6   Allowed Return on Rate Base   (Line 3)   $ 58,264,885  
7   Gross Revenue Requirement   (Line 4 + Line 5 + Line 6)   $ 174,831,587  
8   Less Revenue Credits       $ 6,217,565  
9   Net Revenue Requirement   (Line 7 – Line 8)   $ 168,614,022  
10   Divide by 2004 Network Load (in kW)         8,817,147  
11   Annual Network and P-T-P Transmission Rate   (Line 9 divided by Line 10)   $ 19,123  
12   Monthly Network and P-T-P Transmission Rate ($/kW per month)   (Line 11 divided by 12)   $ 1.594  

(1)
The weighted average cost of capital is calculated as follows:

 
  Percentage of ITC's
Total Capitalization

  Cost of Capital
  Weighted Average Cost of Capital
Debt   39.162     x   5.332% (Pre-tax)=   2.088%

Equity

 

60.838

    x

13.88%

(After tax)=

 

8.444%
   
       
    100.000         10.532%

Rate Setting Proceeding

        In PSC Kentucky v. FERC , decided on February 18, 2005, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit found that the FERC failed to give customers adequate notice that it would add 50 basis points to the rate of return on equity used in Attachment O to encourage participation in MISO. By its terms, the order would prohibit certain MISO transmission owners other than ITC from collecting the 50 basis point incentive component of the Attachment O formula. The court reached its conclusion on purely procedural grounds and declined to address the merits of whether such an incentive, if supported by a proper record, is appropriate.

        On June 3, 2005, the FERC issued an order on remand requiring MISO transmission owners whose rates were set in the general docket before it to make refunds of the 50 basis point incentive component of their rates. However, neither the court's order nor the FERC's order on remand applies to ITC's rates. In its February 20, 2003 order, the FERC, acting from a separate record in a distinct case, approved a 13.88% rate of return on the equity portion of ITC's capital structure. This determination as to ITC's rates was not challenged on rehearing or appeal either in the PSC Kentucky v. FERC proceeding or in any other proceeding. As with all FERC-approved rates, ITC's rates remain subject to challenge under Section 206 of the FPA.

61



BUSINESS

Our History

        In 1996, FERC issued Order No. 888. That landmark order directed utilities to file open access transmission tariffs allowing the open use of their transmission lines by others on a non-discriminatory basis. The first step in the formation of a truly independent, stand-alone transmission company occurred in May 2000, when Predecessor ITC, Detroit Edison and DTE Energy filed a joint application with the FERC, seeking permission to transfer all jurisdictional transmission assets from Detroit Edison to a subsidiary of Detroit Edison. This permission was granted in June 2000 and Predecessor ITC became a subsidiary of Detroit Edison on January 1, 2001.

        Also in 2000, the State of Michigan enacted legislation to permit unbundled retail electric service and allow consumers a choice among electricity generation providers. That legislation, in part, required major electric utilities, such as Detroit Edison, to join an RTO and/or divest its transmission facilities. Michigan's effort to unbundle electric service dates back to 1994 when it first established a retail electric choice program in Detroit Edison's and Consumers Energy Company's service territories.

        On June 1, 2001, Predecessor ITC began operations as a wholly-owned subsidiary of DTE Energy. In December of that year, Predecessor ITC joined MISO. Predecessor ITC was the first company to join MISO under Appendix I of the MISO transmission owners agreement, which allows independent transmission companies to claim greater control over certain functions. Consistent with the policy goals of the FERC and the State of Michigan regarding the separation of electricity transmission from electricity generation, distribution, marketing and trading, DTE Energy decided to undertake a corporate restructuring and to divest Predecessor ITC.

        ITC Holdings was incorporated in Michigan in November 2002 for the purpose of acquiring Predecessor ITC, and has no material assets other than the common stock of ITC and cash on hand. The FERC-approved the sale of Predecessor ITC by DTE Energy to ITC Holdings on February 20, 2003 and the transaction closed on February 28, 2003. After an accelerated transition period during which Detroit Edison performed limited service-related functions for ITC, on April 8, 2004, ITC became the first independently owned and operated electricity transmission company in the United States.

Overview

        ITC transmission facilities are located in an approximately 7,600 square mile area serving distribution customers in 13 counties in southeastern Michigan with a population of approximately 4.9 million as of December 31, 2004. Much of ITC's service area is urban, densely populated, and industrial. ITC's transmission system consists of:

    approximately 2,700 circuit miles of overhead and underground transmission lines rated at 120 kV to 345 kV;

    approximately 16,000 transmission towers and poles;

    30 stations which connect transmission facilities;

    other transmission equipment necessary to safely operate the system ( e.g. , switching stations, breakers and metering equipment);

    associated land, rights of way and easements;

    certain assets of our Novi, Michigan-based office space, which consist of a transmission operations control room, furniture, fixtures and office equipment; and

62


    the Michigan Electric Power Coordination Center, or MEPCC, located near Ann Arbor, Michigan, which provides control area services for all of the electrical systems of ITC and the METC.

Business Strengths

        Our strategy is aligned with the FERC's policy objective to promote needed investment in transmission infrastructure in order to enhance competition in wholesale power markets, improve reliability and reduce system constraints to decrease the overall costs of delivered electricity. As a result, we believe ITC's business combines the stability of a regulated utility with significant opportunities for growth through prudent capital investment.

Stability

    Supportive Regulatory Environment for Independent Transmission Companies. The FERC has allowed independent transmission system owners to earn incentive rates of return to encourage the separation of transmission systems from the generation and sale of electricity and to facilitate greater investment in transmission infrastructure. The FERC currently allows ITC, as the first independently owned and operated electricity transmission company in the United States, to collect in its rates a 13.88% return on the equity portion of its capital structure, which includes 100 basis points of additional return to reward ITC for its independent status.

    Efficient and Predictable Rate Setting Process . The formulaic nature of ITC's rate setting mechanism enables ITC to generate predictable revenues and cash flows as the rates ITC charges are determined annually using actual historical data. ITC's rate setting process is approved by the FERC, and administered and confirmed by MISO pursuant to Attachment O, which significantly streamlines ITC's rate determination procedures and substantially reduces the delay between the incurrence and recovery of costs through rates. By contrast, most regulated investor-owned utilities endeavor to recover their investments and expenses through rates set by state commissions or the FERC. These proceedings are often adversarial and protracted and may delay recovery of costs for years with an uncertain outcome. ITC is obligated and committed to ensure that its operating and capital expenditures are prudent.

    Minimal Weather, Commodity and Energy Demand Risk. ITC's network revenues are a product of its regulated transmission rate and the monthly peak network load that is connected to its transmission system. Peak network load varies with weather and the general demand for electricity. ITC's rates are adjusted annually to incorporate any changes in network load. If loads are reduced due to cool weather in a calendar year, ITC's rates would increase effective the following June 1, assuming all other conditions remained equal. ITC operates a transmission system and, accordingly, is not impacted by electricity commodity pricing or price volatility.

    Attractive Service Territory . ITC is the only transmission system in its service territory, serving 13 counties in southeastern Michigan. ITC's service territory includes a concentration of industrial end-use consumers, including automobile manufacturers and suppliers. Many of these industrial consumers employ advanced manufacturing techniques that require reliable delivery of electricity. These consumers are receptive to transmission infrastructure projects as the cost of lost productivity resulting from poor reliability may far exceed the cost of reliability enhancements. ITC's service territory also includes residential and other end-use consumers in a densely populated urban area. These characteristics have provided ITC with operating and capital expenditure efficiencies that lead to relatively low operating and maintenance costs compared to more geographically dispersed transmission systems.

    Lack of Competition. The introduction of deregulation to foster competition among power industry participants is not expected to have any impact on independent operators of

63


      transmission systems. ITC's transmission system is the primary means in its service territory to transmit electricity from generators to distribution facilities that ultimately provide electricity to end-use consumers.

    Operational Excellence . ITC's goal is to provide best-in-class system performance to better serve the needs of its customers. A recent study by the East Central Area Reliability Council, or ECAR, on 345 kV lines showed that ITC's system performed well above the system average of those surveyed. For example, in 2004 ITC's system had an average of 0.68 outages per 100 miles compared to the ECAR system average of 2.21. ITC's system outperformed the ECAR system average in momentary outages as well, experiencing 0.43 momentary outages per 100 miles compared to the ECAR system average of 2.0. ITC's goal is not only to outperform other transmission systems, but also to operate the most reliable, highest performing system possible. In addition to consistently outperforming the ECAR system average, ITC has experienced year-over-year improvement from 1.11 outages per 100 miles in 2003 to 0.68 outages per 100 miles in 2004.

    Experienced and Incentivized Management Team . Our pioneering management team identified the business opportunity for the formation of ITC. They have worked over the past decade with state and federal regulators to understand their policy objectives and to contribute to the development of the current policy framework for independent transmission companies. Our senior management team is comprised of individuals with an average of 22 years of utility industry experience. Much of that experience relates directly to ITC's transmission system. Our management and employees collectively own approximately 9.35% of ITC Holdings' common stock on a fully-diluted basis at March 31, 2005.

Growth

        Our growth strategy, which includes prudently investing in ITC's transmission system as well as pursuing opportunities to acquire other transmission systems, has relatively low execution risk. No single investment project represents a material portion of our total capital expenditure program and a significant portion of our budget is based on upgrading or replacing existing equipment, rather than building new transmission lines with new right-of-way requirements.

    Significant Prudent Investment Opportunities in ITC's Existing Transmission System . We believe that prudent capital investment will expand ITC's rate base and earnings potential. We intend to invest our resources to upgrade ITC's transmission system to meet system capacity needs, to increase reliability and to provide lower delivered electricity costs to end-use consumers. We intend to invest in infrastructure projects, such as replacing outdated equipment, enhancing security for transmission infrastructure, providing interconnection to new generation resources in the region and responding to power flows in neighboring regions that impact ITC's service territory. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we invested $81.5 million in ITC's transmission system, versus $26.4 million of depreciation and amortization. We expect to invest approximately $100 million in additional PP&E during each of 2005 and 2006, primarily on projects reviewed by MISO.

    Pursue Opportunities to Acquire Other Transmission Systems . We intend to pursue opportunities to acquire transmission systems similar to ITC's in order to expand our existing service territory. Subject to applicable regulatory limitations, we will seek to identify attractive transmission systems and apply our business model and operating expertise across these systems to improve reliability, deliver lower energy costs to end-use customers and create value for our stockholders. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on these opportunities given our experienced management team, our relationships with our financial sponsors and the ability to use our publicly traded common stock as acquisition consideration.

64


Operations

        As a transmission-only company, ITC functions as a conduit, moving power from generators to local distribution systems either entirely through its own system or in conjunction with other neighboring transmission systems. Detroit Edison and other third parties then transmit power through these local distribution systems, to end-use consumers. The transmission of electricity by ITC is a central function to the provision of electricity to residential, commercial and industrial end-use consumers. The operations performed by ITC fall into the following categories:

    asset planning;

    engineering, design and construction;

    maintenance; and

    real time operations.

Asset Planning

        ITC is focused on identifying opportunities to reduce transmission system constraints, increase flows across its system and increase system reliability through prudent capital investment. ITC believes that the historic under-investment in the transmission grid, coupled with an ability to generate attractive returns on equity, will provide it with opportunities for growth.

        The planning division uses detailed system models and long-term load forecasts to develop ITC's capital expansion plan. The expansion plan identifies projects that address potential future reliability issues and produce economic savings for customers by eliminating constraints.

        ITC works closely with MISO in the development of ITC's annual capital plan performing technical evaluations and detailed studies to identify capital investment requirements to improve reliability or eliminate constraints on its transmission system. As the regional planning authority, MISO reviews regional system improvement projects by its members, including ITC, and if MISO supports the projects, it incorporates them into its regional transmission expansion plan.

Engineering, Design and Construction

        ITC's engineering, design and construction division is responsible for design, creating equipment specifications, developing maintenance plans and project management for capital, operation and maintenance work. ITC works with outside contractors to perform some of its engineering and design and all of its construction, but retains internal technical experts that have expertise with respect to the key elements of the transmission system such as substations, towers and relays. This internal expertise allows ITC to effectively manage outside contractors, keeping projects on track and minimizing costs.

        ITC's engineering, design and construction operations are handled by six sub-groups. The relay group is responsible for developing all new designs for protective relaying and for the day-to-day monitoring of performance, development, testing, and maintenance of the protective relay system. The tower group is responsible for all the overhead lines. Station design is responsible for designing new and existing stations and substations, as well as leading the design for overhead and underground lines. The equipment group manages all the technical aspects, specifications, and policies and procedures for the electric system equipment. They are also responsible for the upkeep of engineering data and asset tracking in ITC's asset management system. Project engineering schedules and is responsible for the construction of capital projects, as well as leading the effort to develop and track the preventative maintenance plan to help ensure a safe and reliable system. Field supervision monitors, evaluates, and audits all work on the ITC system.

65



Maintenance

        ITC's maintenance division develops and tracks the preventative maintenance plan to help ensure a safe and reliable system. By performing preventative maintenance on its assets, ITC can minimize the need for reactive maintenance, which may impact reliability and tends to be more costly than preventative maintenance. ITC contracts with Utility Lines Construction, which is a division of Asplundh Tree Expert Co., to perform the bulk of its maintenance. We do not expect the pricing structure of the agreements with the contractors to have a negative impact on our financial results. The agreements provide ITC with access to an experienced and scalable workforce with intimate knowledge of the ITC system at a known cost for the five-year period ending August 28, 2008.

Real Time Operations

        Joint Control Area Operator.     Under the operational control of MISO, ITC and METC operate their electricity transmission systems as a combined control area under the MECS Control Area Agreement. The operation is performed at the MEPCC where employees of both ITC and METC jointly perform the functions as the control area operator which include balancing loads and generation in order to ensure a supply of electricity to customers, maintaining voltage, coordinating the use of ITC and METC transmission facilities and monitoring the flow on critical facilities to avoid exceeding operating security limits.

        Field Operations.     As part of day to day operations in ITC's operations control room located in Novi, Michigan, transmission system coordinators analyze system conditions at all times, allowing them to react quickly to changing conditions. Transmission system coordinators must also work with maintenance and construction crews in the field to ensure the safe and reliable operation of the grid. A key component of this work involves scheduling outages on system elements to allow crews to safely perform maintenance and construction while maintaining reliability for our customers.

Operating Contracts

        Detroit Edison operates the electricity distribution system to which ITC's transmission system connects. A set of three operating contracts sets forth terms and conditions related to Detroit Edison's and ITC's ongoing working relationship. These contracts include the following:

        Master Operating Agreement.     The Master Operating Agreement, or MOA, governs the primary day-to-day operational responsibilities of ITC and Detroit Edison and will remain in effect until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties (subject to any required FERC approvals) unless earlier terminated pursuant to its terms. The MOA identifies the control area coordination services that ITC is obligated to provide to Detroit Edison. The MOA also requires Detroit Edison to provide certain generation-based support services to ITC.

        Generator Interconnection and Operation Agreement.     Detroit Edison and ITC entered into the Generator Interconnection and Operation Agreement, or GIOA, in order to establish, re-establish and maintain the direct electricity interconnection of Detroit Edison's electricity generating assets with ITC's transmission system for the purposes of transmitting electric power from and to the electricity generating facilities. Unless otherwise terminated by mutual agreement of the parties (subject to any required FERC approvals), the GIOA will remain in effect until Detroit Edison elects to terminate the agreement with respect to a particular unit or until a particular unit ceases commercial operation.

        Coordination and Interconnection Agreement.     The Coordination and Interconnection Agreement, or CIA, governs the rights, obligations and responsibilities of ITC and Detroit Edison regarding, among other things, the operation and interconnection of Detroit Edison's distribution system and ITC's transmission system, and the construction of new facilities or modification of existing facilities. Additionally, the CIA allocates costs for operation of supervisory, communications and metering

66



equipment. The CIA will remain in effect until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties (subject to any required FERC approvals).

Billing

        MISO administers the transmission tariff under which all customers procure transmission service and, in addition, MISO is responsible for billing and collection for transmission services in the MISO service territory. As the billing agent for ITC, MISO bills Detroit Edison, a wholly owned subsidiary of DTE Energy whose long-term senior unsecured rating is Baa1/BBB (Moody's/S&P), and other ITC customers on a monthly basis and collects fees for the use of ITC's transmission system. MISO has implemented strict credit policies for its members, which include customers using ITC's transmission system. In general, if these customers do not maintain their investment grade credit rating or have a history of late payments, MISO may require them to provide MISO with a letter of credit or a cash deposit equal to the highest monthly invoiced amount over the previous 12 months.

Competition

        ITC is the only transmission system in its service area and, therefore, effectively has no competitors.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2005, we had 122 employees. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Environmental Matters

        ITC's operations are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment, establish standards for the management, treatment, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and of solid and hazardous wastes, and impose obligations to investigate and remediate contamination in certain circumstances. Liabilities to investigate or remediate contamination, as well as other liabilities concerning hazardous materials or contamination, such as claims for personal injury or property damage, may arise at many locations, including formerly owned or operated properties and sites where wastes have been treated or disposed of, as well as at properties currently owned or operated by ITC. Such liabilities may arise even where the contamination does not result from noncompliance with applicable environmental laws. Under a number of environmental laws, such liabilities may also be joint and several, meaning that a party can be held responsible for more than its share of the liability involved, or even the entire share. Environmental requirements generally have become more stringent and compliance with those requirements more expensive. We are not aware of any specific developments that would increase ITC's costs for such compliance in a manner that would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

        ITC's assets and operations also involve the use of materials classified as hazardous, toxic or otherwise dangerous. Many of the properties ITC owns or operates have been used for power generation, transmission and distribution operations for many years, and include older facilities and equipment that may be more likely than newer ones to contain or be made from such materials. Some of these properties include aboveground or underground storage tanks and associated piping. Some of them also include large electrical equipment filled with mineral oil, which may contain or previously have contained polychlorinated biphenyls (sometimes known as PCBs). ITC's facilities and equipment are often situated close to or on property owned by others so that, if they are the source of contamination, other's property may be affected. For example, aboveground and underground transmission lines sometimes traverse properties that ITC does not own, and, at some of ITC's

67



transmission stations, transmission assets (owned or operated by ITC) and distribution assets (owned or operated by ITC's transmission customer) are commingled.

        Several properties in which ITC has an ownership interest or at which ITC operates are, and others are suspected of being, affected by environmental contamination. ITC is not aware of any claims pending or threatened against ITC with respect to environmental contamination, or of any investigation or remediation of contamination at any properties, that entail costs likely to materially affect it. In addition, DTE Energy has certain indemnity obligations under the stock purchase agreement relating to our acquisition of ITC with respect to environmental conditions, including certain known or suspected environmental contamination at such properties. Some facilities and properties are located near environmentally sensitive areas such as wetlands.

        Claims have been made or threatened against electric utilities for bodily injury, disease or other damages allegedly related to exposure to electromagnetic fields associated with electricity transmission and distribution lines. While ITC does not believe that a causal link between electromagnetic field exposure and injury has been generally established and accepted in the scientific community, if such a relationship is established or accepted, the liabilities and costs imposed on our business could be significant. We are not aware of any claims pending or threatened against ITC for bodily injury, disease or other damages allegedly related to exposure to electromagnetic fields and electricity transmission and distribution lines that entail costs likely to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Litigation

        Various claims and legal proceedings generally incidental to the normal course of business are pending against us. Management intends to vigorously defend all lawsuits. The ultimate outcome of these lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

68



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        Set forth below are the names, ages and titles of the directors and executive officers of ITC Holdings as of March 31, 2005.

Name

  Age
  Position
Lewis M. Eisenberg   62   Director
Joseph L. Welch   56   Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
Edward G. Jepsen   61   Director (1)
Daniel J. Oginsky   31   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Edward M. Rahill   51   Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Richard A. Schultz   60   Vice President—Asset Planning
Linda H. Blair   35   Vice President—Business Strategy
Jim D. Cyrulewski   58   Vice President—Asset Performance
Joseph R. Dudak   57   Vice President—Resource and Asset Management
Larry Bruneel   48   Vice President—Federal Affairs
Jon E. Jipping   39   Vice President—Engineering

(1)
Mr. Jepsen's appointment as a member of the board of directors will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Lewis M. Eisenberg.     Mr. Eisenberg is the sole member of Ironhill Transmission LLC. From April 1995 to December 2001, he was the Chairman of the Board of Commissioners of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey. From December 2001 to April 2003, Mr. Eisenberg served as a director of the Lower Manhattan Development Corporation for which he chaired the Victims' Families and Transportation Advisory Councils. Mr. Eisenberg is co-founder and co-chairman of Granite Capital International Group, an investment management company. Prior to co-founding Granite Capital, Mr. Eisenberg was a general partner and co-head of the equity division of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

        Mr. Eisenberg currently serves on the Advisory Council of Samuel Johnson Graduate School of Management at Cornell University. Mr. Eisenberg also currently serves on the Board of Directors of Granum Value Fund. Mr. Eisenberg has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Republican Jewish Coalition since November 1996 and a member of its Vice Chairman's Council since 1995. He served on the National Board of Directors for American Israel Public Affairs Committee from June 1998 to April 2003. Mr. Eisenberg was a board member of St. Barnabas Health Care System from April 1997 to April 2003 and Chairman of its Investment Committee from June 1998 to April 2003. He also served on the Board of Trustees of Monmouth Medical Center Foundation from October 1998 to May 2003, and since then has been a member of its honorary Board of Trustees.

        Mr. Eisenberg graduated from Dartmouth College in 1964 and received an MBA from Cornell University in 1966.

        Joseph L. Welch.     Mr. Welch is Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer. As its founder, Mr. Welch had overall responsibility for ITC's vision, foundation and transformation into the first independently owned and operated electricity transmission company in the United States. As president and CEO, Mr. Welch is focused on establishing ITC as a best-in-class electricity transmission

69



company through the implementation of innovative methods to improve reliability, reduce transmission constraints and lower the total cost of delivered energy. During his career at Detroit Edison from 1971 to 2003, Mr. Welch has held positions of increasing responsibility in the electricity transmission, distribution, rates, load research, marketing and pricing areas and regulatory affairs that included the development and implementation of regulatory strategies.

        Mr. Welch has a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Kansas and is a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Michigan.

        Edward G. Jepsen.     Mr. Jepsen will become a Director upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Jepsen currently serves as a director of the Amphenol Corporation and as a director and on the audit committees of the boards of directors of TRC Companies, Inc. and Gerber Scientific, Inc. In addition, Mr. Jepsen is a non-officer Advisor of the Amphenol Corporation, where he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1989 to 2004. Prior to joining the Amphenol Corporation, Mr. Jepsen worked at Price Waterhouse LLP from 1969 to 1988, ultimately attaining the position of partner.

        Mr. Jepsen graduated from Antioch College in 1966 and received an MBA from the Harvard Business School in 1968.

        Daniel J. Oginsky.     Mr. Oginsky is Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Oginsky's official appointment to those positions was effective on December 27, 2004 but his employment with us began on October 20, 2004. As Vice President and General Counsel, Mr. Oginsky is responsible for the legal affairs of ITC Holdings and manages our legal department. From June 2002 until joining Holdings, Mr. Oginsky was an attorney with Dykema Gossett PLLC in Lansing, Michigan. At Dykema Gossett, Mr. Oginsky represented ITC and other energy clients, as well as telecommunications clients, on regulatory, administrative litigation, transactional, property tax and legislative matters. Mr. Oginsky practiced state regulatory law at Dickinson Wright PLLC in Lansing, Michigan from August 2001 to May 2002. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Oginsky was an attorney with Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP in Washington, D.C. At Sutherland Asbill & Brennan, Mr. Oginsky focused on the FERC and state electric and natural gas matters on behalf of various energy clients.

        Mr. Oginsky earned his Bachelor of Arts degree, with honors, from Michigan State University (James Madison College) in East Lansing, Michigan. He earned his Juris Doctor degree, with honors, from George Washington University Law School in Washington, D.C. Mr. Oginsky is a licensed attorney in Michigan and Washington, D.C.

        Edward M. Rahill.     Mr. Rahill has been Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer since 2003, and has responsibility for the financial operations and reporting, including Treasury Management, Accounting, Tax and the Financial Planning and Analysis functions for ITC. Prior to his current position, Mr. Rahill headed the Planning and Corporate Development functions for DTE. He joined DTE Energy in 1999 as the Manager of Mergers, Acquisitions and Alliances. Mr. Rahill has over 22 years of experience in finance and accounting. Prior to joining DTE Energy, Mr. Rahill led the Corporate Development Function for Equitable Resources. He has also held various finance and accounting positions with Bell & Howell, Atlantic Richfield and Carborundum Corporation.

        Mr. Rahill earned an undergraduate degree from the University of Notre Dame and an MBA in Finance and a Masters Certification in Economics from State University of New York at Buffalo.

        Richard A. Schultz.     Mr. Schultz has been Vice President—Asset Planning since 2003 and is responsible for transmission planning and system optimization for ITC. He began his career in 1968 with Detroit Edison. Over the years, Mr. Schultz held a variety of positions with leading companies, including Florida Power and Light and Midland Cogeneration Venture. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Schultz was Director for Restructuring/Regulation in the Transmission Organization at Detroit Edison. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Schultz worked for Seminole Electric Cooperative as a Transmission Planning Engineer.

70



        Mr. Schultz is a graduate of the University of Michigan with a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering. He is a Registered Professional Engineer in the States of Michigan and Florida.

        Linda H. Blair.     Ms. Blair is Vice President—Business Strategy and is responsible for managing Regulatory Affairs, Policy Development, Internal and External Communications, Community Affairs and Human Resource functions. Ms. Blair has served in this capacity since March 2003. From 2001 through February 2003, Ms. Blair was the Manager of Transmission Policy and Business Planning at ITC when it was a subsidiary of DTE Energy. Prior to this time, Ms. Blair was the Supervisor of Regulatory Relations within Detroit Edison's Regulatory Affairs organization from 1999 to 2000. In this position, her responsibilities included the development and management of all regulatory relations and communications activities with the MPSC and the FERC. Ms. Blair joined Detroit Edison in 1994.

        Ms. Blair earned both her MBA and a Bachelor of Science degree in Public Affairs Management from Michigan State University.

        Jim D. Cyrulewski.     Mr. Cyrulewski has been Vice President—Asset Performance for ITC since March 2003. He is responsible for ITC's real-time operation of transmission facilities including its Novi Operation Control Room. Mr. Cyrulewski also is responsible for the operation of the MECS Control Area as Manager of the MEPCC, which is located in Ann Arbor. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Cyrulewski worked for DTE Energy as Manager of the MEPCC. From 1997 to 1999, he was Detroit Edison's Director of Power Delivery Transactions-Transmission and was responsible for development and administration of the Detroit Edison Open Access Transmission Tariff and Michigan Electric Coordinated Systems Joint Open Access Transmission Tariff. During his 30-year career at Detroit Edison, he also held positions in generation engineering, planning, engineering research, power-supply transactions and worked on the Fermi 1, Fermi 2 and St. Clair power plants, as well as the Atomic Power Development Authority.

        Mr. Cyrulewski has a Masters of Engineering and Bachelor of Science degrees in Engineering from the University of Detroit and is a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Michigan.

        Joseph R. Dudak.     Mr. Dudak is Vice President—Resource and Asset Management. He is responsible for suppliers, capital projects, operation and maintenance management and services for the ITC assets company-wide. From April 2001 to April 2003, Mr. Dudak was a management consultant to energy, utility and manufacturing clients, a business he pursued after his early retirement from National Steel Corporation in 2001. While at National Steel from 1970 to 2001, he held various executive and management positions in energy and environmental affairs, purchasing, strategic sourcing, transportation, special projects and asset sales. Throughout his career, Mr. Dudak has served as an active large industrial customer advocate in the utility regulatory and legislative arenas in Washington, D.C., Minnesota, Illinois, Indiana, and especially in Michigan, in both natural gas and electricity matters, including restructuring. Mr. Dudak led the industrial group, the Association of Businesses Advocating Tariff Equity, as Chairperson for 10 years.

        Mr. Dudak holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology from Western Michigan University, an MBA from Robert Morris University, and a lifetime Certified Purchasing Management certification.

        Larry Bruneel.     Mr. Bruneel is Vice President—Federal Affairs. Located in ITC's Washington, D.C. office, Mr. Bruneel is primarily responsible for the development of federal regulatory strategies and advocacy before the U.S. Congress and federal agencies, including the FERC. Mr. Bruneel has more than 20 years of experience in federal energy policy issues, most recently focusing on issues affecting electric utilities. From 1997 until joining ITC in 2003, he was the Assistant Vice President for Federal Policy at We-Energies, a combined gas and electric utility company subsidiary of the Wisconsin Energy Corporation. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Bruneel served as Technical Advisor to Commissioner Vicky A. Bailey at the FERC and from 1991 to 1993, he was an Industry Policy Analyst at the U.S. Department of Energy. Mr. Bruneel was at the Madison Public Affairs Group from 1989 to 1991,

71



where he facilitated policy disputes under the auspices of the Keystone Energy program and prior to that he was at the American Public Power Association. Mr. Bruneel started his energy career in 1980 at the General Accounting Office where he investigated energy and natural resource issues for the U.S. Congress.

        Mr. Bruneel received a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering Arts from Michigan State University. He went on to receive a Masters of Science degree in Science, Technology and Values from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute with a specialty in energy policy.

        Jon E. Jipping.     Mr. Jipping is Vice President—Engineering and is responsible for transmission system design, maintenance and project engineering. Prior to joining ITC in 2003, Mr. Jipping was Manager of Business Systems & Applications in Detroit Edison's Service Center Organization, responsible for implementation and management of business applications across the distribution business unit. Mr. Jipping joined Detroit Edison in 1990 and has held various positions of increasing responsibility in Transmission Operations and Transmission Planning, including serving as Principal Engineer and Manager of Transmission Planning during the sale of ITC.

        Mr. Jipping earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Calvin College and a Masters of Science degree in Electrical Engineering, concentrating in power systems, from Michigan Technological University. He is a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Michigan.

Board of Directors

Composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of two directors. In addition, Mr. Jepsen's appointment as a member of our board of directors will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        We intend to avail ourselves of the "controlled company" exception under the NYSE corporate governance rules that eliminates the requirements that we have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors and compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors. As a controlled company, we are required to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent members and consisting of at least three members within one year of the completion of this offering. Consequently, in addition to adding Mr. Jepsen to our board, we will add a second independent member within 90 days of the completion of this offering and a third independent member within one year of the completion of this offering. After giving effect to these additions, we expect our board of directors to consist of five members.

Committees

        Our board of directors currently has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

        Audit Committee.     Our audit committee will consist of Mr. Eisenberg, Mr. Jepsen and Mr. Welch. We expect to add Mr. Jepsen, as an independent member and "financial expert," as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K, of our audit committee upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We plan to add a second new independent member within 90 days of the completion of this offering and a third new independent member within one year thereafter to replace Mr. Eisenberg and Mr. Welch so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(i) under the Exchange Act and under NYSE Rule 303A.

        Our audit committee will be responsible for (1) selecting our independent public accountants, (2) approving the overall scope of the audit, (3) assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent public accountant's qualifications and independence, the

72



performance of the independent public accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (4) annually reviewing a report of the independent public accountants describing the firm's internal quality-control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, (5) discussing the annual audited and quarterly financial statements with management and our independent public accountants, (6) discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, (7) discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, (8) meeting separately, periodically, with management, internal auditors and our independent public accountants, (9) reviewing with our independent public accountants any audit problems or difficulties and managements' response, (10) setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of our independent public accountants, (11) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit committee by the board of directors from time to time and (12) reporting regularly to the full board of directors.

        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee which will be available on our website.

        Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Eisenberg and Mr. Jepsen. Our compensation committee will be responsible for (1) reviewing key employee compensation policies, plans and programs, (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers, (3) reviewing and approving employment contracts and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, (4) reviewing and consulting with the chief executive officer on the selection of officers and evaluation of executive performance and other related matters, (5) administration of stock plans and other incentive compensation plans and (6) such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time.

        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which will be available on our website.

        Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Eisenberg, Mr. Jepsen and Mr. Welch. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for (1) developing and recommending criteria for selecting new directors, (2) screening and recommending to the board of directors individuals qualified to become executive officers, (3) overseeing evaluations of the board of directors, its members and committees of the board of directors and (4) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the nominating and corporate governance committee by the board of directors from time to time.

        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee which will be available on our website.

2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan

        The 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan, which has been approved by our stockholders, provides for the granting of equity awards, which consist of the right to purchase shares of common stock, restricted common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock, as well as stock appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, for up to an aggregate of 3,343,214 shares of ITC Holdings' common stock. The 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee has the power to select the recipients of equity awards, although it may delegate to certain officers the authority to grant equity awards and to otherwise act with respect to awards made to participants who are not officers or directors of ITC Holdings, subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other persons having a relationship with ITC Holdings are eligible to receive awards under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan.

73



        The compensation committee also has broad power to determine the terms of equity awards and to change such terms in various ways subsequent to grant, but generally may not change such terms in a manner adverse to the grantee without the grantee's consent other than certain adjustments made in good faith in connection with certain corporate events, such as a stock split or other change in the outstanding common stock or a merger or other extraordinary transaction involving ITC Holdings. The board is permitted to amend or terminate the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan at any time without stockholder approval, other than to increase the number of shares available under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan, to decrease the price of outstanding grants, change the requirements relating to the compensation committee, to extend the term of the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan or in a manner that would be materially adverse to all participants with respect to outstanding grants. No grants may be made under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan after February 28, 2013.

        Options are granted under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan pursuant to stock option agreements. The options generally vest and become exercisable over the passage of time at the rate of 20% per year over five years, assuming the recipient of the option continues to be employed during such time by ITC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, and expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant. The purchase price of the shares subject to each currently outstanding option is greater than or equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant of the option. In addition, the options automatically become exercisable immediately prior to a change of ownership of ITC Holdings (as defined in the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan) as to 100% of the shares subject to the option. The options expire earlier in the event of the termination of the option holder's employment, certain change in ownership events, or a termination of the option pursuant to the Management Stockholder's Agreement.

        Restricted stock is also granted under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan pursuant to restricted stock award agreements. The restricted stock grants generally vest five years after the date of grant, assuming the grantee continues to be employed by ITC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries during such time. Restricted stock becomes 100% vested immediately upon a change of ownership of ITC Holdings (as defined in the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan). In addition, restricted stock will become vested upon termination of the recipient's employment with ITC Holdings if termination is by ITC Holdings without cause or by the recipient for good reason (as such terms are defined in the restricted stock award agreements). However, if the recipient's employment is terminated due to the recipient's death or permanent disability (as defined in the restricted stock award agreements), any unvested restricted stock will only become vested in increments of 20% of such stock in respect of each anniversary of the date of the grant on which the recipient was employed by ITC Holdings prior to his or her death or permanent disability. Certain executive officers have restricted stock award agreements which provide for unvested restricted stock to become 100% vested if the officer's employment is terminated due to death or permanent disability. If the recipient's employment is terminated by ITC Holdings for cause or by the recipient without good reason, any unvested restricted shares will be forfeited.

Dividend Equivalent Rights Plan

        This plan was adopted by the stockholders of ITC Holdings on August 21, 2003. This plan allowed all employees of ITC Holdings who hold options to purchase shares of ITC Holdings common stock the opportunity to participate in any dividends otherwise payable to ITC Holdings stockholders. Under this plan, ITC Holdings established bookkeeping accounts for each participant, to which cash amounts were credited upon the payment of any cash or non-common stock dividends. For cash dividends, the amount that was credited to each participant's account was equal to the per share dividend amount, multiplied by the number of shares of ITC Holdings common stock that was subject to any unexercised options held by the participant (whether such options are vested or unvested) at the time the dividend was paid. For dividends that were paid in the form of ITC Holdings common stock, the amount that was credited to each participant's account was equal to the per share fair market value of the stock

74



dividend being paid, multiplied by the number of shares of ITC Holdings common stock that were subject to any unexercised options held by the participant (whether such options are vested or unvested) at the time the dividend was paid. Under the plan, the participants' account balances are treated as being invested in certain investment alternatives, and any gains or losses on such deemed investments are credited to each participant's plan account accordingly. Plan participants are fully vested at all times in all amounts held in their plan accounts.

        Under the plan, participants' accounts are payable in cash only upon the earliest to occur of (1) the fifth anniversary of the date the participant was first granted an option on ITC Holdings' common stock, (2) the participant's death or permanent disability, (3) a change of ownership of ITC Holdings (as such term is defined in the plan) or (4) termination of the plan. Participants' accounts under the plan are also payable pro rata upon the sale or other disposition by the IT Holdings Partnership of any portion of its ITC Holdings common stock, based on the percentage of ITC Holdings common stock being sold by the IT Holdings Partnership relative to the total number of shares of ITC Holdings common stock held by the IT Holdings Partnership, on a fully diluted basis, at the time of such sale.

        When ITC Holdings made a distribution in August 2003, the board of directors authorized compensation under the plan to all option holders in an amount equivalent to the per share distribution with respect to vested and unvested options, as well as shares of common stock, that they owned on that date.

        This plan is administered, and may be amended or terminated at any time, by the compensation committee of our board of directors. ITC Holdings' obligations under this plan are funded through a grantor trust established by ITC Holdings. As of December 31, 2004, the aggregate amount of all plan participants' account balances equaled approximately $1.9 million.

        On May 10, 2005, our board of directors determined that it is in the best interests of our company to terminate the Dividend Equivalent Rights Plan. Upon termination of the plan, the 25 plan participants will receive their full account balances. As a result, an aggregate amount of approximately $1.8 million will be paid by us from the funded trust to participants in the plan.

Special Bonus Plans

        On June 15, 2005, our board of directors approved two new, discretionary special bonus plans, the ITC Holdings Executive Group Special Bonus Plan and the ITC Holdings Special Bonus Plan, under which plan participants may have amounts credited to accounts maintained by our company for each participant in respect of each calendar year during which the plans are in place. Under the special bonus plans, in determining the amounts to be credited to the plan participants' accounts, our board of directors is required to give consideration to dividends paid, or expected to be paid, on our common stock during each year. Under both plans, plan participants will be entitled to elect the investment options in which their bonus accounts will be deemed invested. Our board of directors can generally amend or terminate the plans at any time, except that no such amendment or termination can materially and adversely affect accrued and vested rights, unless an amendment is necessary to satisfy applicable laws or to obtain favorable accounting treatment for ITC Holdings. All distributions under these plans are payable only in cash.

        Under the ITC Holdings Executive Group Special Bonus Plan, executive officers are eligible to participate in this plan. Plan participants are vested in amounts credited to their plan accounts to the extent they are vested in awards previously granted under our 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan. To the extent participants are vested in amounts credited to their special bonus plan accounts, such amounts will be payable within fifteen days after the date the amounts are credited, unless the plan participant has previously made an election to defer receipt of such amounts until the earlier to occur of the plan participant's death, permanent disability, a separation from service, a change in control of us or a fixed date that is no earlier than the second anniversary of the date as of which the amount is

75



credited to the plan participant's account. Any amounts that are unvested at the time they are credited to an account are only payable on the first to occur of the plan participant's death, permanent disability, a change in control of us or, subject to the participant's continued employment with us on such date, the fifth anniversary of the date on which the plan participant was first granted an option to purchase our common stock under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan. In addition, our board may reject any payment election made by any plan participant to the extent that such payment would not be fully deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

        Under the ITC Holdings Special Bonus Plan, non-executive employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Plan participants become vested in their account balances on the first to occur of the plan participant's death, permanent disability, a change in control of us or, subject to the participant's continued employment with us on such date, the fifth anniversary of the date on which the plan participant was first granted an option to purchase our common stock under the 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan. Participants in this plan are not given the opportunity to defer receipt of any part of their plan accounts.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

        Director Compensation.     Except as described below under "—Partnership Director Compensation," we do not currently pay any compensation to any of our directors for serving as a director or as a member or chair of a committee of the board of directors. We expect to add an independent director prior to the completion of this offering, another independent director within three months after the completion of this offering and a third independent director to our board within 12 months after the completion of this offering. We plan to pay our non-employee directors an annual cash retainer of $25,000, an annual equity retainer of restricted stock with a value, at the time of grant, of $25,000 that will have a three year vesting period, $1,250 per board of directors meeting, $1,500 per meeting of the audit committee and $1,000 per meeting of other committees of the board of directors. In addition, we plan to pay $7,000 annually to the chair of ITC Holdings' audit committee and $4,500 annually to the chair of other ITC Holdings board of directors committees.

        Partnership Director Compensation.     ITC Holdings, ITC and the IT Holdings Partnership entered into a partnership services letter agreement whereby the IT Holdings Partnership or its designee performs certain management, consulting, and financial services, which includes participation on the board of directors. The IT Holdings Partnership designated Lewis M. Eisenberg to the board of directors. We incurred $200,000 of expenses in 2004 relating to this agreement. Prior to the completion of this offering we will terminate our agreement with Mr. Eisenberg in exchange for a one-time payment of $1.0 million to the General Partner. After the completion of this offering, Mr. Eisenberg will receive the same retainer and fee as our independent directors.

        Executive Compensation.     We have established or will establish compensation plans for our executive officers that will link compensation with our performance including the Deferred Compensation Plan and the Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan described below. We will continually review our compensation programs to ensure that they are competitive.

        Summary Compensation Table.     The following table sets forth information, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2004 and one executive officer who was not serving as an executive officer on December 31, 2004, but who would otherwise have been one of our four most highly compensated officers. These six executive officers are collectively referred to as the "named executive officers."

76



Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
  Long-term
Compensation Awards

   
Name and Principal Position

  Salary
($)

  Bonus ($)
  Other Annual
Compensation
($)(1)

  Restricted
Stock
Awards($)

  Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)

  All Other
Compensation
($)(9)

Joseph L. Welch
Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
  361,981   296,800   150,848 (2)     21,756

Edward M. Rahill
Vice President—Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

198,326

 

80,674

 

35,861

(3)


 


 

20,586

Larry Bruneel
Vice President—Federal Affairs

 

184,171

 

74,520

 

23,160

(4)


 


 

21,014

Linda H. Blair
Vice President—Policy and Business Development

 

170,283

 

69,630

 

31,319

(5)


 


 

9,792

Joseph R. Dudak
Vice President—Resource and Asset Management

 

169,189

 

68,640

 

52,996

(6)


 


 

38,645

John H. Flynn(8)
Former Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

166,269

 

66,000

 

34,146

(7)


 


 

83,063

(1)
Other annual compensation includes amounts for perquisites such as auto allowance and expenses, financial planning, income tax return preparation, social clubs and home security, as well as reimbursements for income tax gross-ups related to the inclusion of the value of the payment by ITC Holdings of certain perquisites. Perquisites with an incremental cost to ITC Holdings of more than 25% of the total other annual compensation for the named executive officers are separately itemized in the footnotes below.

(2)
Includes country club initiation fee and monthly dues of $66,676 and reimbursement for income tax gross-ups related to the inclusion of the value of the payment by ITC Holdings of certain perquisites of $52,205.

(3)
Includes auto allowance and related expenses of $14,751.

(4)
Includes auto allowance and related expenses of $13,434.

(5)
Includes auto allowance and related expenses of $13,998.

(6)
Includes auto allowance and related expenses of $14,513, financial planning of $14,500 and reimbursement for income tax gross-ups related to the inclusion of the value of the payment by ITC Holdings of certain perquisites of $17,027.

(7)
Includes auto allowance and related expenses of $13,605.

(8)
Mr. Flynn resigned from his position as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ITC Holdings effective December 31, 2004.

77


(9)
All other compensation includes the following amounts:

Name

  Relocation
Assistance
($)

  401K Match
($)

  Executive
Defined
Contribution
Plan($)

  Termination
Payments($)(10)

  Total($)
Joseph L. Welch     12,135   9,621     21,756
Edward M. Rahill     10,329   10,257     20,586
Larry Bruneel     10,251   10,763     21,014
Linda H. Blair     9,792       9,792
Joseph R. Dudak   16,928   12,037   9,680     38,645
John H. Flynn     7,147   11,067   64,849   83,063
(10)
Pursuant to Mr. Flynn's termination agreement, ITC Holdings paid Mr. Flynn $2,528 in vacation pay and $62,321 in lieu of certain other benefits to which he had been entitled under his employment agreement with ITC Holdings.

        Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year.     There were no individual grants of stock options made during 2004 to any of the named executive officers.

        Option Holdings.     The following table sets forth information concerning the value of unexercised options held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2004. There were no exercises during 2004 by the named executive officers. The dollar values of unexercised in-the-money options were determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Assumptions used for stock option value of $5.49 was as follows: expected volatility of 30.3%, risk-free interest rate of 3.2%, exercise price of $7.48, dividend yield of 0%, fair value of underlying shares of $11.90 and expected lives of 3.2 years.


Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option Values

 
  Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised
Options at December 31, 2004(#)

  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money Options
at December 31, 2004($)

Name

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Joseph L. Welch   120,356   481,423   $ 660,671   $ 2,642,685

Edward M. Rahill

 

20,059

 

80,237

 

 

110,112

 

 

440,447

Larry Bruneel

 

10,698

 

42,793

 

 

58,726

 

 

234,905

Linda H. Blair

 

20,059

 

80,237

 

 

110,112

 

 

440,447

Joseph R. Dudak

 

10,698

 

42,793

 

 

58,726

 

 

234,905

John H. Flynn (1)

 

20,059

 


 

 

110,112

 

 


(1)
Mr. Flynn resigned from his position as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ITC Holdings effective December 31, 2004.

        Pension Plans.     ITC maintains a defined benefit retirement plan for eligible employees, comprised of a traditional pension plan and a cash balance plan. ITC has also established two supplemental nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded retirement benefit plans for selected management employees. The plans provide for benefits that supplement those provided by ITC's defined benefit retirement plan.

        Under the traditional final average pay portion of the defined benefit plan, retirement benefits payable as a life annuity at the normal retirement age of 65 are based on a participant's average final compensation and years of service multiplied by certain specified percentages. A participant's average

78



final compensation is equal to one-fifth of the participant's 260 highest compensation weeks of credited service with ITC. For this purpose, a participant's compensation is defined as the participant's base salary, exclusive of bonuses, overtime, and fringe benefits, but includes the participant's salary reduction contributions made by the participant to the ITC Holdings tax-qualified defined contribution plan. Participants in the traditional pension plan become vested after five years of service. Benefits payable under the traditional final average pay portion of the defined benefit plan are not subject to offset for Social Security or other benefits. There is no lump sum payment option for this benefit.

        The following table shows the estimated annual pension benefits payable at normal retirement age to plan participants under the traditional final average pay portion of the defined benefit plan, based on compensation that is covered under the plan.


PENSION PLAN TABLE—ANNUAL PENSION BENEFIT
(in Dollars)

 
  Years of Service
Average Final
Compensation

  15
  20
  25
  30
  35
$125,000   $ 28,125   $ 37,500   $ 46,875   $ 56,250   $ 65,000
150,000     33,750     45,000     56,250     67,500     78,000
175,000     39,375     52,500     65,625     78,750     91,000
200,000     45,000     60,000     75,000     90,000     104,000
210,000     47,250     63,000     78,750     94,500     109,200

        Mr. Rahill is the only named executive officer who participates in the traditional final average pay portion of the defined benefit plan. The covered annual compensation for Mr. Rahill under this plan is $210,000, the maximum amount permitted to be taken into account for purposes of calculating his annual pension benefit in 2005 under federal tax law. He currently has six years of credited service and is vested in his benefits under the plan.

        For participants (which include the named executive officers other than Mr. Rahill) in the cash balance portion of the defined benefit plan, a participant's plan account is credited with two amounts at the close of each year of participation in the defined benefit plan. First, there is a credit of 7% of the participant's total compensation earned for the year. For this purpose, a participant's compensation includes a participant's base salary and bonuses, as well as any elective salary reduction contribution made by the participant to ITC Holdings' 401(k) plan. However, this plan does not consider annual compensation in excess of the maximum amount permitted to be taken into account for purposes of calculating this contribution amount under federal tax law ($210,000 for 2005). Second, each participant's plan account as of January 1 of each year is credited with interest at an assumed rate equal to the 30-year U.S. Treasury bond rate in effect for September of the previous year. The effective rate used to determine participants' interest credits on January 1, 2004 was 5.14% and the rate used on January 1, 2005 was 4.90%.

        Participants in the cash balance portion of the defined benefit plan are entitled to a lump sum distribution of their plan account upon retirement or may elect to have this balance transferred to one of several lifetime annuity options using the plan's stated actuarial assumptions for the age at which payments are to begin. Benefits payable under the cash balance portion of the defined benefit plan are not offset for Social Security or other benefits.

        ITC has also established two supplemental nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded retirement benefit plans for selected management employees. First, ITC has established the Management Supplemental Benefit Plan for Mr. Welch, which entitles him to receive a supplemental pension benefit from ITC Holdings if the sum of his pension benefits under the cash balance portion of the plan and certain other retirement benefits to which he is entitled under retirement plans of his prior employer,

79



DTE Energy, do not equal a target percentage of his final average compensation. For this purpose, Mr. Welch's compensation includes his base salary and bonuses, and the target percentage is determined by years of service. Benefits payable under this plan are not offset by Social Security or any other benefits. The current estimated lump sum and annual lifetime benefits payable to Mr. Welch under this agreement are included in the amounts set forth in the table below. Mr. Welch is not entitled to receive a lump sum payment of his supplemental pension benefit under the plan.

        The named executive officers other than Mr. Welch are also entitled to receive a supplemental pension benefit from ITC Holdings. At the close of each year of participation in this supplemental plan, each officer's supplemental pension plan account is credited with two amounts. First, there is a credit of 9% of the participant's total compensation earned for the year. For this purpose, compensation includes a participant's base salary, plus bonuses, as well as any elective salary reduction contribution made by the participant to ITC Holdings' 401(k) plan. Second, each participant's plan account as of January 1 of each year is credited with interest at an assumed rate equal to 9.5%. Benefits payable under this plan are not offset by Social Security or any other benefits. Plan participants generally become vested in their plan account balances 20% per year over five years. If a change in control of ITC Holdings or ITC occurs (as such term is defined in the plan): (1) plan participants become 100% vested in their plan account balances, (2) within seven days of a change in control, we are required to transfer assets to the grantor trust that has been established to fund this plan sufficient to fund the payment of benefits under the plan and administrative expenses of such trust and (3) if a dispute arises as to a participant's claim for benefits under this plan, we are required to pay the participant's reasonable legal fees incurred to resolve such claim.

        Estimated lump sum benefits and annual lifetime annuity amounts payable at age 65 to each of the named executive officers, based on projected future earnings and interest rates as of December 31, 2004, are as follows:

Name

  Projected Lump Sum Balance
Plan Benefit at Age 65

  Alternative Annual
Benefit at Age 65

Joseph L. Welch   $ 5,959,028   $ 561,568
Edward M. Rahill     818,152     57,129
Larry Bruneel     1,487,801     109,623
Linda H. Blair     5,068,890     359,353
Joseph R. Dudak     486,479     37,166
John H. Flynn(1)     414,531     31,962

(1)
Mr. Flynn resigned from his position as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ITC Holdings effective December 31, 2004.

        The amounts in the table above represent aggregate amounts payable under the qualified cash balance portion of the defined benefit retirement plan and the nonqualified supplemental pension plans, to each of the named executive officers other than Mr. Rahill. The amounts payable to Mr. Rahill under the traditional final average pay portion of the defined benefit retirement plan have been excluded, but see the discussion of the calculation of such amounts above. Supplemental pension plan benefits included in the annual benefit amount in the table above represent amounts payable in the first year only. Annual benefit payments for all of the named executive officers except Mr. Welch would increase from year to year based on interest earned on the unpaid balance of their pension plan accounts. All annual benefits are normally payable as life annuities, except that Mr. Welch's supplemental pension plan benefit is normally payable as a 15-year certain and life annuity.

Employment Agreements

        ITC Holdings has entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Welch, Schultz, Rahill, Jipping, Oginsky, Cyrulewski, Bruneel and Dudak and Ms. Blair. The employment agreements are substantially similar to each other, with the exceptions described below.

80



        Each of the employment agreements has an initial term of employment of two years and is subject to automatic one-year employment term renewals thereafter unless either party provides the other with 30 days advance written notice of intent not to renew the employment term. Under the employment agreements, Mr. Welch reports to our board of directors and all of the other executives report to Mr. Welch.

        The employment agreements also state each executive's current annual base salary, which will be subject to annual review and increase by our board of directors in their discretion. The employment agreements also provide that the executives are eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, subject to our achievement of certain performance targets established by our board of directors. The target annual bonuses stated in the employment agreements are as follows: (1) Mr. Welch, 100% of his base salary; (2) Messrs. Rahill, Schultz and Jipping and Ms. Blair, 80% of their base salary; and (3) Messrs. Oginsky, Cyrulewski, Bruneel and Dudak, 40% of their base salary.

        The employment agreements also provide the executives with the right to participate in certain welfare and pension benefits, including the right to participate in certain tax qualified and non-tax-qualified defined benefit and defined contribution plans and a retiree welfare benefit plan. Mr. Welch's employment agreement also acknowledges that he is entitled to receive benefits under the supplemental pension plan (described above) that is maintained for him.

        If the executives' employment with ITC Holdings is terminated without cause by ITC Holdings or by the executive for good reason (as such terms are defined in the employment agreements), the executives will receive:

In addition, if we terminate our retiree welfare benefit plan and, by application of the provisions described in the prior sentence, the executives would otherwise be entitled to retiree welfare benefits, the executives will receive a cash payment to the executives equal to our cost of providing such benefits, in order to assist the executives in obtaining other retiree welfare benefits.

        The specified severance period referenced above is two years for each of Messrs. Welch, Rahill, Schultz and Jipping and Ms. Blair and one year for each of Messrs. Oginsky, Cyrulewski, Bruneel and Dudak.

        In addition, while employed by ITC Holdings and (1) for Messrs. Welch, Rahill, Schultz and Jipping and Ms. Blair, (x) for a period of two years after any termination of employment without cause by ITC Holdings (other than due to their disability) or for good reason by them, and (y) for a period of one year following any other termination of their employment and (2) for Messrs. Oginsky, Cyrulewski, Bruneel and Dudak, for a period of one year following any termination of their employment, the executives will be subject to certain covenants not to compete with or assist other entities in competing with our business and not to encourage our employees to terminate their

81



employment with us. At all times while employed and thereafter, the executives will also be subject to a covenant not to disclose confidential information.

Executive Compensation Plans

        Short-Term Incentive Plan.     On May 10, 2005, our board of directors approved a short-term cash incentive plan, designed to provide certain of our employees, including the executive officers, with incentive compensation, on an annual or other short-term basis, based upon the achievement of pre-established performance goals. The annual incentive plan is designed to comply with the performance-based compensation exemption from Section 162(m) of the Code during any period during which Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to compensation paid under this plan. The incentive plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors, which will have the authority to identify the individuals who will be eligible to receive an award under the plan and award bonuses under the plan.

        In the event that the bonuses are awarded to employees covered by Section 162(m) of the Code during any period during which Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to compensation paid under this plan, ITC Holdings contemplates that bonuses will be payable to such employees only upon the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals, which will be based on one or more of the following criteria, as determined by the committee: (1) earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (2) net income; (3) operating income; (4) earnings per share; (5) book value per share; (6) return on stockholders' equity; (7) expense management; (8) return on investment before or after the cost of capital; (9) improvements in capital structure; (10) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (11) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (12) stock price; (13) market share; (14) revenues or sales; (15) costs; (16) cash flow; (17) working capital; (18) return on assets; and (19) changes in net assets. The foregoing criteria may relate to ITC Holdings, one or more of its subsidiaries or one or more of its divisions or units, all as the committee shall determine. The incentive plan imposes a $500,000 limit on the maximum amount of any bonuses that a participant in the plan may receive under the plan with respect to any given fiscal year.

        Deferred Compensation Plan.     ITC Holdings maintains the Deferred Compensation Plan, which provides all executive officers of ITC Holdings with the opportunity to defer receipt of certain compensation into a bookkeeping account established under the plan for each participant. For this purpose, compensation includes all wages, including base salary, bonuses, and any other taxable or deferred compensation earned by a participant. Also under the plan, ITC Holdings is required to credit to the participants' accounts certain "make whole" contributions in respect of benefits lost under the ITC Holdings tax-qualified defined contribution and defined benefit plans in which the Deferred Compensation Plan participant participates, due to such participant's election to defer certain amounts into the Deferred Compensation Plan. Under the plan, all such deferred compensation is treated as being invested in certain investment alternatives, and any gains or losses on such deemed investments are credited to each participant's plan account accordingly. Deferred Compensation Plan participants are fully vested at all times in all amounts held in their plan accounts.

        Under this plan, account balances can be distributed upon the earliest to occur of the participant's termination, reaching normal retirement age, becoming disabled or experiencing a financial hardship or a change in control of ITC Holdings (as all such terms are defined in the plan). The Deferred Compensation Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the board of directors.

        ITC Holdings' obligations under the Deferred Compensation Plan are funded through a grantor trust established by ITC Holdings. Currently, the only participants in this plan are Mr. Welch and Mr. Flynn, and the aggregate liability under this plan as of December 31, 2004 was approximately $0.4 million.

82



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 2005 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after this offering by:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person named in the table below is c/o ITC Holdings Corp., 39500 Orchard Hill Place, Suite 200, Novi, Michigan 48375.

 
   
   
   
  Percentage After
this Offering

 
 
  Beneficial Ownership
of Common Stock

   
 
 
  Shares of
Common Stock
Being Sold in
this Offering

  Without Exercise
of Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option

  With Exercise
of Underwriters'
Over-Allotment
Option

 
Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number(1)
  Percentage
Prior to this
Offering

 
International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership(2)   29,621,567   94.0 % 10,000,000   57.7 % 52.2 %
Lewis M. Eisenberg(3)   29,621,567   94.0 % 10,000,000   57.7 % 52.2 %
Joseph L. Welch   441,303   1.4 %   1.3 % 1.3 %
Edward M. Rahill   80,236   *     *   *  
Larry Bruneel   48,141   *     *   *  
Linda H. Blair   73,549   *     *   *  
Joseph R. Dudak   48,141   *     *   *  
John H. Flynn(4)   53,491   *     *   *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)(3)   30,544,348   97.0 % 10,000,000   60.4 % 54.9 %

*
Less than one percent.

(1)
The amounts and percentages of our common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has an economic interest.


The column includes shares of common stock that the individual had the right to acquire on March 31, 2005 or within 60 days thereafter pursuant to stock options, as set forth below.

Name

  Option Shares
Joseph L. Welch   240,711
Edward M. Rahill   40,118
Larry Bruneel   21,396
Linda H. Blair   40,118
Joseph R. Dudak   21,396
John H. Flynn   20,059
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)   472,060
(2)
The "Limited Partners" of the IT Holdings Partnership are the KKR partnerships (KKR Millennium Fund, L.P. and KKR Partners III, L.P. (Series A)), the Trimaran partnerships (Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C.,

83


(3)
Includes 29,621,567 shares beneficially owned by the IT Holdings Partnership. Mr. Eisenberg is the sole member of Ironhill Transmission, LLC, which is the General Partner of the IT Holdings Partnership.

(4)
Mr. Flynn resigned from his position as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ITC Holdings effective December 31, 2004.

84



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         The following is a brief summary of the material agreements we have entered into with our current and former stockholders as amended prior to the completion of this offering. The descriptions below are summaries and should not be relied upon as a complete description of all the various terms and provisions of these agreements. We will file copies of these agreements as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The IT Holdings Partnership

IT Holdings Partnership Agreement

        Prior to our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy, the General Partner, the KKR partnerships and the Trimaran partnerships formed the IT Holdings Partnership to facilitate their investment in ITC Holdings. Under the terms of the IT Holdings partnership agreement as amended upon completion of this offering, the General Partner will have the exclusive and complete authority and discretion to manage the day-to-day operations and affairs of the IT Holdings Partnership and to make all decisions regarding the business of the IT Holdings Partnership. However, the IT Holdings partnership agreement will contain restrictions on the ability of the General Partner to take (or permit ITC Holdings and ITC to take) limited actions with respect to us and our business, except with the approval of a majority in interest or, in some cases, three-fourths in interest, of the Limited Partners. In particular, following this offering, ITC Holdings and ITC may not, without the required approval of the Limited Partners, among other things:

        The IT Holdings partnership agreement will also provide that certain of the Limited Partners have the right to attend meetings of the boards of directors of ITC Holdings and ITC and receive information provided to the directors and notice of certain significant events. The Limited Partners have agreed to take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information concerning ITC Holdings or its subsidiaries.

85



Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the acquisition, the IT Holdings Partnership entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with ITC Holdings. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the IT Holdings Partnership has the right to require ITC Holdings to effect an unlimited number of registrations of ITC Holdings' common stock. ITC Holdings has agreed to pay for the first six of these demand registrations. In addition, if ITC Holdings conducts a registered offering of its common stock, such as this offering, the IT Holdings Partnership has the right to include all or a portion of its common stock in the offering.

        The Management Stockholders (as defined below under "—Management Stockholder's Agreement") are also parties to this Registration Rights Agreement, but generally do not have the ability to demand a registration. See "—Management Stockholder's Agreements" below.

Management, Consulting and Financial Services Letter Agreements

        Each of KKR and Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., the investment manager to the Trimaran partnerships, entered into a management, consulting and financial services letter agreement with the IT Holdings Partnership and ITC. Under these agreements, each of KKR and Trimaran Fund Management received a one-time transaction fee from us for advisory services with respect to the acquisition of ITC of $7.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively. In addition, pursuant to these agreements, KKR and Trimaran Fund Management agreed to provide customary management, consulting and financial services to us in exchange for annual fees of $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, plus out of pocket expenses and a 7% annual escalation factor. We incurred expenses of $0.7 million in 2003 and $0.9 million in 2004 from KKR and $0.4 million in 2003 and $0.3 million in 2004 from Trimaran Fund Management relating to these agreements. In connection with this offering, the parties to these agreements and ITC Holdings have agreed to amend these agreements by terminating ITC's obligation to pay these annual fees in exchange for one-time fees to KKR and Trimaran Fund Management of $4.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively, which will be payable by ITC Holdings upon the completion of this offering. The amended agreements also contain provisions for additional fees for future, mutually agreed-upon services, which may include advisory, consulting or financial services. ITC Holdings, ITC and the IT Holdings Partnership have also agreed to reimburse KKR and Trimaran Fund Management for reasonable expenses incurred in providing services under the agreement and ITC Holdings and ITC have agreed to indemnify KKR and Trimaran Fund Management (and their affiliates) for losses arising out of the performance of these services. The terms of the management, consulting and financial services letter agreements, including the related fees, are no less favorable to ITC Holdings, the IT Holdings Partnership and ITC than those that ITC Holdings, the IT Holdings Partnership and ITC could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

        ITC Holdings and ITC also agreed to retain the IT Holdings Partnership to provide to ITC, when and if called upon, certain management, consulting and financial services. As consideration for these services, ITC Holdings and ITC agreed to pay an annual fee of $0.2 million to IT Holdings Partnership. We incurred expenses of $0.2 million in each of 2003 and 2004 under this agreement. In connection with this offering, the parties to this agreement have agreed to terminate ITC's and ITC Holdings' obligation to pay this annual fee in exchange for a one-time fee of $1.0 million to the IT Holdings Partnership, which will be payable by ITC Holdings upon the completion of this offering. The agreement also contains provisions for additional fees for future, mutually agreed-upon services. We have also agreed to reimburse IT Holdings Partnership for reasonable expenses incurred in providing services under the agreement and to indemnify IT Holdings Partnership (and its affiliates) for losses arising out of the performance of these services.

Management Rights Letters

        In connection with the acquisition, ITC, ITC Holdings and the IT Holdings Partnership entered into agreements with each of (1) the KKR Millennium Fund, L.P., or KKR Millennium, a KKR

86



Partnership, and (2) Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., or Trimaran II, a Trimaran Partnership, pursuant to which, for so long as the IT Holdings partnership agreement remains in full force and effect, KKR Millennium and Trimaran II will have the right to designate one representative each to:

        In addition, each of KKR Millennium and Trimaran II is entitled to (x) receive advance written notice of any meetings of the boards of directors of ITC or ITC Holdings and all information provided to the members of such boards of directors and (y) meet with the appropriate officers and/or directors of each of ITC, ITC Holdings and/or the IT Holdings Partnership periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by KKR Millennium or Trimaran II, as applicable, with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of each of ITC, ITC Holdings and the IT Holdings Partnership. The IT Holdings Partnership has agreed to cause ITC Holdings and ITC to grant similar rights to certain Limited Partners from time to time.

Management Stockholder's Agreements

        ITC Holdings has entered into management stockholder's agreements, or the Management Stockholder's Agreements, with all current and former officers and employees of ITC Holdings and/or ITC who have purchased or acquired shares of ITC Holdings' common stock and/or received options to purchase ITC Holdings' common stock. We refer to these persons as Management Stockholders. The Management Stockholder's Agreements contain transfer restrictions, put and call rights, registration rights and a non-compete and confidentiality covenant.

        Restrictions on Transfers.     The Management Stockholder's Agreements impose significant restrictions on transfers of shares of common stock. Pursuant to the Management Stockholder's Agreements, the shares of common stock acquired by a Management Stockholder generally will be non-transferable until the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Management Stockholder's Agreement, or the Closing Date, except for (1) permitted non-public transfers (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreements), (2) subject to the provisions described under "—Registration Rights" and "Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements" below, a sale of shares of common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by ITC Holdings under the Securities Act (not including a registration statement on Form S-8), (3) pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement described below or (4) transfers approved by our board of directors.

        Stockholder's Resale of Common Stock and Options to ITC Holdings Upon Death or Disability.     If, prior to the fifth anniversary of the applicable Closing Date, a Management Stockholder is still employed by ITC Holdings or any subsidiary of ITC Holdings and that Management Stockholder either dies or becomes permanently disabled, then the Management Stockholder will have the right, for a period of 60 days to require ITC Holdings to purchase (1) all of the shares of common stock then held by the Management Stockholder at the fair market value per share of the underlying common stock and (2) all of the Management Stockholder's then exercisable options to purchase ITC Holdings' common stock at a price equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value per share of the underlying common stock over the applicable option exercise price. However, we propose to amend this provision in the manner discussed under "First Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreements" below.

        ITC Holdings' Right to Repurchase Common Stock and Options of Stockholder.     ITC Holdings may repurchase common stock and exercisable options to purchase ITC Holdings' common stock held by a Management Stockholder upon the termination of that Management Stockholder's employment with ITC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries if the termination occurs prior to the fifth anniversary of the

87



applicable Closing Date at various repurchase prices that are equal to or less than the fair market value per share of the common stock being repurchased.

        Lapse of Certain Provisions on Change of Ownership.     Some of the provisions of the Management Stockholder's Agreement, including those described under "—Restrictions on Transfers," "—Stockholder's Resale of Common Stock and Options to ITC Holdings Upon Death or Disability" and "—ITC Holdings' Right to Repurchase Common Stock and Options of Stockholder" above, will lapse upon the occurrence of a change of ownership of ITC Holdings. A change of ownership means any of the following events that result in the inability of any of the IT Holdings Partnership, the General Partner or the Limited Partners (other than Stockwell) to designate or elect a majority of our board of directors:

        Registration Rights.     If the IT Holdings Partnership sells shares of common stock in a public offering in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, generally, the Management Stockholders have limited "piggyback" registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock purchased under or held subject to the Management Stockholder's Agreement or underlying then exercisable options. These registration rights terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the applicable Closing Date. Shares of common stock included in a public offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement will cease to be subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by the Management Stockholder's Agreements. However, ITC Holdings has asked for, and received from all Management Stockholders, an agreement to waive their "piggyback" registration rights in this offering in exchange for certain other rights and/or benefits as further described under "Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements" below.

        Restrictions on Public Sale Relating to a Public Offering.     Except as described under "Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements" below, each Management Stockholder will be prohibited from effecting any public sale or distribution of shares of common stock not covered by a registration statement within the period between seven days before and 180 days after, the effective date of a registration statement (or, if later, the date of the public offering pursuant to the registration statement) in connection with a public offering of capital stock of ITC Holdings. ITC Holdings may waive this restriction.

        Non-Compete and Confidentiality Covenant.     Pursuant to the Management Stockholder's Agreements, for so long as a Management Stockholder is employed by ITC Holdings or one of its subsidiaries and for a period of one year thereafter, the Management Stockholder is subject to covenants not to:

88


In addition, the Management Stockholder has agreed not to disclose or use at any time any confidential information pertaining to the business of ITC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, except when required to perform his or her duties to ITC Holdings or one of its subsidiaries, by law or judicial process.

First Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreements

        ITC Holdings proposes to enter into amendments to the Management Stockholder's Agreements with each Management Stockholder in order to eliminate the Management Stockholder's (or his or her estate's or personal representative's, as applicable) current right under the Management Stockholder's Agreement, in the event of the Management Stockholder's death or permanent disability, to cause ITC Holdings to purchase all of the Management Stockholder's then exercisable options to purchase ITC Holdings' common stock.

        In exchange for the foregoing, upon the Management Stockholder's death or permanent disability, the proposed amendments would allow the Management Stockholder (or his or her estate or personal representative, as applicable) to:

Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements

        ITC Holdings has entered into certain waiver and agreement arrangements with all Management Stockholders as described below.

        All of our executive officers have agreed to waive their right to exercise their "piggyback" registration rights described above with respect to this offering in exchange for:

89


Sale Participation Agreements

        Each Management Stockholder has also entered into a Sale Participation Agreement with the IT Holdings Partnership, which grants to the Management Stockholders the right to participate in any sale (other than a public offering or sale to an affiliate of the IT Holdings Partnership) for cash or other consideration of shares of common stock by the IT Holdings Partnership occurring prior to the fifth anniversary of this offering. The Management Stockholder may also be required to participate in such a sale in the event the acquiring party in the sale so requires. Shares of common stock sold by a Management Stockholder pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreements will not be subject to any restrictions on transfer imposed by the Management Stockholder's Agreements.

Put Agreement

        In connection with the investment by Management Stockholders in ITC Holdings, CIBC, Inc., a bank affiliated with one of the Limited Partners, and Comerica Bank, a non-affiliated bank, provided some of the Management Stockholders with loans to acquire shares of our common stock. The loans are evidenced by notes made by the Management Stockholders and require a pledge of each Management Stockholder's shares of our common stock. We refer to CIBC and Comerica together as the Lenders. As a condition to making these loans, ITC Holdings entered into put agreements with the Lenders pursuant to which ITC Holdings agreed that upon the occurrence of certain events, ITC Holdings would be assigned the note and pledge and would either pay the Lenders the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the note plus interest thereon or execute a demand promissory note in a principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the note plus interest thereon. The maximum potential amount of future payments for ITC Holdings under these put agreements was approximately $2.0 million at December 31, 2004. The fair value of the liability in respect of the put agreements at inception and as of December 31, 2004 was not material.

        Prior to this offering, ITC Holdings and Comerica terminated the put agreement between them. The put agreement with CIBC will remain in effect until the date when the ITC Holdings obligations under the agreement are satisfied or when any amounts outstanding under the notes have been paid in full. This put agreement with CIBC previously covered loans to Management Stockholders who are executive officers of ITC Holdings; however, this put agreement currently is only applicable to loans made to Management Stockholders who are not executive officers of ITC Holdings.

Agreements with Detroit Edison

        ITC and Detroit Edison entered into a construction and maintenance, engineering, and system operations service level agreement, or the SLA, whereby Detroit Edison performed maintenance, asset construction, and certain aspects of transmission operations and administration on behalf of ITC. Under the SLA, as amended, ITC utilized Detroit Edison or other vendors for the services specified. When other vendors were used, ITC was required to pay Detroit Edison 100% of the operation and maintenance expenditure markup fees and 50% of the capital expenditure markup fees specified in the SLA. ITC entered into the SLA to provide a more orderly transition from an integrated utility to a stand-alone independent transmission company. The SLA, as amended, had a term through February 29, 2004, with certain specified services extending through April 30, 2004, as necessary.

        In August 2003, ITC entered into an Operation and Maintenance Agreement and a Supply Chain Management Agreement with other contractors to perform these services subsequent to the term of the SLA. In order to facilitate the transition from Detroit Edison, the new contractors performed work in parallel with Detroit Edison prior to the termination of the SLA.

90



DESCRIPTION OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS

Revolving Credit Facilities

        In July 2003, ITC entered into a 2 1 / 2 -year $15.0 million revolving credit agreement with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as administrative agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as documentation agent. In January 2004, the capacity under ITC's revolving credit facility was increased to $25.0 million. At December 31, 2004, ITC had $25.0 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement.

        On January 19, 2005, ITC and a syndicate of lenders led by Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce amended and restated this revolving credit agreement to increase the total commitments thereunder to $65.0 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $75.0 million subject to ITC's ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. As amended and restated, ITC's revolving credit agreement has a maturity date of March 19, 2007. ITC's obligations under its revolving credit agreement are supported by an aggregate of $75.0 million of its Series B Mortgage Bonds (described below) issued to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce.

        Borrowings under ITC's revolving credit agreement bear interest, at ITC's option, at either LIBOR plus 1.25% each year or the alternate base rate plus 0.25% each year, which applicable margins are subject to adjustment based on the ratings by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services applicable to ITC's Mortgage Bonds from time to time.

        ITC's revolving credit agreement also provides for the payment to the lenders of a commitment fee on the average daily unused commitments under the revolving credit agreement at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

        On March 19, 2004, ITC Holdings entered into a three-year $20.0 million revolving credit agreement with Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as administrative agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as documentation agent. In May 2004, the capacity under ITC Holdings' revolving credit facility was increased to $30.0 million and in June 2004 it was increased to $40.0 million. At December 31, 2004, ITC Holdings had $7.5 million outstanding under its revolving credit agreement.

        On January 12, 2005, ITC Holdings and a syndicate of lenders led by Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce amended and restated this revolving credit agreement to increase the total commitments thereunder to $47.5 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $50.0 million subject to ITC Holdings' ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. As amended and restated, ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement has a maturity date of March 19, 2007. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement contains a $10.0 million letter of credit sub-facility.

        ITC Holdings' obligations under its revolving credit agreement are secured by 158 shares of ITC's common stock, representing 15 5 / 6 % of the total outstanding common stock of ITC. Increasing commitments to $50.0 million would require an additional 8 shares of security, for a total of 166 shares, representing 16 3 / 5 % of the total outstanding common stock of ITC.

        Borrowings under ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement bear interest, at ITC Holdings' option, at either LIBOR plus 1.50% each year or the alternate base rate plus 0.50% each year, which applicable margins are subject to adjustment based on the ratings by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services applicable to ITC Holdings' 5.25% Senior Notes (described below) from time to time.

        ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement provides for the payment to the lenders of a commitment fee on the average daily unused commitments under the revolving credit agreement at a rate equal to 0.375% per annum and a letter of credit fee on the average daily stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the then-applicable spread for LIBOR loans, in each case payable quarterly in arrears. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement also provides for the payment to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as letter of credit issuer, of a letter of credit

91



fronting fee on the average daily stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

        Our revolving credit facilities contain numerous financial and operating covenants that limit the discretion of our management with respect to certain business matters. These covenants place significant restrictions on, among other things, our ability to:

        In addition, ITC's revolving credit agreement requires ITC to maintain a ratio of total debt to total capitalization (calculated as total debt plus total stockholders' equity) of less than or equal to 60%, and ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement requires ITC Holdings to maintain a ratio of total debt to total capitalization (calculated as total debt plus total stockholders' equity) of less than or equal to 85%.

        Our revolving credit facilities provide for voluntary prepayments of the loans and voluntary reductions of the unutilized portions of the commitments, without penalty, subject to certain conditions pertaining to minimum notice and pre-payment/reduction amounts and subject to payment of any applicable breakage costs on LIBOR loans.

5.25% Senior Notes and Mortgage Bonds

        In July 2003, we refinanced the original variable rate term loans used to finance our acquisition of ITC from DTE Energy through the issuance by:


        Additionally, the proceeds from the issuance of the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes were used in part to make a $27.1 million distribution to ITC Holdings' stockholders.

        In July 2003, ITC also issued $15.0 million of its 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series B due February 28, 2006, or the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds. We refer to the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds, together with the 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A, as the Mortgage Bonds. In January 2004, ITC issued an additional $10.0 million of its Series B Mortgage Bonds and on January 19, 2005, ITC issued an additional $50.0 million of its Series B Mortgage Bonds. As amended and restated in connection with the January 2005 amended and restated revolving credit agreement, all outstanding ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds will mature on March 19, 2007. All of the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds were issued to Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as administrative agent under ITC's revolving credit agreement, in support of its obligations under that agreement. Under the terms of the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds, ITC is only required to make interest or principal payments on the ITC Series B Mortgage Bonds if payments are not made under ITC's revolving credit agreement.

        There are no maintenance covenants governing the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes or Mortgage Bonds.

5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013

        General.     The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes were issued under an indenture, dated as of July 16, 2003, between ITC Holdings and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, as amended and supplemented by the first supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of July 16, 2003. The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.25% per annum.

92


        Ranking.     The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness. The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of ITC Holdings' subsidiaries, including trade payables and the Mortgage Bonds.

        Optional Redemption.     The ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time, at ITC Holdings' option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes being redeemed and (2) as determined by an independent investment banker (as such term is defined in the indenture), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes being redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the adjusted treasury rate (as such term is defined in the indenture), plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

        Covenants.     The indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of ITC Holdings to:

        Events of Default.     The indenture provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the ITC Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.

4.45% First Mortgage Bonds due July 15, 2013

        General.     The Mortgage Bonds were issued under a first mortgage and deed of trust, dated as of July 15, 2003, between ITC and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee, as supplemented and amended by the first and second supplemental indentures thereto, each dated as of July 15, 2003, and the amendment to the second supplemental indenture, dated as of January 19, 2005. The mortgage and deed of trust, as supplemented, does not limit the amount of Mortgage Bonds that ITC may offer thereunder. The Mortgage Bonds bear interest at a rate of 4.45% per annum.

        Ranking.     The Mortgage Bonds are secured by a first mortgage lien on substantially all of the property owned by ITC from time to time. The Mortgage Bonds will be secured equally with all other securities issued under the first mortgage and deed of trust.

        Optional Redemption.     The Mortgage Bonds may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time, at ITC's option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Mortgage Bonds being redeemed and (2) as determined by an independent investment banker (as such term is defined in the first mortgage and deed of trust), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Bonds being redeemed (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the adjusted treasury rate (as such term is defined in the first mortgage and deed of trust), plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date.

        Events of Default.     The first mortgage and deed of trust provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Mortgage Bonds to become or to be declared due and payable.

93



DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

         The following is a summary of the material terms of ITC Holdings' capital stock and the provisions of ITC Holdings' Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we refer to as "our capital stock," "our Articles of Incorporation" and "our bylaws," respectively. It also summarizes relevant provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, or MBCA. Since the terms of our Articles of Incorporation, bylaws and the MBCA are more detailed than the general information provided below, we urge you to read the actual provisions of those documents and the MBCA. The following summary of our capital stock is subject in all respects to the MBCA, our Articles of Incorporation and our bylaws. We have filed our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

        Immediately following this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

        Prior to this offering, there are 30,698,574 shares of our common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Immediately following the completion of this offering, there are expected to be 33,198,574 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding, excluding 802,100 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at March 31, 2005, with an exercise price of $7.48 per share.

        Immediately prior to this offering, we had 130 holders of record of our common stock.

Common Stock

        All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

        Voting Rights.     Each holder of our common stock is entitled to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, subject to the restrictions on market participants described below. Holders of our common stock have no cumulative voting rights.

        Dividends.     Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions declared by the board of directors. The right of the board of directors to declare dividends is subject to the right of any holders of our preferred stock, to the extent that any preferred stock is authorized and issued, and the availability under the MBCA of sufficient funds to pay dividends.

        Liquidation Rights.     If our company is dissolved, the holders of our common stock will share ratably in the distribution of all assets that remain after we pay all of our liabilities and satisfy our obligations to the holders of any of our preferred stock, to the extent that any preferred stock is authorized and issued.

        Preemptive and Other Rights.     Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities of our company, and, other than as described below, there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to our common stock.

        Restrictions on Ownership by Market Participants.     Our Articles of Incorporation include the following restrictions on issuance to, and ownership and voting of our capital stock by, "market participants," as defined below, which are provisions designed to ensure that ITC remains an "independent" transmission company eligible for favorable rate treatment, consistent with FERC orders.

94




Prior to redeeming any shares, we will be required to give at least 45 days' written notice to the holder of the shares. Prior to the redemption date, the stockholder may sell any shares that would otherwise be redeemed to avoid redemption of those shares. The redemption price for any shares redeemed will be the fair market value of the shares, as determined by our board of directors in good faith. If our shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system), the fair market value will be equal to the lesser of (x) the volume weighted average price for the shares over the 10 most recent trading days immediately prior to the delivery of the redemption notice and (y) the volume weighted average price for the shares over the 10 trading days immediately prior to the date the shares are redeemed.

        A "market participant" has the meaning given to that term by the FERC and includes:

An affiliate, for these purposes, includes any person or entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a market participant.

        A determination by our board of directors, acting in good faith, that a person or entity is a market participant will be binding on all stockholders. In determining whether any shares of capital stock are beneficially owned by a market participant, or its group members, our board of directors may rely solely on our stock transfer records, public filings with the SEC on Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D by beneficial owners of our shares and on the declarations described below.

95



        Certain Stockholders Required to Certify as to Market Participant Relationships.     Our Articles of Incorporation permit, and require if we request, the following persons or entities to make certain declarations to us:

        The declaration must be delivered to us within 10 days of any request and must include the following information:

        Any person, entity or group that fails to deliver the declaration when requested by us to do so will be deemed to be a market participant for purposes of the voting restrictions and redemption provisions described above, unless that person, entity or group subsequently delivers the required declaration to ITC Holdings and the board of directors determines that such person, entity or group is not a market participant.

Preferred Stock

        Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock. Unless required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors is authorized to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series including:

Provisions That May Discourage Takeovers

        The MBCA and our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging transactions involving an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions could protect the continuity of our directors and management and possibly deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than the prevailing market prices. The following description is subject in its entirety to applicable provisions of the MBCA and our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws.

96



        Availability of Authorized but Unissued Shares.     Under the terms of our Articles of Incorporation, our board of directors may issue shares of authorized common stock without stockholder approval. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our common stock is listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then-outstanding voting power or then-outstanding number of shares of common stock. If our board of directors decides to issue shares to persons supportive of current management, this could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Authorized but unissued shares also could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of our company, including dilution through a stockholder rights plan of the type commonly known as a "poison pill," which the board of directors could adopt without a stockholder vote.

        Issuance of Preferred Stock.     In addition, our board of directors could issue shares of preferred stock having voting rights that adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or impeding a change in control of our company.

        No Cumulative Voting.     Under the MBCA, stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights for the election of directors unless the Articles of Incorporation so provide. Our Articles of Incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting.

        Limitation on Calling Special Meetings of Stockholders.     The MBCA allows the board of directors or officers, directors or stockholders authorized in our bylaws to call special meetings of stockholders. Our bylaws provide that a special meeting may be called by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board (if the office is filled) or president, and shall be called by the president or secretary at the written request of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the proposed special meeting. Business to be transacted at a special meeting is limited by our bylaws to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

        Action Without Meeting of Stockholders.     If the IT Holdings Partnership, or its affiliates or limited partners or their respective affiliates, hold less than 35% of the outstanding capital stock of ITC Holdings, any action required or permitted by the MBCA to be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, only if consent in writing to such action is signed by the holders of all of the outstanding capital stock.

        Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.     Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual or special meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder's notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the previous year's annual meeting or, in the case of a special meeting, the date of the special meeting. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may impede stockholders' ability to bring matters before an annual or special meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        Business Combinations and Change of Control.     The MBCA contains statutes which regulate business combinations and changes in control of Michigan corporations.

        Chapter 7A of the MBCA provides that a business combination subject to Chapter 7A between a covered Michigan corporation or any of its subsidiaries and a beneficial owner of shares entitled to 10% or more of the voting power of such corporation generally requires the affirmative vote of 90% of the votes of each class of stock entitled to vote, and not less than 2 / 3 of the votes of each class of stock entitled to vote (excluding voting shares owned by such 10% or more owner), voting as a separate class.

97



These requirements do not apply if (1) the corporation's board of directors approves the transaction before the 10% or more owner becomes such or (2) the transaction satisfies certain fairness standards, certain other conditions are met and the 10% or more owner has been such for at least five years. Chapter 7A business combinations include, among other transactions, mergers, significant asset transfers, certain disproportionate issuances of shares to an interested stockholder, certain reclassifications and recapitalizations disproportionately favorable to such stockholder, and the adoption of a plan of liquidation or dissolution in which such a stockholder would receive anything other than cash. Chapter 7A does not restrict the purchase of shares from other stockholders in the open market, through private transactions or acquired through a tender offer.

        As permitted by Chapter 7A, our Articles of Incorporation provide that we are not governed by the provisions of that Chapter. In order for ITC Holdings to become subject to the provisions of Chapter 7A, our stockholders would have to vote affirmatively to amend our Articles of Incorporation.

        Chapter 7B of the MBCA provides that, unless a corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws provide that Chapter 7B does not apply, "control shares" of a corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except as granted by the stockholders of the corporation. "Control shares" are outstanding shares which, when added to shares previously owned by a stockholder, increase such stockholder's voting power, acting alone or in a group, to exceed three separate thresholds of the outstanding shares: (1) one-fifth or more but less than one-third, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority, or (3) more than a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors. To confer voting rights, a control share acquisition must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of all shares entitled to vote, excluding shares owned by the acquiror and certain officers and employee directors. However, no such approval is required for gifts or other transactions not involving consideration, for a merger to which the corporation is a party or for certain other transactions described in Chapter 7B. Although control shares include, for the purpose of determining whether the thresholds have been met, shares beneficially owned by persons acting as a group, the formation of a group does not constitute a control share acquisition of shares held by members of the group.

        Chapter 7B applies to Michigan corporations which have 100 or more stockholders of record, their principal place of business or substantial assets in Michigan and at least one of the following characteristics: (a) more than 10% of their shares are owned of record by Michigan residents; (b) more than 10% of their stockholders of record are Michigan residents or (c) 10,000 of their stockholders of record are Michigan residents.

        As permitted by Chapter 7B, our bylaws provide that we will not be governed by the provisions of that Chapter. In order for ITC Holdings to become subject to the provisions of Chapter 7B, our board of directors or stockholders may at any time amend our bylaws to cause Chapter 7B to become applicable to us if the statutory conditions for applicability are satisfied.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        As permitted by the MBCA, our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws generally limit the personal liability of our directors to us and our stockholders for breach of their fiduciary duty and require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the MBCA. Specifically, our bylaws require us to indemnify directors and officers against expenses (including actual and reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties, fines, excise taxes and settlements actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding brought against a director or officer by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of ITC Holdings or, while serving as a director or officer, is or was serving at the request of ITC Holdings as a director, officer, member, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of another enterprise to the maximum extent permitted by, and in accordance with the procedures and requirements specified in,

98



the MBCA. Our bylaws also provide that indemnification is a contractual right between us and the officer or director, who may not be adversely affected by a repeal of the indemnification provisions of our bylaws.

        The MBCA and our bylaws authorize us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ITC Holdings or who serves at the request of ITC Holdings as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another enterprise, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify him or her under the bylaws or the laws of the State of Michigan. We maintain a directors' and officers' insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to officers and directors pursuant to the provisions described above or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. will be the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "ITC."

99



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Sales of Restricted Shares

        Upon the completion of this offering, 33,198,574 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, 12,500,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable by persons other than our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

        Approximately 20,698,574 of the shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering will be either "restricted securities" or affiliate securities as such terms are defined in Rule 144. These restricted and affiliate securities may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted under Rule 144. Approximately 20,438,632 outstanding shares of these restricted or affiliate securities will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 subject to applicable holding period, volume limitations, manner of sale and notice requirements set forth in applicable SEC rules, and approximately 259,942 shares of the restricted securities will be saleable without regard to these restrictions under Rule 144(k).

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, a stockholder who has beneficially owned his or her restricted shares for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of our common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

        In addition, our affiliates must comply with the restrictions and requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, in order to publicly sell shares of our common stock which are not restricted securities. A stockholder who is not one of our affiliates and has not been our affiliate for at least three months prior to the sale and who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least two years may resell the shares without limitation. In meeting the one-and two-year holding periods described above, a holder of restricted shares of our common stock can include the holding period of a prior owner who was not our affiliate. The one- and two-year holding periods described above do not begin to run until the full purchase price or other consideration is paid by the person acquiring the restricted shares of our common stock from us or one of our affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, all of our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell an option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any common stock or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged for any common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus other than permitted transfers. We and the underwriters have agreed that the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply to any issuance of shares of our capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock as payment of any part of the purchase price for any acquisition of a business or assets by us, provided

100



that (1) the aggregate number of all such shares or securities issued pursuant to any such acquisitions within the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after giving effect to this offering and (2) the recipient of any such shares or securities agrees to execute a similar lock-up agreement. We and the selling stockholder have also agreed not to, directly or indirectly, file or cause to be filed a registration statement with respect to any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of common stock or any other of our securities or publicly disclose or cause to be publicly disclosed an intention to do the foregoing, except for registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to our stock incentive plan and registration statements on Form S-4 with respect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in connection with acquistions as described in the preceding sentence.

        Pursuant to the terms of the Management Stockholder's Agreements, the Management Stockholders have the right, upon the sale by the IT Holdings Partnership of shares of our common stock in any underwritten offering to sell a percentage of the shares of our common stock that they hold at the time of the offering and any shares of our common stock underlying then exercisable options. As a percentage of total shares held, the Management Stockholders would be eligible to sell a percentage equal to the percentage sold by the IT Holdings Partnership. Otherwise, each Management Stockholder is restricted from selling any common stock he or she holds until the fifth anniversary of the date of the execution of the Management Stockholder's respective Management Stockholder's Agreement. The "piggyback" registration rights described above also expire on such fifth anniversary. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholder's Agreements."

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of our employee stockholders have agreed to waive their right to exercise their "piggyback" registration rights with respect to this offering in exchange for certain other rights and/or benefits as further described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements."

Rule 701

        Under Rule 701, common stock acquired upon the exercise of certain currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold, to the extent not subject to lock-up agreements or the restriction on transfer in the management stockholder's agreements, (1) by persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144, and (2) by affiliates, subject to the manner-of-sale, current public information, and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the one-year holding period requirement of Rule 144.

Stock Options

        Options to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,467,727 shares of our common stock will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering. Of these options, 802,100 will have vested at or prior to the closing of this offering and 979,067 may vest over the next two years.

        Concurrently with this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and options issuable under our 2003 Stock Option and Purchase Plan. After expiration of the applicable contractual resale restrictions, shares covered by these registration statements will be eligible for sale in the public markets, other than shares owned by our affiliates, which may be sold in the public market if they are registered or qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144.

101



Registration Rights

        We granted registration rights to all of our current stockholders with respect to a percentage of the shares of our common stock that each of them owns and will own upon the completion of this offering. For a description of the terms of these registration rights, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The IT Holdings Partnership—Registration Rights Agreement."

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of our employee stockholders have agreed to waive their right to exercise their "piggyback" registration rights with respect to this offering in exchange for certain other rights and/or benefits as further described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements."

        Any sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sale may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our common stock."

102



CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder.

        A "non-U.S. holder" means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for United States federal income tax purposes any of the following:

        This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, "controlled foreign corporation," "passive foreign investment company," corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax or an investor that holds our common stock through a pass-through entity). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

        If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

         If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as

103



if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        Any gain realized on the disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

        An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it will be subject to tax on its net gain in the same manner as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes although no assurance can be given in this regard as the determination of whether we are a "United States real property holding corporation" is fact-specific and depends on the composition of our assets. If, contrary to our belief, we are or become a "United States real property holding corporation," so long as our common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market (such as the NYSE), only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder's holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock.

104



Federal Estate Tax

        Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

105



UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each of the underwriters named below, for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the respective number of shares of common stock opposite their names below:

Underwriters

  Number of
Shares

Lehman Brothers Inc.    
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC    
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
UBS Securities LLC    
   
Total   12,500,000

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters' obligations to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

        The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than 12,500,000 shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter's percentage underwriting commitment in this offering as indicated in the table above.

Commissions and Expenses

        The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholder will pay to the underwriters. The amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares from the selling stockholder. The underwriting fee is the difference between the public offering price and the amount the underwriters pay to purchase the shares from us or the selling stockholder, as the case may be.

 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per share   $     $  
Total   $     $  

        The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price presented on the cover page of this prospectus, and to

106



selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $            per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $            per share to brokers and dealers. After this offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.9 million. We will pay all costs and expenses of this offering.

Offering Price Determination

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives, the selling stockholder and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, all of our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell an option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any common stock or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged for any common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus other than permitted transfers. We and the underwriters have agreed that the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply to any issuance of shares of our capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock as payment of any part of the purchase price for any acquisition of a business or assets by us, provided that (1) the aggregate number of all such shares or securities issued pursuant to any such acquisitions within the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after giving effect to this offering and (2) the recipient of any such shares or securities agrees to execute a similar lock-up agreement. We and the selling stockholder have also agreed not to, directly or indirectly, file or cause to be filed a registration statement with respect to any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into shares of common stock or any other of our securities or publicly disclose or cause to be publicly disclosed an intention to do the foregoing, except for registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to our stock incentive plan and registration statements on Form S-4 with respect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in connection with acquistions as described in the preceding sentence. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Stockholder's Agreements, each Management Stockholder has agreed to be subject to a similar 180-day restriction on sales of his or her shares.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the waiver and agreements that we have entered into with all Management Stockholders who are not executive officers, we have agreed to permit all such

107



persons the right to sell, pursuant to registration statements on Form S-8 filed concurrently with the sale of ITC Holdings' common stock in this offering, at any time after the date of this prospectus, all or any portion of the same number of shares of ITC Holdings' common stock that the Management Stockholders could have disposed of by exercising their "piggyback" registration rights which equals 321,783 shares in the aggregate. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Executive and Non-Executive Waiver and Agreements."

Indemnification

        We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 625,000 shares offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. We have agreed with the underwriters that any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the reserved shares.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        The representatives may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended:

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum;

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering; and

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

108



        Neither we nor the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor the selling stockholder nor any of the underwriters make representations that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Listing

        Our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "ITC." In connection with that listing, the underwriters have undertaken to sell the minimum number of shares to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the NYSE listing requirements.

Stamp Taxes

        If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Discretionary Sales

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view the preliminary prospectus and the final prospectus online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically.

        Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information on any underwriter's or selling group member's website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied on by investors.

Other Relationships

        Some of the underwriters have performed and may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received or may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, or CSFB, is an affiliate of one of the lenders under the revolving credit facilities of both ITC Holdings' and ITC. In July 2003, CSFB was the initial purchaser of ITC Holdings' Senior Notes and ITC's Mortgage Bonds. CSFB also acted as a financial advisor to DTE Energy in connection with our acquisition of ITC in February 2003.

109



LEGAL MATTERS

        Dykema Gossett PLLC will pass upon the validity of the issuance of our common stock and as to certain matters of Michigan law. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. In addition, Stuntz, Davis & Staffier, P.C., Washington, D.C. is advising us on matters relating to the FERC and PUHCA. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP is relying upon the opinion of Dykema Gossett PLLC as to certain matters of Michigan law. Certain partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others have an indirect interest, through limited partnerships, who are investors in KKR Millennium Fund, L.P., in less than 1% of the common stock of ITC Holdings.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements of ITC Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the period February 28, 2003 (Date of Acquisition) through December 31, 2003, and the financial statements of International Transmission Company, LLC (Predecessor ITC) for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the issuance of shares of our common stock being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and, where such contract or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement is qualified by the provisions in such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of this offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC's home page on the Internet ( http://www.sec.gov ).

110



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PREDECESSOR INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2002 and the Two-Month Period Ended February 28, 2003

 

F-3

Statement of Member's Interest/Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the Two-Month Period Ended February 28, 2003

 

F-4

Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2002 and the Two-Month Period Ended February 28, 2003

 

F-5

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-6

ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-12

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2003 and 2004

 

F-13

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period February 28, 2003 (Date of Acquisition) through December 31, 2003 and the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

F-14

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Period February 28, 2003 (Date of Acquisition) through December 31, 2003 and the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

F-15

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period February 28, 2003 (Date of Acquisition) through December 31, 2003 and the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

F-16

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-17

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-42

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-43

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-44

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-45

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

F-46

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of
International Transmission Company, LLC
Detroit, Michigan

        We have audited the balance sheets of International Transmission Company, LLC (the "Company," formerly International Transmission Company) as of February 28, 2003 and December 31, 2002 (not presented separately herein), and the related statements of operations, member's interest/stockholder's equity and cash flows for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of International Transmission Company, LLC for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Detroit, Michigan
May 28, 2003

F-2



INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND
TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003

(in thousands)

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2002

  Two-month
period ended
February 28,
2003

 
OPERATING REVENUES:   $ 137,535   $ 20,936  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Operation and maintenance     34,699     5,675  
  Depreciation and amortization     21,996     3,665  
  Taxes other than income taxes     15,776     4,298  
   
 
 
    Total operating expenses     72,471     13,638  
   
 
 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

65,064

 

 

7,298

 
   
 
 

INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     58      
  Other income     (1,720 )   (147 )
  Other expense     245     45  
   
 
 
    Total interest expense and other     (1,417 )   (102 )
   
 
 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

66,481

 

 

7,400

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

23,268

 

 

3,915

 
   
 
 

NET INCOME

 

$

43,213

 

$

3,485

 
   
 
 

See notes to financial statements.

F-3



INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC

STATEMENT OF MEMBER'S INTEREST/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND 2002
AND THE TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003

(in thousands)

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
 
 
  Retained
Earnings

  Member's
Interest

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2001   60,000   $ 326,383   $ 13,194   $   $ 339,577  
Net income           43,213         43,213  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, DECEMBER 21, 2002   60,000   $ 326,383   $ 56,407   $   $ 382,790  
Net income           3,485         3,485  
Change in legal status (Note 1)   (60,000 )   (326,383 )   (59,892 )   386,275      
Member distribution (Note 4)               (36,766 )   (36,766 )
Member contribution (Note 4)               1,406     1,406  
   
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 2003     $   $   $ 350,915   $ 350,915  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See notes to financial statements.

F-4



INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND
TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003

(in thousands)

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2002

  Two-month period
ended February 28, 2003

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:              
  Net income   $ 43,213   $ 3,485  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
    Depreciation and amortization     21,996     3,665  
    Deferred income taxes     646     (827 )
    Change in operating assets and liabilities:              
      Accounts receivable     (51,347 )   106,523  
      Inventory     (190 )   (450 )
      Regulatory assets     (2,469 )   (105 )
      Accounts payable and other current liabilities     59,862     (124,235 )
      Income taxes payable and deferred income taxes     20,031     (18,041 )
   
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     91,742     (29,985 )

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Change in affiliated note receivable     (72,355 )   72,355  
  Proceeds from sales of assets     304     12  
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment     (13,901 )   (3,099 )
  Costs of removal     (1,459 )   (2,517 )
   
 
 
    Net cash used in investing activities     (87,411 )   66,751  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash effect of assets and liabilities transferred to DTE Energy         (36,766 )
  Net short-term borrowings from DTE Energy     (4,339 )    
   
 
 
    Net cash used in financing activities     (4,339 )   (36,766 )
   
 
 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(8

)

 


 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

 

 

8

 

 


 
   
 
 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

 

$


 

$


 
   
 
 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash paid for interest   $ 58   $  
   
 
 
  Cash paid to DTE Energy for federal income taxes   $ 2,838   $  
   
 
 

See notes to financial statements.

F-5



INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND
TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        As of February 28, 2003, International Transmission Company, LLC (the "Company," formerly International Transmission Company) was a wholly owned subsidiary of DTE Energy Company ("DTE Energy"). In December 2002, DTE Energy entered into a definitive agreement with ITC Holdings Corp., an entity that was then affiliated with each of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., which agreement provided for the sale of the Company for approximately $610 million in cash (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"). Following receipt of regulatory approvals and resolution of other contingencies, the sale closed on February 28, 2003. The Company is regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the "FERC") for rates, conditions of service and operations relating to the transmission of electricity.

        Effective February 28, 2003, International Transmission Company, a Michigan corporation, changed its legal structure to a Michigan limited liability company. In conjunction with the change in legal structure to a limited liability company, the Company elected to retain its federal tax status.

        These financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements were prepared prior to the closing of sale transaction and do not give effect to the change in basis relative to the sale transaction.

        The Company's electricity transmission system is operated pursuant to an arrangement established by the Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator ("MISO") (see Note 3). MISO, a FERC-approved regional transmission organization ("RTO"), which has responsibility for the oversight and coordination of transmission service for a substantial portion of the midwestern United States and Manitoba, Canada. MISO establishes regional operating and market practices and scheduling protocols. It also administers the transmission tariff under which all customers procure transmission service. ITC coordinates with MISO with respect to ITC's operations, as well as the need for capital investment in its electricity transmission system. Prior to June 1, 2002, The Detroit Edison Company ("Detroit Edison"), an affiliate of the Company, billed and collected revenues from its retail customers as then authorized in its bundled rates approved by the Michigan Public Service Commission ("MPSC"). These bundled rates included a transmission component. The Company received transmission revenues from Detroit Edison and other wholesale customers based on FERC-approved rates. Beginning June 1, 2002, MISO as billing agent for the Company bills and collects revenues from wholesale customers, including Detroit Edison, at FERC-approved rates. These revenues are then remitted to the Company. In an order issued February 20, 2003 authorizing DTE Energy to transfer the Company's transmission facilities to the purchaser, the FERC accepted a rate level of $1.075 per kilowatt ("kW")/month through December 31, 2004. Thereafter, rates will be derived in accordance with Attachment O of the MISO transmission tariff.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all unrestricted highly liquid temporary investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

         Inventories —Materials and supplies inventories are valued at average cost.

         Property, Plant and Equipment —Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E"), is stated at original cost. The cost of properties retired is charged to accumulated depreciation. The composite depreciation rate

F-6



was 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, which includes depreciation primarily on transmission station equipment, towers and overhead and underground lines that have a useful life ranging from 36 to 43 years. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax reporting purposes, as approved by MPSC and as approved by the FERC effective when ITC became a subsidiary of DTE Energy.

         Revenues —Revenues from deliveries of electricity are recognized as services are provided. The Company accrues revenues for transmission services provided but unbilled at month-end.

         Income Taxes —DTE Energy and subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Income taxes are computed as if the Company were filing on a stand-alone basis. As discussed in Note 1, in connection with the change in legal structure to a limited liability company, the Company filed an election with the Internal Revenue Service to be classified as a taxable entity.

         Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         New Accounting Pronouncement —In July 2001, the Financial Accounts Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 ("SFAS 143"), "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations." SFAS 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the entity capitalizes a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its then present value, and the capitalization cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, an entity either settles the obligation for its recorded amount or incurs a gain or loss upon settlement. SFAS 143 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. There was no net impact to the Company's financial statements upon adoption on January 1, 2003.

3. REGULATORY MATTERS

         Regulation —The Company is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the FERC, which issues orders pertaining to rates, recovery of certain costs, including the costs of transmission assets and regulatory assets, conditions of service, accounting and operating-related matters, the issuance of securities and the direct or indirect change of control over ITC and its transmission facilities.

        The transmission operations of the Company meet the criteria of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." This accounting standard recognizes the cost-based rate setting process, which results in differences in the application of generally accepted accounting principles between regulated and non-regulated businesses. SFAS No. 71 requires the recording of regulatory assets and liabilities for certain transactions that would have been treated as revenue and expense in non-regulated businesses.

F-7



Regulatory assets represent costs that will probably be recovered from customers through the rate setting process. Continued applicability of SFAS No. 71 requires that rates be designed to recover specific costs of providing regulated services and can be charged to and collected from customers. Management believes that currently available facts support the continued application of SFAS No. 71. Future regulatory changes or changes in the competitive environment could result in the Company discontinuing the application of SFAS No. 71 and require the write-off of the portion of any regulatory asset or liability that was no longer probable of recovery through regulated rates.

         Regulatory Assets —Regulatory assets recorded at February 28, 2003 and December 31, 2002 include costs incurred related to Regional Transmission Organization ("RTO") dues and consulting costs associated with the implementation and structuring of the Company to comply with FERC requirements and Michigan Public Act 141 of 2000 ("PA 141"). Management believes these types of costs are probable of recovery in future MISO transmission rates as prudently incurred costs based on FERC Docket No. RT01-88-000.

        During 2001, the Company paid Alliance RTO start-up costs of $2.5 million in exchange for promissory notes due in 2002. The first payment due in March 2002 has not yet been received. In the event the amounts are not collected from Alliance RTO or its successor, these costs are expected to be recovered through the FERC rate setting process as an RTO start-up expense. Accordingly, the amounts have been presented as regulatory assets. In accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, any future recovery of this regulatory asset would be remitted to DTE Energy.

         Regional Transmission Organization —PA 141 and Public Act 142 of 2000 were passed by the State of Michigan and among other things, required Detroit Edison to have its transmission assets operated independently by joining a FERC-approved RTO or divesting its interest in transmission to an independent transmission owner by December 31, 2001. During 2001, the Company was formed and subsequently joined the Alliance RTO. On August 31, 2001, in Docket Nos. ER01-3000, EC01-137 and RT01-101, the Company informed the FERC that it was withdrawing from the Alliance RTO under the terms of the Alliance RTO Transmission Owners' Agreement. In the same filing, the Company sought FERC approval of an agreement between the Company and MISO to become an independent transmission company under the MISO structure. On January 31, 2002, the Company obtained FERC approval of its request in Docket No. EC02-28 to transfer its obligations under the Joint Open Access Transmission Tariff ("JOATT") to MISO. Subsequently, on February 20, 2003 in Docket Nos. ER03-366-000 and ER03-368-000, the FERC conditionally approved conforming the JOATT to the MISO Open Access Transmission Tariff ("OATT") and in Docket No. ER03-368-000, the FERC approved the cancellation of the JOATT. The MISO OATT specifies the rates and terms for transmission service on the Company's transmission system.

         Tariff Rates —The Company's initial transmission tariff was approved as a Detroit Edison Open Access Transmission Tariff by the FERC in Docket No. OA96-78-000 on July 15, 1999. This tariff resulted in approximately $93 million of revenue per year. Detroit Edison requested FERC approval to transfer its OATT to the Company on May 26, 2000 in Docket No. ER00-2622 and the FERC authorized this transfer on July 6, 2000.

F-8



        The Detroit Edison and Consumer Energy Company individual OATT tariff rates were incorporated in the JOATT, a transmission tariff that was accepted by the FERC in Docket Nos. OA97-249 and ER97-1166 on February 28, 1997 and became effective on March 1, 1997 that covers service of both Detroit Edison and Consumers Energy Company, a neighboring utility. Detroit Edison requested the FERC to transfer its portion of the JOATT to the Company on July 7, 2000 in Docket No. ER00-3094. The FERC accepted this transfer on September 5, 2000.

        On July 28, 2000, the Company filed a new tariff at FERC, in Docket No. ER00-3295, which requested the approval of an innovative rate that would have resulted in approximately $138 million of revenue per year. On September 28, 2000, the FERC conditionally accepted this rate filing. However, this rate was not implemented. On September 10, 2001, the Company requested FERC approval to suspend the implementation of the innovative rate until the Company became a part of an RTO and independent of any market participant.

        The transmission rates of certain transmission owners participating in the MISO are established using a FERC-approved rate setting formula set forth in Attachment O of the MISO's OATT. These rates are calculated primarily using information in each respective transmission owner's annual FERC Form No. 1 Report ("FERC Form 1"). On May 31, 2002, the MISO submitted a filing ("May 31 Filing") containing certain specific and limited adjustments to the Company's Attachment O inputs based on 2001 FERC Form 1 data. On July 19, 2002, the FERC issued an order accepting the May 31 Filing, suspending the proposed revisions to the Company's Attachment O inputs, subject to refund, and establishing hearing and settlement procedures for the establishment of the Company's transmission rates. This proceeding is currently still in settlement discussions. However, during this time, the rate charged for transmission service was $1.075 per kW/month. The Company does not expect the resolution to have a materially adverse affect on the financial statements.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The Company and Detroit Edison have entered into a Master Services Agreement (the "Agreement") whereby Detroit Edison performs maintenance, asset construction and day-to-day management of transmission operations and administration on behalf of the Company. Detroit Edison receives compensation for the wages and benefits for employees performing work on behalf of the Company and for costs of construction or maintenance directly related to the Company. Amounts incurred related to the Agreement totaled $50 million and $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, respectively, a portion of which was capitalized in PP&E.

        The current Agreement provides generally for all required services and that consideration for the services shall include a 25% overhead fee as a percentage of the charges specified in the Detroit Edison Accounting Policies and Guidelines for 2002 and 2003 ("Charges"). In addition, the Agreement provides for an additional 9.5% fee as a percentage of the sum of Charges and overhead fee in 2003.

        The Company's transmission services are primarily provided to Detroit Edison for retail customers, and Detroit Edison in turn invoices the end user of the electricity. Revenues earned from Detroit Edison totaled $118 million and $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the

F-9



two-month period ended February 28, 2003, respectively. Detroit Edison is the Company's largest customer, comprising the majority of its revenue. Accounts receivable also includes amounts that were collected on the Company's behalf by Detroit Edison and not yet remitted to the Company, via MISO.

        The Company's property taxes are currently combined with Detroit Edison's when assessed by taxing authorities. The Company's share of all property taxes assessed to Detroit Edison is calculated by and remitted to Detroit Edison for ultimate payment to those taxing authorities. The Company's share of personal property taxes for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, was determined to be approximately 7% and 11.8%, respectively, calculated as the Company's weighted average percentage of Detroit Edison's total personal and real property balances. The Company's share of real property taxes for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, was determined by specifically identifying the taxes assessed on the Company's real property. All property tax amounts billed to the Company prior to February 28, 2003 were paid to Detroit Edison as of February 28, 2003.

        The Company is allocated certain overhead charges from DTE Energy relating to DTE Energy's corporate expenses. The amounts included in operation and maintenance for these charges are $11 million and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, respectively.

        On February 28, 2003, prior to the sale of the Company, all DTE Energy affiliate receivable and payable balances and current federal and state taxes, were settled with or assigned to DTE Energy. As such, all amounts were recorded as a member distribution of $36.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company had outstanding trade accounts receivable and accounts payable with DTE Energy and affiliates totaling $94 million and $121 million, respectively.

        The Company has a working capital loan/investing agreement with DTE Energy. The maximum amount of borrowings permitted by the Company under this agreement is $17.0 million. Variable interest rates on the receivables and payables were 1.21% and 1.16% at December 31, 2002 and February 28, 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had a receivable balance of $72 million. This agreement was terminated on February 28, 2003.

        On February 28, 2003, prior to the sale of the Company, DTE Energy made a non-cash contribution of certain internally-developed software assets necessary to the operations of the Company. The software assets were transferred at their net book value of approximately $1.4 million.

5. INCOME TAXES

        The Company establishes deferred tax assets and liabilities, as appropriate, for all temporary differences. As the temporary differences reverse, the related accumulated deferred income taxes are reversed. The Company has an income tax sharing arrangement with DTE Energy. Under this arrangement, DTE Energy is responsible for payment of all federal and state income taxes. Income tax liabilities paid by DTE Energy on behalf of the Company are repaid to DTE Energy. The Company's deferred income tax liability at December 31, 2002 and February 28, 2003 relates to depreciation of PP&E, property taxes and regulatory assets.

F-10



        The effective tax rate varied from the statutory federal income tax rate due to the following

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2002

  Two-month
period ended
February 28, 2003

 
 
  (in thousands, except tax rates)

 
Federal income tax effective rate     35.0 %   52.9 %
Income tax expense at 35% statutory rate   $ 23,268   $ 2,590  
Adjustment for property-related differences         1,325  
   
 
 
Total   $ 23,268   $ 3,915  
   
 
 

        Federal income tax expense is as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2002

  Two-month
period ended
February 28, 2003

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Current income taxes   $ 22,622   $ 4,742  
Deferred income taxes     646     (827 )
   
 
 
Total   $ 23,268   $ 3,915  
   
 
 

6. MICHIGAN ELECTRIC COORDINATED SYSTEM

        The Company and Consumers Energy Company have maintained their existing interconnections and continue to offer joint transmission service on their respective transmission systems pursuant to the terms of a JOATT, and to operate their interconnected transmission systems as a single electric control area, known as the Michigan Electric Coordinated System, pursuant to the Michigan Electric Coordinated Systems Transmission Interconnection and Control Area Operating Agreement, between Consumers Energy Company and ITC, dated February 7, 2001. The Company earned $2 million and $0.3 million in rental income from Consumers Energy Company for operation of the joint control area for the year ended December 31, 2002 and for the two-month period ended February 28, 2003, respectively, which is recorded in Operating Revenues.

7. COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCY

        The Company is involved in routine litigation in the normal course of its business. Such proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

F-11


The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to (1) a 3.34-for-one split of the outstanding common stock of ITC Holdings Corp., that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of the offering, (2) the adjustment of the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as well as the share amounts of stock grants under such plan and the number of options and exercise prices of options under such plan as a result of the 3.34-for-one stock split, which will be effected immediately prior to the completion of the offering, and (3) the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which authorized 100 million shares of common stock. The following report is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon the effective dates of the stock split of the Company's outstanding common stock and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries as described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements and assuming that from March 21, 2005 to the dates of such completion no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or required disclosure therein.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

"To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ITC Holdings Corp.
Novi, Michigan

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of ITC Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the period from February 28, 2003 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ITC Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the period from February 28, 2003 (date of acquisition) through December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Detroit, Michigan

March 21, 2005 (July    , 2005 as to the effects of the stock split, the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation described in Note 18)"

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Detroit, Michigan
June 28, 2005

F-12



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands, except number of shares)

 
ASSETS              
Current assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,139   $ 14,074  
  Accounts receivable     15,936     15,614  
  Inventory     8,045     13,785  
  Other     885     954  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     33,005     44,427  
Property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $388,271 and $402,026, respectively)     459,393     513,684  
Other assets              
  Goodwill     178,414     176,039  
  Regulatory assets—acquisition adjustment     58,077     55,047  
  Other regulatory assets     9,986     8,053  
  Deferred financing fees (net of accumulated amortization of $330 and $1,294, respectively)     6,215     6,058  
  Deferred income taxes     4,306     2,871  
  Other     2,261     2,668  
   
 
 
    Total other assets     259,259     250,736  
   
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 751,657   $ 808,847  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Current liabilities              
  Accounts payable   $ 19,738   $ 29,788  
  Accrued interest     10,198     10,294  
  Accrued taxes     5,909     12,831  
  Point-to-point revenue due to customers     9,907     12,903  
  Other     4,886     5,728  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     50,638     71,544  
Accrued pension liability     2,708     3,783  
Accrued postretirement liability     1,960     2,338  
Deferred compensation liability     1,744     2,329  
Regulatory liabilities     46,411     43,941  
Deferred payables     6,197     4,887  
Long-term debt     450,753     483,423  
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Common stock, without par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 30,457,037 and 30,679,240 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     200,956     203,459  
Unearned compensation—restricted stock     (1,656 )   (1,411 )
Accumulated deficit     (8,054 )   (5,446 )
   
 
 
Total stockholders' equity     191,246     196,602  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 751,657   $ 808,847  
   
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-13



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION)
THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
OPERATING REVENUES   $ 102,362   $ 126,449  
OPERATING EXPENSES              
  Operation and maintenance     22,902     24,552  
  General and administrative     26,342     24,412  
  Depreciation and amortization     21,463     29,480  
  Taxes other than income taxes     11,499     20,840  
   
 
 
    Total operating expenses     82,206     99,284  
   
 
 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

20,156

 

 

27,165

 
   
 
 

OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest expense     21,630     25,585  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction     (322 )   (1,691 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt     11,378      
  Other income     (197 )   (1,289 )
  Other expense     27     283  
   
 
 
    Total other expenses     32,516     22,888  
   
 
 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(12,360

)

 

4,277

 

INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)

 

 

(4,306

)

 

1,669

 
   
 
 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(8,054

)

$

2,608

 
   
 
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

 

 

29,339,394

 

 

30,183,886

 
Net income (loss) per share—basic   $ (0.27 ) $ 0.09  

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

 

 

29,339,394

 

 

30,899,548

 
Net income (loss) per share—diluted   $ (0.27 ) $ 0.08  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-14



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION)
THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND
THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 
   
   
   
   
  Accumu-
lated
other
compre-
hensive
income
(loss)

   
   
 
 
   
   
  Unearned
compen-
sation
restricted
stock

   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock
   
   
  Compre-
hensive
income
(loss)

 
 
  Accumu-
lated
deficit

   
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
 
  (in thousands, except number of shares)

 
INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION AT FEBRUARY 28, 2003:                                          
  Common stock   28,216,729   $ 211,000   $   $   $   $ 211,000   $  
  Restricted stock   53,491     400     (400 )                
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

BALANCE, FEBRUARY 28, 2003

 

28,270,220

 

 

211,400

 

 

(400

)

 


 

 


 

 

211,000

 

 


 
  Net loss               (8,054 )       (8,054 )   (8,054 )
  Issuance of common stock   1,031,763     7,675                 7,675      
  Conversion of subordinated notes to common stock   803,060     6,005                 6,005      
  Issuance of restricted stock   351,994     2,434     (1,505 )           929      
  Amortization of restricted stock           249             249      
  Distribution to stockholders       (27,095 )               (27,095 )    
  Other       537                 537      
  Unrealized losses on cash flow hedge, net of tax of $914                   (1,698 )       (1,698 )
  Reclassification of unrealized loss on cash flow hedge to other regulatory assets, net of tax of $914                   1,698         1,698  
                                     
 
  Comprehensive loss                         $ (8,054 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

30,457,037

 

$

200,956

 

$

(1,656

)

$

(8,054

)

 


 

$

191,246

 

 


 
  Net income                 2,608         2,608     2,608  
  Issuance of common stock   155,065     1,020                 1,020      
  Issuance of restricted stock   70,481     521     (506 )           15      
  Forfeiture of restricted stock   (3,343 )   (22 )   22                  
  Amortization of restricted stock           729             729      
  Other       984                 984      
                                     
 
  Comprehensive income                         $ 2,608  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2004

 

30,679,240

 

$

203,459

 

$

(1,411

)

$

(5,446

)

$


 

$

196,602

 

 

 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
       

F-15



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION)
THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES              
Net income (loss)   $ (8,054 ) $ 2,608  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:              
  Depreciation and amortization expense     21,463     29,480  
  Amortization of deferred financing fees and discount     1,695     1,094  
  Stock-based compensation expense     1,056     1,262  
  Loss on extinguishment of debt     11,378      
  Deferred income taxes     (4,306 )   1,435  
  Deferred payables     6,197     (1,309 )
  Accrued pension and postretirement liabilities     1,042     1,453  
  Regulatory assets     6,769     1,933  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction     (322 )   (1,691 )
  Other     (2,706 )   (257 )
  Changes in current assets and liabilities, exclusive of changes shown separately (Note 2)     18,664     13,638  
   
 
 
  Net cash provided by operating activities     52,876     49,646  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES              
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment     (26,805 )   (76,779 )
  Acquisition of ITC     (618,306 )    
  ITC Acquisition-related transaction fees     (15,698 )    
  Bridge loan to Conjunction     (1,100 )    
  Other     (900 )   308  
   
 
 
    Net cash used in investing activities     (662,809 )   (76,471 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES              
  Issuance of long-term debt     891,593     46  
  Repayment of long-term debt     (435,000 )    
  Borrowings under revolving credit facilities         54,500  
  Repayments of revolving credit facilities         (22,000 )
  Distributions to stockholders     (27,095 )    
  Acquisition-related debt issuance costs     (20,878 )    
  Other debt issuance costs     (6,611 )   (806 )
  Interest rate swap termination cost     (2,612 )    
  Issuance of common stock     218,675     1,020  
   
 
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities     618,072     32,760  
   
 
 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     8,139     5,935  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period         8,139  
   
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period   $ 8,139   $ 14,074  
   
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-16



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION)
THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

1.    ORGANIZATION

        ITC Holdings Corp. ("Holdings") was incorporated for the purpose of acquiring International Transmission Company, LLC ("Predecessor ITC") from DTE Energy Company ("DTE Energy"). Following the approval of the transaction by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the "FERC"), Holdings acquired the outstanding ownership interests of Predecessor ITC (the "Acquisition") under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") for $610.0 million in cash plus direct transaction costs on February 28, 2003. Immediately following the Acquisition, Predecessor ITC was merged with and into ITC Holdings Merger Sub, Inc., an entity formed by Holdings, and ITC Holdings Merger Sub, Inc. was then renamed International Transmission Company ("ITC"). ITC was the surviving entity following the merger. The financial information presented herein for Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries ("ITC Holdings Corp.," "we," "our," and "us") includes results of operations for the period from February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (the "2003 Period"), the initial period of operations of ITC as a subsidiary of Holdings. The 2003 Period is a ten-month period and therefore not directly comparable to the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004.

        ITC is an independently-owned electricity transmission company with assets located in southeastern Michigan. ITC is regulated by the FERC for rates, conditions of service, and electricity transmission operations, among other aspects of the business. The Midwest Independent System Operator ("MISO") bills and collects revenues from ITC's customers at FERC-approved rates.

2.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Principles of Consolidation —Holdings consolidates majority owned subsidiaries and investments in entities for which it has effective management control, which consists of ITC and New York Transmission Holdings Corporation ("NYTHC") as of December 31, 2003 and 2004. We eliminate all intercompany balances and transactions.

         Accounts Receivable —We recognize losses for uncollectible accounts based on specific identification of any such items. We did not have an accounts receivable reserve balance at December 31, 2003 or 2004.

         Inventories —Materials and supplies inventories are valued at average cost.

         Property, Plant and Equipment —Property, plant and equipment ("PP&E"), is stated at its original cost when first placed in service. The gross book value of assets retired less salvage proceeds is charged to accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax reporting purposes. Our composite depreciation rate was 2.8% and 3.1% for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, which includes depreciation primarily on transmission station equipment, towers and overhead and underground lines that have a useful life ranging from 36 to 43 years. Depreciation and amortization expense relating to PP&E was $18.9 million and $26.4 million for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively. The portion of depreciation expense related to asset removal costs is credited to regulatory liabilities. ITC capitalizes an allowance for the cost of equity and borrowings used during construction in accordance with FERC regulations. The allowance for the cost of borrowed funds of $0.1 million and $0.4 million for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, was credited to interest

F-17



expense. The allowance for the cost of equity funds of $0.3 million and $1.7 million for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, was credited to other income.

         Software Costs —We capitalize the costs associated with computer software we develop or obtain for use in our business which is included in PP&E. We amortize computer software costs on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit once the installed software is ready for its intended use.

         Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets that we own are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the expected future cash flows generated by the asset, an impairment loss is recognized resulting in the asset being written down to its estimated fair value.

         Regulation —ITC is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the FERC, which issues orders pertaining to rates, recovery of certain costs, including the costs of transmission assets and regulatory assets, conditions of service, accounting, financing authorization and operating-related matters. The electricity transmission operations of ITC meet the criteria of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation." This accounting standard recognizes the cost-based rate setting process, which results in differences in the application of generally accepted accounting principles between regulated and non-regulated businesses. SFAS 71 requires the recording of regulatory assets and liabilities for certain transactions that would have been treated as revenue and expense in non-regulated businesses. Regulatory assets represent costs that will be included as a component of tariff rates and regulatory liabilities represent estimated asset removal costs to be incurred in the future or amounts to be refunded to customers. The financial statements include assumptions for the regulatory treatment of certain matters that are subject to review by the FERC and would be adjusted in the period where a different regulatory treatment is required.

        The Michigan Public Service Commission does not have jurisdiction over ITC's rates or terms and conditions of service, but it continues to maintain jurisdiction over siting of new transmission lines. Pursuant to Michigan Public Acts 197 and 198 of 2004, ITC has the right as an independent transmission company to condemn property in the State of Michigan for the purposes of building new transmission facilities.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents —We consider all unrestricted highly liquid temporary investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

F-18


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Cash flows for the period February 28, 2003 through December 31, 2003
and the year ended December 31, 2004

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Change in current assets and liabilities, exclusive of changes shown separately:              
  Accounts receivable   $ (6,472 ) $ 322  
  Inventory     (3,189 )   (5,739 )
  Other current assets     (885 )   (75 )
  Accounts payable     11,544     12,387  
  Accrued interest     10,198     96  
  Accrued taxes     (1,192 )   6,922  
  Point-to-point revenue due to customers     9,907     2,996  
  Other current liabilities     (1,247 )   (3,271 )
   
 
 
Total change in current assets and liabilities   $ 18,664   $ 13,638  
   
 
 
Supplementary cash flow information—              
  Interest paid (excluding interest capitalized)   $ 8,852   $ 22,403  

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Conversion of restricted stock to Holdings' common stock         943  
  Conversion of Holdings debt to Holdings' common stock     6,005      
  Conversion of Conjunction loan to Class B units in Conjunction     (1,100 )    
  ITC purchase price adjustment resulting in reduced PP&E         (1,431 )

         Revenues —Revenues from transmission of electricity are recognized as services are provided. ITC's revenues consist primarily of network revenues, which are calculated monthly by multiplying 1) the peak network load achieved during any one hour each month by 2) the appropriate tariff rate as calculated under the MISO rate setting mechanism, known as Attachment O ("Attachment O") by 3) the number of days in that month divided by the number of days in the year by 4) 12.

         Property Taxes —We use a calendar year method of accounting for property taxes. Property tax expense is accrued on a straight-line basis over the calendar year immediately following the tax lien date of December 31 of each year.

         Deferred Financing Fees —The costs related to the issuance of long-term debt are deferred and amortized over the life of the debt issue. In accordance with FERC regulations, the unamortized discount, premium and expense related to debt redeemed with a refinancing at ITC are amortized over the remainder of the original life of the issue retired, and the unamortized amounts are classified as other regulatory assets. For Holdings, unamortized discount, premium and expense related to debt redeemed with a refinancing are recorded as expense. Amortization of deferred financing fees for the 2003 Period and 2004 of $1.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, was recorded in interest expense.

         Goodwill —We comply with SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," which addresses the financial accounting and reporting standards for goodwill and other intangible assets subsequent to their acquisition. This accounting standard requires that goodwill be reviewed at least annually for

F-19



impairment. We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2004 and determined that no impairment exists.

         Stock-Based Compensation —We have a stock-based compensation plan under which we make various stock-based awards, including options and restricted stock. Stock-based awards are accounted for under the recognition and measurement principles of SFAS 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Compensation expense for employees is recorded for stock options and restricted stock awards based on their fair value at the grant date, and is amortized over the expected vesting period. The grant date is the date at which our commitment to issue stock awards to the employee arises, which is generally the later of the board approval date, the date of hire of the employee or the date of the employee's compensation agreement which contains the commitment to issue the award. For non-employees, expense is recognized based on the fair value of the options at each financial reporting date until the related services are completed upon vesting of the options. The effect of forfeitures on unvested awards is recognized in the period they occur.

         Comprehensive Income —Comprehensive income is the change in common stockholders' equity during a period arising from transactions and events from non-owner sources, including net income. Amounts recorded as other comprehensive income during the 2003 Period consisted of unrealized losses associated with cash flow hedging activities and the reclassification of those unrealized losses to other regulatory assets upon termination of the hedge.

         Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of various assets and liabilities using the tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

         Use of Estimates —The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

         Reclassifications —We reclassified certain prior year balances to match the current year's financial statement presentation, primarily to separately present amounts that had been previously combined in one financial statement line item.

         Other accounting policies impacting our financial statements —See the following notes for other accounting policies impacting our financial statements:

Note 7   Long-Term Debt
Note 11   Retirement Benefits and Assets Held in Trust
Note 12   Deferred Compensation Plans

F-20


3.    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Share-based Payment

        SFAS 123R, "Share-Based Payment" requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments made to employees, among other requirements. SFAS 123R is effective in the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. We have already adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS 123 for our stock-based compensation and have not concluded whether the transition to SFAS 123R will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

        SFAS 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity" establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments be classified as liabilities that were previously considered equity. The adoption of this standard as of July 1, 2003, as required, had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

4.    ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS

         Acquisition of ITC —On February 28, 2003, Holdings acquired all of Predecessor ITC's outstanding ownership interests from DTE Energy for $610.0 million in cash plus direct transaction costs. Prior to the Acquisition, Holdings had no operations. In accordance with provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement the agreement that sets various terms and conditions of the Acquisition, the purchase price was adjusted based on a closing balance sheet of Predecessor ITC at February 28, 2003. Holdings paid $8.3 million in additional consideration for the Acquisition during the 2003 Period, primarily relating to incremental PP&E balances of Predecessor ITC at February 28, 2003 compared with the preliminary PP&E balances estimated at the time of the closing of the Acquisition. During 2004, Holdings and DTE Energy negotiated additional PP&E, inventory, and other closing balance sheet items relating to the Acquisition. These negotiations are not final; however, Holdings' best estimate of the outcome has been recorded resulting in an increase in the purchase price of $1.4 million. There may be additional purchase price adjustments as Holdings and DTE Energy finalize their negotiations or continue to identify differences from the closing balance sheet at February 28, 2003.

        Holdings accounted for the Acquisition using the purchase method. The excess purchase price, including transaction costs, over the fair value of net assets acquired was classified as goodwill. The Acquisition was treated as a taxable transaction, adjusting the tax basis of the assets acquired to fair value pursuant to an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The goodwill amount of $176.0 million is expected to be deductible for federal income tax purposes, with the majority of the goodwill being amortized over fifteen years for federal income tax purposes.

F-21



        The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition:

(in thousands)        
Current assets   $ 14,449  
Property, plant and equipment (net)(a)     433,536  
Other regulatory assets     5,883  
Regulatory assets—acquisition adjustment     60,602  
   
 
Total assets acquired     514,470  
   
 

Current liabilities

 

 

(231

)
Regulatory liabilities     (45,227 )
Other liabilities     (11,775 )
   
 
Total liabilities assumed     (57,233 )
   
 
Net assets acquired     457,237  
Goodwill(a)     176,039  
   
 
Acquisition price, including transaction costs   $ 633,276  
   
 

(a)
Includes purchase price adjustments recorded during 2004 relating to PP&E.

         Conjunction —We acquired a majority membership interest in Conjunction LLC ("Conjunction") in the 2003 Period, subsequent to approval by the FERC, through our newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary, NYTHC. The majority interest was acquired in October 2003 for $2.0 million, consisting of the conversion of a loan receivable to membership interest of $1.1 million, cash of $0.9 million and direct transaction costs of $0.3 million. Additional membership interests were acquired in December 2003 for cash of $1.0 million. The investment in Conjunction was used to fund initial planning and development of a 130-mile high-voltage direct current transmission line to be built within New York State to transmit power to the metropolitan New York City area. On July 16, 2004, the Conjunction agreement was amended in several respects, including providing substantial participating rights to the minority membership interest holder of Conjunction. As a result, NYTHC discontinued the application of consolidation accounting for Conjunction and prospectively began to apply equity method accounting in July 2004. Conjunction had goodwill of $3.8 million, accounts payable of $3.9 million and other current liabilities of $0.3 million that were no longer included in the consolidated statement of financial position beginning in July 2004 due to the discontinuation of consolidation accounting for Conjunction. The impact from Conjunction for the 2003 Period resulted in losses of $1.6 million ($1.0 million after tax). The net impact from Conjunction for 2004 resulted in losses of $1.7 million ($1.1 million after tax), comprised of general and administrative expenses of $2.4 million offset by the reversal of previously recognized losses upon application of the equity method of $0.7 million recorded in other income. In November 2004, Conjunction announced that the development of the proposed transmission line had been terminated. We have no remaining investment balance relating to Conjunction at December 31, 2004 and therefore no equity method losses to record prospectively.

F-22


         Goodwill —The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the 2003 Period and 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Goodwill balance, beginning of period   $ 170,171   $ 178,414  
Changes to goodwill:              
  Acquisition of Conjunction     3,806      
  ITC purchase price adjustments     4,437     1,431  
  Deconsolidation of Conjunction         (3,806 )
   
 
 
Goodwill balance, end of period   $ 178,414   $ 176,039  
   
 
 

5.    REGULATORY MATTERS

         Regulatory Assets—Acquisition Adjustment —The regulatory assets-acquisition adjustment balance at December 31, 2004 of $55.1 million is the remaining unamortized balance of the portion of the ITC purchase price in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired approved for inclusion in future rates by the FERC. ITC earns a return on the remaining unamortized balance of the regulatory asset-acquisition adjustment. The FERC based the original amount on the accumulated deferred income taxes recorded by Predecessor ITC at February 28, 2003, the benefit of which remained with DTE. The original amount recorded for this regulatory asset of $60.6 million is being recognized in rates and amortized on straight-line basis over 20 years. ITC recorded amortization expense of $2.5 million and $3.0 million during the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, which is included in depreciation and amortization.

         Other Regulatory Assets —During the 2003 Period, ITC amortized $4.9 million of regulatory assets relating to MISO and ITC start-up activities to general and administrative expense. Additionally, during the 2003 Period, approximately $1.0 million of costs previously deferred as regulatory assets relating to MISO Integrated Control Center System were reimbursed by MISO. There was no remaining balance for this regulatory asset at December 31, 2003.

        In July 2003, unamortized debt expense of $10.9 million related to ITC debt redeemed with the July 2003 refinancing was reclassified from deferred financing fees to other regulatory assets. ITC amortized $0.9 million and $1.9 million of this regulatory asset to interest expense during the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively. The balance of this regulatory asset at December 31, 2004 was $8.1 million. ITC does not earn a return on this regulatory asset, and the amounts are amortized on a straight-line basis through February 2009.

         Regulatory Liabilities —At December 31, 2004, we had recorded an estimated $43.9 million for accrued asset removal costs related to ITC, included in regulatory liabilities. Removal expenditures incurred are charged to regulatory liabilities.

         Tariff Rates/Attachment O —ITC's transmission rates are regulated by the FERC. On February 20, 2003, the FERC issued an order authorizing the Acquisition and approving transmission rates for ITC, including a fixed transmission rate of $1.075 per kilowatt ("kW") per month through December 31,

F-23



2004 (the "Freeze Period"). This fixed rate was less than the rate that would otherwise have applied upon closing of the Acquisition if rates had reflected ITC's FERC-approved capital structure, rate base and other components of revenue requirements under Attachment O.

        Attachment O is a FERC-approved cost of service formula rate template that is completed annually by all transmission-owning members of the MISO, except for members who have alternative rate structures approved by the FERC. Under Attachment O, transmission rates are determined annually based on an allowed rate of return on rate base (weighted average cost of capital), network load, operating expenses (including taxes) and depreciation and amortization, among other components. The financial information used to complete ITC's Attachment O filing is taken primarily from ITC's most recently completed FERC Form 1. In its February 20, 2003 order, the FERC accepted ITC's proposed return of 13.88% on the equity portion of its capital structure. ITC's proposed capital structure targeting 60% equity and 40% debt was also accepted by the FERC although Attachment O uses ITC's actual capital structure from its FERC Form 1. Since Attachment O is a FERC-approved rate formula, no FERC filing is required to put the calculated rates into effect.

        During the Freeze Period, the difference between the revenue ITC would have been entitled to collect under Attachment O and the actual revenue ITC received based on the fixed transmission rate in effect during the Freeze Period (the "Revenue Deferral") will not be recognized as revenue until billed. The cumulative Revenue Deferral at December 31, 2004 was $59.7 million ($38.8 million net of tax). At the end of each year, the cumulative Revenue Deferral, net of taxes, will be included in rate base on Attachment O to determine ITC's annual revenue requirement. The Revenue Deferral will be included ratably in rates over the five-year period beginning June 1, 2006. The Revenue Deferral and related taxes are not reflected as an asset or as revenue in the 2003 or 2004 consolidated financial statements, because the Revenue Deferral does not meet the criteria to be recorded as a regulatory asset in accordance with SFAS 71.

        The February 20, 2003 order required ITC to submit a compliance filing explaining the Attachment O deferral calculation and its proposed accounting for the Acquisition. On March 24, 2003, ITC submitted its compliance filing. On July 2, 2003 the FERC issued an order that accepted the March 24, 2003 compliance filing but deferred action on ITC's proposed accounting.

        On April 29, 2004, the FERC issued an order accepting in part and modifying in part ITC's proposed accounting and related rate setting items contained in its March 24, 2003 compliance filing and directed ITC to make a further compliance filing to revise its Attachment O tariff sheets in accordance with the accounting items. On May 28, 2004, ITC submitted its compliance filing in response to the April 29, 2004 order. On July 14, 2004 the FERC accepted ITC's May 28, 2004 compliance filing. On September 16, 2004, and as amended on September 20, 2004, MISO and ITC submitted a joint filing to incorporate the tariff revisions accepted on July 14, 2004 into the MISO Open Access Transmission Tariff. On November 16, 2004, the FERC accepted the submittals for filing.

        Beginning January 1, 2005, ITC began to charge a rate of $1.587 per kW/month as calculated under the Attachment O formula based primarily on FERC Form 1 data for the year ended December 31, 2003. Beginning June 1, 2005, and each June 1 thereafter, ITC will charge rates based primarily on data from the previous year's FERC Form 1. ITC's rates beginning June 1, 2006 will be

F-24



based primarily on FERC Form 1 data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and will also include recovery of a portion of the Revenue Deferral. ITC's rates will be based on Attachment O through January 31, 2008, subject to further extension by the FERC.

         Other —On September 4, 2003, ITC was represented and testimony was submitted in hearings before the Energy and Commerce Committee of the United States House of Representatives investigating the August 14, 2003 electrical blackout. These hearings together with other investigations may result in further regulatory proceedings and initiatives that would affect the operations of the transmission grid.

        On September 15, 2003, the FERC issued an order authorizing an increase in the aggregate amount of long-term debt securities that ITC may issue from $200 million to $210 million subject to various conditions.

        On February 13, 2004, ITC filed an application with the FERC to issue additional debt and/or equity securities in an aggregate amount of $50 million. On March 10, 2004, the FERC issued a letter order authorizing the issuance of such securities subject to various terms and conditions.

        On July 13, 2004, Michigan Public Acts 197 and 198 were signed. This legislation clarifies that independent transmission companies such as ITC may use the eminent domain procedures, where necessary and appropriate, to site new transmission lines. This legislation updated existing Michigan statutes to ensure independent transmission companies have the same eminent domain authority possessed by traditional utilities. It allows independent transmission companies to gain siting approval for new transmission facilities from the Michigan Public Service Commission.

        On October 29, 2004, MISO and certain MISO transmission owners, other than ITC, filed revisions to their Attachment O tariff sheets with respect to the treatment of long-term interest on advances from associated companies. Under the previous version of Attachment O, long-term interest on advances from associated companies was not included as a component of revenue requirements. The revision, as filed, would have allowed ITC to include long-term interest on advances from associated companies in its weighted average cost of borrowings and therefore, such interest would be a component of revenue requirements. On November 1, 2004, ITC and MISO filed a corresponding revision to ITC's Attachment O tariff sheet. In December 2004, the FERC accepted this filing. This Attachment O revision did not have an impact on ITC in 2004.

        ITC is actively involved in numerous other FERC proceedings either directly or jointly with MISO as part of its ongoing operations.

6.    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        PP&E-net consisted of the following at December 31, 2003 and 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Property, plant and equipment              
  Transmission plant in service   $ 821,839   $ 886,918  
  Construction work in progress     17,851     20,568  
  Other     7,974     8,224  
   
 
 
Total     847,664     915,710  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (388,271 )   (402,026 )
   
 
 
Property, plant and equipment-net   $ 459,393   $ 513,684  
   
 
 

F-25


7.    LONG-TERM DEBT

        The following amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2003 and 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (in thousands)

Holdings 5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013 (net of discount of $1,134 and $1,015, respectively)   $ 265,866   $ 265,985
ITC 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A due July 15, 2013 (net of discount of $113 and $101, respectively)     184,887     184,899
Holdings revolving credit facility         7,500
ITC revolving credit facility         25,000
Other         46
   
 
      450,753     483,430
Less amounts due within one year         7
   
 
    $ 450,753   $ 483,423
   
 

        The annual maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2004 are as follows:

      (in thousands)
2005   $ 7
2006     25,007
2007     7,507
2008     7
2009     5
2010 and thereafter     450,897
   
Total long-term debt   $ 483,430
   

        On February 28, 2003, Holdings and ITC borrowed funds in order to partially finance the Acquisition. On July 16, 2003, those variable rate term loans were refinanced with ITC's issuance of $185 million 4.45% First Mortgage Bonds Series A due July 15, 2013 (the "ITC Mortgage Bonds"). The bonds are issued under ITC's First Mortgage and Deed of Trust, and therefore have the benefit of a first mortgage lien on substantially all of ITC's property. Holdings issued $267 million unsecured 5.25% Senior Notes due July 15, 2013 (the "Holdings Senior Notes") and used a portion of the proceeds to make a $27.1 million distribution to its stockholders in August 2003. Holdings recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $11.4 million in connection with the July refinancing.

        We are in compliance with our debt covenants under the ITC Mortgage Bonds and Holdings Senior Notes. Additionally, in order to incur additional indebtedness at Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries the Holdings Senior Notes require that we maintain a funds from operations to interest ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 after including the effect of the new indebtedness. Funds from operations is computed using operating cash flows less the change in working capital plus cash paid for interest.

        Based on the borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms and average maturities, the fair value of the ITC Mortgage Bonds and Holdings Senior Notes is $443.0 million at

F-26



December 31, 2004. The total book value of the ITC Mortgage Bonds and Holdings Senior Notes is $450.9 million at December 31, 2004. Our other long-term debt of $32.5 million included in total long-term debt is comprised of variable rate instruments the fair value of which approximates book value.

        In July 2003, a convertible variable rate loan of $5.9 million obtained as part of the Acquisition financing and accrued interest of $0.1 million were converted into 803,060 shares of Holdings' common stock.

        ITC had $25.0 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility at December 31, 2004 with a variable weighted-average interest rate of 3.66% and a maturity date of February 28, 2006. The commitment under this facility was $25.0 million at December 31, 2004.

        In January 2005, ITC amended and restated its revolving credit facility to increase the total commitment thereunder to $65.0 million with an option to increase the commitments to $75.0 million, subject to ITC's ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. The maturity date was amended to March 19, 2007. ITC's revolving credit facility is supported by the issuance of $75.0 million of ITC's Series B Mortgage Bonds, which in turn are supported by a first mortgage lien on substantially all of ITC's property. ITC must not exceed a total debt to total capital ratio of 60% under its revolving credit facility.

        Holdings had borrowings of $7.5 million under its revolving credit facility at December 31, 2004 with a variable weighted-average interest rate of 3.91% and a maturity date of March 19, 2007. The commitment under this facility was $40.0 million at December 31, 2004.

        In January 2005, Holdings amended and restated its revolving credit facility to increase the total commitments thereunder to $47.5 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $50.0 million, subject to Holdings' ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. We must not exceed a debt to total capital ratio of 85% under Holdings' revolving credit facility. Holdings' revolving credit facility is secured by a perfected first priority pledge of 158 of the 1,000 outstanding shares of common stock of ITC.

         Interest Rate Swap On March 31, 2003, ITC entered into an interest rate swap to limit sensitivity to market interest rate risk associated with the variable rate term loan that ITC obtained to partially finance the Acquisition. The interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge under SFAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The fixed rate under the swap agreement was 5.41% with an original notional of $185 million and a maturity date of March 30, 2007. On July 16, 2003, the interest rate swap was terminated in conjunction with the refinancing of ITC's long-term debt. The termination cost of the cash flow hedge of $2.6 million was reclassified to other regulatory assets.

8.    EARNINGS PER SHARE

        We report both basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share assumes the issuance of potentially dilutive shares of

F-27



common stock during the period resulting from the exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards. A reconciliation of both calculations for the 2003 Period and 2004 is presented in the following table:

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (in thousands, except shares outstanding
and per share amounts)

Basic earnings (loss) per Share            
  Weighted average common shares outstanding     29,339,394     30,183,886
  Net income (loss)   $ (8,054 ) $ 2,608
   
 
  Earnings (loss) per share of common stock based on number of shares outstanding   $ (0.27 ) $ 0.09
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per Share            
  Weighted average common shares outstanding     29,339,394     30,183,886
  Incremental shares of stock-based awards         715,662
  Average number of dilutive shares outstanding     29,339,394     30,899,548
  Net income (loss)   $ (8,054 ) $ 2,608
   
 
  Earnings (loss) per share of common stock assuming issuance of incremental shares   $ (0.27 ) $ 0.08
   
 

        Diluted earnings (loss) per share for the 2003 Period has been corrected subsequent to the original issuance of these financial statements to exclude the 274,388 incremental shares of stock-based awards and the 328,391 incremental shares for assumed conversion of debt that were anti-dilutive in accordance with GAAP.

        Compensation arrangements for certain employees and non-employees included a commitment by each of these individuals to purchase a stated number of shares of common stock of Holdings. Prior to the actual purchase of such shares, the commitment is treated as a stock subscription, and because such shares effectively participate in dividends, share amounts of 66,125 and 82,858 for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, have been included in the weighted average common shares outstanding used to determine both basic and diluted earnings per share.

        Basic net income (loss) per share excludes 405,485 and 337,273 shares of restricted common stock at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, that were issued and outstanding, but had not yet vested as of such dates.

        Options to purchase approximately 2.0 million shares of common stock at December 31, 2003 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options' exercise price was greater than the average fair value of the shares of common stock during the respective periods, making them anti-dilutive.

F-28



9.    INCOME TAXES

        Our effective tax rate varied from the statutory federal income tax rate due to permanent differences between the book and tax treatment of various transactions as follows:

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (in thousands)

Income tax expense (benefit) at 35% statutory rate   $ (4,326 ) $ 1,497
Lobbying expenses not deductible     46     147
Other—net     (26 )   25
   
 
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)   $ (4,306 ) $ 1,669
   
 

        Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at December 31, 2003 and 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Property, plant and equipment   $ (4,346 ) $ (21,948 )
Tax loss carryforward     10,390     26,161  
Goodwill     (3,527 )   (6,279 )
Debt issue costs     (3,495 )   (2,819 )
Property taxes     3,666     5,264  
Other—net     1,618     2,492  
   
 
 
    $ 4,306   $ 2,871  
   
 
 
Deferred income tax liabilities   $ (11,368 ) $ (31,994 )
Deferred income tax assets     15,674     34,865  
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets   $ 4,306   $ 2,871  
   
 
 

        We have federal income tax operating loss carryforwards of $74.7 million as of December 31, 2004 that we expect to use within the next several years. The tax loss carryforwards of $36.1 million and $38.6 million relating to the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, expire in 2023 and 2024, respectively.

10.    LEASES

        ITC has operating lease agreements for office space rental which expire in May 2008. ITC has two successive one-year options to renew a portion of the leased premises upon expiration solely at ITC's discretion. Additionally, ITC has operating leases for office equipment and storage facilities. Rent expense during the 2003 Period and 2004 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, recorded in general and administrative expenses.

F-29



        Future minimum lease payments under the leases at December 31, 2004 were:

 
  (in thousands)
2005   $ 771
2006     823
2007     836
2008     351
2009 and thereafter    
   
Total minimum lease payments   $ 2,781
   

11.    RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND ASSETS HELD IN TRUST

Retirement Plan Benefits

        We have a defined benefit retirement plan for eligible employees, comprised of a traditional final average pay plan and a cash balance plan. The defined benefit retirement plan is noncontributory, covers substantially all employees, and provides retirement benefits based on the employees' years of benefit service. The traditional final average pay plan benefits factor average final compensation and age at retirement in determining retirement benefits provided. The cash balance plan benefits are based on annual employer contributions and interest credits. We have also established two supplemental nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded retirement benefit plans for selected management employees. The plans provide for benefits that supplement those provided by our other retirement plans.

        Our policy is to fund the defined benefit retirement plan by contributing the minimum amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and additional amounts deemed appropriate. We expect to contribute $1.6 million to the defined benefit retirement plan relating to 2004 in 2005. The minimum funding requirement relating to 2004 is $0.8 million.

        As outlined in the Stock Purchase Agreement, we assumed certain retirement benefit obligations from DTE Energy as part of the Acquisition and the parties agreed that DTE Energy would transfer $3.6 million into our pension trust. The transfer occurred on December 29, 2003. The plan assets consisted of the following at September 30, 2003 and 2004:

 
  2003
  2004
 
Asset Category          

Receivable from DTE Energy pension

 

100.0

%


 
Fixed income securities     59.5 %
Equity securities     40.5 %
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        The investment objective of the retirement benefit plan is to maximize total return with moderate tolerance for risk. Targeted asset allocation is equally weighted between equity and fixed income securities. Management believes that this strategy will provide flexibility for liquidity purposes but also

F-30



establishes some investment for growth. We began implementing this strategy in July 2004. As of September 30, 2004, this strategy had not yet been fully implemented as the plan was in the process of gradually transferring its investments from guaranteed deposits to equity and fixed income securities.

        We had an initial measurement date of February 28, 2003 to determine the pension benefit obligation recorded at the date of Acquisition and have an annual measurement date of September 30.

        Net pension cost for the 2003 Period and 2004 includes the following components:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Service cost   $ 474   $ 769  
Interest cost     398     511  
Expected return on plan assets     (211 )   (254 )
Amortization of prior service cost     445     533  
Amortization of actuarial gain         (3 )
   
 
 
Net pension cost   $ 1,106   $ 1,556  
   
 
 

        The following table reconciles the obligations, assets and funded status of the plans as well as the amounts recognized as pension liability in the consolidated statement of financial position as of the measurement date of September 30:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Accumulated benefit obligation September 30   $ 5,005   $ 7,000  
   
 
 
Projected benefit obligation February 28, 2003 and
October 1, 2003, respectively
  $ 7,650   $ 8,517  
Service cost     288     769  
Interest cost     285     511  
Actuarial net loss     294     324  
Plan amendments         (82 )
   
 
 
Projected benefit obligation September 30   $ 8,517   $ 10,039  
   
 
 
Plan assets at fair value February 28, 2003 and
October 1, 2003, respectively
    3,628     3,628  
Actual return on plan assets         148  
Employer contributions         250  
   
 
 
Plan assets at fair value September 30   $ 3,628   $ 4,026  
   
 
 
Funded status   $ (4,889 ) $ (6,013 )
Unrecognized prior service cost     2,491     1,875  
Unrecognized actuarial net loss     206     640  
   
 
 
Prepaid (accrued) cost   $ (2,192 ) $ (3,498 )
   
 
 

F-31


        We recognized an additional minimum pension liability as required under SFAS 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." An additional pension liability may be required when the accumulated benefit obligation of the plan exceeds the fair value of plan assets. Under SFAS 87, we recorded an additional minimum pension liability and recorded an intangible pension asset of $0.5 million and $0.3 million in other assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, in our consolidated statement of financial position.

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are listed below:

 
  February 28, 2003
Benefit Obligation

  September 30, 2003
Benefit Obligation

  September 30, 2004
Benefit Obligation

 
Discount rate   6.25 % 6.0 % 5.75 %
Annual rate of salary increases   3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit cost for the 2003 Period and 2004 are listed below:

 
  2003
  2004
 
Discount rate   6.25 % 6 %
Annual rate of salary increases   3.5 % 3.5 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets   7 % 7 %

        The expected long-term rate of return was estimated using market benchmarks for equities and bonds applied to the plan's target asset allocation. The expected return on plan assets component of net pension cost was determined based on the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the fair value of plan assets.

        At December 31, 2004, the projected benefit payments for the defined benefit retirement plan are $75,000 in 2005, $110,000 in 2006, $151,000 in 2007, $3.8 million in 2008, $493,000 in 2009 and a total of $3.6 million for 2010 through 2014. The projected payments were calculated using the same assumptions as those used to calculate the benefit obligations described above.

        We also sponsor a defined contribution retirement savings plan. Participation in this plan is available to substantially all employees. We match employee contributions up to certain predefined limits based upon eligible compensation and the employee's contribution rate. The cost of this plan was $0.4 million and $0.6 million for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively.

Other Postretirement Benefits

        We provide certain postretirement health care, dental, and life insurance benefits for employees who may become eligible for these benefits. We had an initial measurement date of February 28, 2003 to determine the benefit obligation recorded at the date of Acquisition. Annual measurement dates are September 30 of each year. We made our initial contribution to the plan in September 2004 and expect to contribute $0.6 million to the plan in first quarter 2005. The plan assets consisted exclusively of fixed income securities at September 30, 2004.

        The investment objective for the postretirement benefit plan is to maximize total return with moderate tolerance for risk. Targeted asset allocation is equally weighted between equity and fixed income securities. This strategy will provide flexibility for liquidity purposes but also establishes some

F-32


investment for growth. As of September 30, 2004, this strategy had not yet been implemented as we made our initial contribution to the plan on September 15, 2004.

        On December 8, 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act") was signed into law. In accordance with FASB Staff Position No. 106-2, ITC's measurement of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of September 30, 2004 reflects amounts associated with the expected subsidies under the Act because we have concluded that the benefits provided by the plan are actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D under the Act.

        Net postretirement cost for the 2003 Period and 2004 includes the following components:

 
  2003
  2004
 
  (in thousands)

Service cost   $ 192   $ 498
Interest cost     88     118
   
 
Net postretirement cost   $ 280   $ 616
   
 

        The following table reconciles the obligations, assets and funded status of the plans as well as the amounts recognized as accrued postretirement liability in the consolidated statement of financial position as of the measurement date of September 30:

 
  2003
  2004
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Accumulated postretirement obligation February 28, 2003
and October 1, 2003, respectively
  $ (1,680 ) $ (1,971 )
Service cost     (111 )   (498 )
Interest cost     (85 )   (118 )
Actuarial loss     (95 )   (995 )
Effect of Medicare Part D 28% Subsidy         394  
   
 
 
Accumulated postretirement obligation September 30   $ (1,971 ) $ (3,188 )
   
 
 
Plan assets at fair value February 28, 2003 and October 1, 2003, respectively   $   $  
Actual return on plan assets          
Employer contributions       $ 237  
   
 
 
Plan assets at fair value September 30   $   $ 237  
   
 
 

Funded status

 

$

(1,971

)

$

(2,951

)
Unrecognized prior service cost          
Unrecognized actuarial net loss     11     613  
   
 
 
Prepaid (accrued) cost   $ (1,960 ) $ (2,338 )
   
 
 

F-33


        Actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:

 
  February 28,
2003

  September 30,
2003

  September 30,
2004

 
Discount rate   6.25 % 6.0 % 5.75 %
Annual rate of salary increases   3.5 % 3.5 % 3.5 %
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   10 % 10 % 11 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline   5 % 5 % 5 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2013   2013   2014  
Annual rate of increase in dental benefit costs   4 % 4 % 5 %

        Actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit cost for the 2003 Period and 2004 are as follows:

 
  2003
Benefit Cost

  2004
Benefit Cost

 
Discount rate   6.25 % 6.0 %
Annual rate of salary increases   3.5 % 3.5 %
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year   10 % 10 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline   5 % 5 %
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate   2013   2013  

        At December 31, 2004, the projected benefit payments for the postretirement benefit plan, net of the Medicare subsidy, are $22,000 in 2005, $25,000 in 2006, $40,000 in 2007, $72,000 in 2008, $145,000 in 2009 and a total of $1.6 million for 2010 through 2014. The projected payments were calculated using the same assumptions as those used to calculate the benefit obligations listed above.

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point increase and decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on costs for the 2004 and benefit obligation at September 30, 2004:

 
  One-percentage-
point increase

  One-percentage-
point decrease

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Effect on total of service and interest cost   $ 110   $ (84 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation   $ 487   $ (398 )

12.    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

        Certain of our employees participate in our deferred compensation plan (the "Deferred Compensation Plan"). The investments in the Deferred Compensation Plan trust of $0.4 million at December 31, 2004 are included in other assets with the corresponding liability in Deferred compensation liability. We account for the assets contributed under the Deferred Compensation Plan and held in a trust as trading securities under SFAS 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities". Accordingly, gains or losses on the investments, for which the employees are at risk for the investment returns, are recorded as investment income or loss with an offsetting amount recorded to compensation expense. Total compensation expense for 2004, including investment earnings, was $0.4 million recorded in general and administrative expense.

F-34



        We have a Dividend Equivalent Rights Plan (the "Dividend Plan") that is accounted for as a deferred compensation plan. Participants in the Dividend Plan are our employees with Holdings' stock options. Awards under the Dividend Plan are recognized on the record date of any dividend declared on the outstanding shares of common stock of Holdings and contributed to a trust. The investments in the Dividend Plan trust of $1.9 million at December 31, 2004 are included in other assets with the corresponding liability in deferred compensation liability. We account for the assets contributed under the Dividend Plan and held in a trust as trading securities under SFAS 115. Accordingly, gains or losses on the investments are recorded as investment income or loss with an offsetting amount recorded to compensation expense. Total compensation expense for the 2003 Period and 2004 was $1.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively, recorded in general and administrative expense.

13.    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Common Stock

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 100 million shares of Holdings common stock, without par value.

         Voting Rights —Each holder of Holdings common stock, including holders of restricted stock awards, is entitled to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of Holdings common stock have no cumulative voting rights.

         Dividends —Holders of Holdings common stock, including holders of restricted stock, are entitled to receive dividends or other distributions declared by the board of directors. The right of the board of directors to declare dividends is subject to the right of any holders of our preferred stock, to the extent that any preferred stock is authorized and issued, and the availability under the Michigan Business Corporation Act of sufficient funds to pay dividends. We have not issued any preferred stock.

         Liquidation Rights —If we are dissolved, the holders of Holdings common stock will share ratably in the distribution of all assets that remain after we pay all of our liabilities and satisfy our obligations to the holders of any of our preferred stock, to the extent that any preferred stock is authorized and issued.

         Preemptive and Other Rights —Holders of Holdings common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any of our stock or other securities, and there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to our common stock.

Stock-based compensation

        Our stock-based compensation plan permits the awarding of various stock awards to employees and non-employees, including options to purchase Holdings' common stock and restricted stock of Holdings. The number of shares authorized for grant under the plan is 3,343,214 shares of Holdings common stock after giving effect to the adjustment of the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries.

F-35



Options

        During the 2003 Period and 2004, we granted options with vesting schedules of 20% each over a five-year period beginning on February 28, 2004 or February 28, 2005. The exercise price for all options is $7.48 per share. The options have a term of 10 years subsequent to the grant date, with a remaining weighted average contract life of approximately 8.5 years. Stock option activity for the 2003 Period and 2004 was as follows:

 
  Number of options
 
Outstanding at February 28, 2003    
  Granted   2,014,621  
   
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2003
(none exercisable)

 

2,014,621

 
  Granted   97,622  
  Cancelled   (80,237 )
   
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2004
(407,738 exercisable)

 

2,032,006

 
   
 

        Based on the fair value of the options at the grant dates for employees, and the fair value of the options as the related services are completed at each vesting date and as valued at each financial reporting date through the vesting date for non-employees, ITC recognized approximately $0.5 million and $0.6 million of compensation expense for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively. Fair value of the stock options was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used in determining the weighted average fair value per option of $1.68 and $4.42 in the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively:

 
  2003
Awards

  2004
Awards

Weighted average expected volatility   21.3%   28.1%
Weighted average risk-free interest rate   2.9%   3.2%
Weighted average expected life   4.8 years   3.4 years
Range of estimated fair values of underlying shares   $6.58-$7.48   $6.58-$11.90

Restricted Stock Awards

        Holders of restricted stock awards have all the rights of a holder of common stock of Holdings, including dividend and voting rights. The holder becomes vested as a result of certain events, but not longer than five years after the grant date. The average expected remaining vesting period at December 31, 2004 is 3.2 years. Restricted stockholders may not sell, transfer, or pledge their shares.

        Restricted stock awards are recorded at fair value at the date of grant. Awards that were granted for future services are accounted for as unearned compensation, with amounts amortized over the

F-36



vesting period. Awards that were granted as a signing bonus have been expensed at the grant date. Restricted stock award activity for the 2003 Period and 2004 is as follows:

 
  2003
  2004
 
Restricted stock awarded     405,485     70,481  
Restricted stock forfeited         (3,343 )
Weighted average fair value of shares awarded   $ 6.99   $ 7.39  
Compensation expense recognized (in millions)   $ 0.5   $ 0.6  

14.    RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        We pay consulting fees, including out-of-pocket expenses, to certain of our stockholders (and affiliates of their partners) for ongoing management and administration services. Additionally, we pay insurance premiums to certain of our stockholders (and affiliates of their partners). During the 2003 Period and 2004, we incurred $1.2 and $1.5 million for these services, respectively, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses. The consulting fees are generally paid at the end of each quarter and the insurance premiums are paid in advance for a twelve-month period.

15.    JOINTLY OWNED UTILITY PLANT/COORDINATED SERVICES

        The Michigan Public Power Agency ("MPPA") has a 50.41% ownership interest in ITC's Greenwood-St. Clair-Jewell-Stephens Transmission Line and Monroe-Wayne-Coventry-Majestic Transmission Line. ITC had $21.4 million of gross transmission plant in service relating to its ownership interest of 49.59% at December 31, 2004. An Ownership and Operating Agreement provides ITC with authority for construction of capital improvements and for the operation and management of the transmission lines. MPPA is responsible for the capital and operating and maintenance costs allocable to their ownership interest. There was no jointly-owned plant under construction at December 31, 2004.

        ITC and the Michigan Electric Transmission Company ("METC") operate their interconnected transmission systems as a single control area from the Michigan Electric Power Coordination Center ("MEPCC") which is owned by ITC. ITC and METC are each responsible for 50% of all costs, obligations and liabilities incurred by either party in connection with the operation and maintenance of the MEPCC, including the monthly fixed charges on the investment made by ITC in the MEPCC. The monthly fixed charges totaling $1.4 million and $1.8 million for the 2003 Period and 2004, respectively, is recorded in operating revenues.

16.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

        We are involved in routine litigation in the normal course of our business. Such proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

MPPA Accounts Receivable

        ITC has billed MPPA $2.1 million under the Ownership and Operating Agreement, which is included in accounts receivable as of December 31, 2004. MPPA has withheld payment of the amount as a setoff to revenues for which it believes ITC should have provided them through a recovery

F-37



mechanism. MPPA has not disputed that it is obligated to reimburse ITC under the terms of the Ownership and Operating Agreement. However, MPPA has asserted that ITC should have executed a revenue distribution mechanism with MPPA that would enable MPPA to establish a revenue requirement to be collected by MISO from customers in ITC's service territory. ITC believes it has no obligation to unilaterally impose such a revenue requirement on these customers and accordingly it believes the assertion made by MPPA is not supportable. ITC will seek legal remedies should the amounts continue to be unpaid. ITC has not recorded any reserves relating to this matter as of December 31, 2004 because it believes collection of the receivable is probable.

        Beginning January 2005, the rate charged by MISO to customers in ITC's service territory includes an amount relating to MPPA's revenue requirements allocable to their ownership interest. These amounts are not included in ITC's Attachment O, but currently are expected to be collected by MISO, paid to ITC, and remitted by ITC to MPPA.

Thumb Loop Project

        ITC currently is upgrading its electric transmission facilities in Lapeer County, Michigan (the "Thumb Loop Project"). As part of the Thumb Loop Project, ITC is replacing existing H-frame transmission poles with single steel poles and replacing a single circuit transmission line with a double circuit transmission line. Certain property owners along the Thumb Loop have alleged that ITC's facilities upgrades overburden ITC's easement rights, and in part have alleged trespass. Litigation regarding the property owners' claims is being held in abeyance and, accordingly, remains in its early stages. We cannot predict the final disposition of such proceedings. The legal costs incurred relating to the Thumb Loop Project are included as a cost of the project and are recorded in PP&E. Additionally, any damages that result from these proceedings would be included in PP&E. The legal costs incurred as of December 31, 2004 were not material.

Personal Property Taxes

        The Detroit Edison Company ("Detroit Edison"), a subsidiary of DTE Energy, was responsible for paying property taxes for combined DTE Energy distribution and transmission properties prior to the Acquisition. The property tax valuation tables established by the Michigan State Tax Commission ("STC") are used to determine the taxable value of personal property based on the property's age. In November 1999, the STC approved new valuation tables that more accurately recognize the value of a utility's personal property. The new valuation tables became effective in 2000 and are currently used to calculate property tax expense. However, several local taxing jurisdictions have taken legal action attempting to prevent the STC from implementing the new valuation tables and have continued to prepare assessments based on the superseded valuation tables or their own tables. The legal actions regarding the appropriateness of the new valuation tables were before the Michigan Tax Tribunal ("MTT") which, in April 2002, issued its decision essentially affirming the validity of the STC's new valuation tables. In June 2002, petitioners in the case filed an appeal of the MTT's decision with the Michigan Court of Appeals. On January 20, 2004, the Michigan Court of Appeals upheld the validity of the new valuation tables.

        Predecessor ITC had recorded property tax expense based on the new valuation tables prior to the Acquisition, and ITC continued to record property tax expense based on the new valuation tables. Property taxes for lien dates December 31, 2002 and prior periods were billed to Predecessor ITC or

F-38



ITC by Detroit Edison, as the taxable value of PP&E for Predecessor ITC or ITC was included in Detroit Edison's property tax values. Beginning with property taxes for lien date December 31, 2003, ITC is billed directly by municipalities. In the event that lien date December 31, 2001 or 2002 property tax assessments are further appealed by the petitioners in the case, ITC may be required to pay additional amounts or may be refunded amounts paid relating to these years.

        Numerous municipalities have applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property subsequent to the Acquisition, rather than the valuation tables approved by the STC. ITC has filed tax appeals and is in the process of discussing lien date December 31, 2003 tax assessments with various municipalities, which are the basis for 2004 property tax expense. ITC has developed an appeal strategy and filed formal appeals with the MTT for the municipalities that did not utilize the STC tax tables. Until this issue is resolved, ITC is making property tax payments based on the valuation tables approved by the STC, while continuing to expense the full amounts billed by the municipalities in applying their own valuation tables. Tax assessments of certain real property have also been appealed. Property taxes accrued for 2004 are based on a total annual liability of $20.3 million from the 2004 tax statements received from the municipalities. In the event that there are changes to the estimated real or personal property tax values based on negotiations with municipalities or through appeals with the MTT, any adjustments to ITC's property tax expense would be recorded at that time.

Service Level Agreement

        During 2003 and through April 2004, ITC and Detroit Edison had operated under a construction and maintenance, engineering, and system operations service level agreement (the "SLA") whereby Detroit Edison performs maintenance, asset construction, and certain aspects of transmission operations and administration (the "SLA Activities") on our behalf. The original term of the SLA was for periods ranging from two to six years from the Acquisition date. During 2003, the FERC required ITC to transition the SLA Activities from Detroit Edison to ITC on an accelerated basis to promote the transition to an independent transmission operator. The SLA, as amended and accepted by the FERC in March 2003, had a revised term ending on February 29, 2004. The SLA was further amended and accepted by the FERC in April 2004 to extend certain services under the SLA through April 30, 2004, as necessary.

        Detroit Edison receives compensation for the wages and benefits of its employees performing work on behalf of ITC and for costs of construction or maintenance directly related to ITC. Under the SLA, as amended, ITC utilizes Detroit Edison or other vendors for the services specified. When other vendors are used, ITC is required to pay Detroit Edison 100% of the operation and maintenance expenditure markup fees and 50% of the capital expenditure markup fees specified in the SLA. The amount expensed during the 2003 Period for these markup fees when other vendors were used was $0.4 million and were recorded in operation and maintenance expenses.

        Operation and maintenance expenses incurred by ITC under the SLA that exceeded $15.9 million during 2003 were recognized as expense but are deferred as a long-term payable and will be paid to Detroit Edison in equal annual installments over a five-year period beginning June 1, 2005. As of December 31, 2004, ITC has deferred the payment of $6.1 million of SLA expenses that exceeded the 2003 threshold, with $1.2 million recorded in other current liabilities and $4.9 million recorded in deferred payables. There is no payment deferral for construction expenditures.

F-39



        In August 2003, ITC entered into an Operation and Maintenance Agreement with its primary maintenance contractor and a Supply Chain Management Agreement with its primary purchasing and inventory management contractor to replace the services that Detroit Edison has provided under the SLA. ITC is not obligated to take any specified amount of services under the terms of the Operation and Maintenance Agreement or the Supply Chain Management Agreement, which have a five-year term ending August 28, 2008.

Put Agreement

        Certain officers and employees of Holdings (the "Management Stockholders") have purchased or acquired shares of common stock of Holdings. In connection with this investment in Holdings, CIBC, Inc., a bank affiliated with one of the limited partners of our parent company, and a non-affiliated bank (together, the "Banks"), provided some of the Management Stockholders with loans to acquire shares of Holdings' common stock. The loans are evidenced by notes made by such Management Stockholders and require a pledge of their common stock of Holdings. As a condition to making such loans, Holdings entered into put agreements with the Banks pursuant to which Holdings agreed that upon the occurrence of certain events, Holdings would be assigned the note and pledge and would either pay the Banks the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the note plus interest thereon or execute a demand promissory note in a principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount outstanding of the note plus interest thereon. The maximum potential amount of future payments for Holdings under the put agreements was approximately $2.0 million at December 31, 2004. The fair value of this liability at inception and as of December 31, 2004 was not material.

        After December 31, 2004, Holdings and the non-affiliated Bank terminated the put agreement between them. The put agreement with the affiliated Bank shall remain in effect until the date when the Holdings obligations under the agreement are satisfied or when any amounts outstanding under the notes have been paid in full. The put agreement with the affiliated Bank is only applicable to loans made to Management Stockholders who are not executive officers of Holdings.

Concentration of credit risk

        Our credit risk is primarily with Detroit Edison, which is responsible for approximately 68% of total operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. Any financial difficulties experienced by Detroit Edison could negatively impact our business. MISO, as ITC's billing agent, bills Detroit Edison and other ITC customers on a monthly basis and collects fees for use of ITC's transmission system. MISO has implemented credit policies for its members, including ITC's customers, in general, if these customers do not maintain their credit rating or have a history of late payments, MISO may require them to provide MISO with a letter of credit or cash deposit equal to the highest monthly invoiced amount over the previous twelve months.

17.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Our business segments consist of ITC and NYTHC. ITC is a regulated enterprise. NYTHC is a subsidiary that invests in non-regulated ventures, which consisted exclusively of Conjunction during the

F-40



2003 Period and 2004. Holdings' activities include general corporate expenses and interest expense. Holdings has no revenue generating activities.

2003

  ITC
  NYTHC
  Holdings, Reconciliations and
Eliminations

  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Operating revenues   $ 102,362   $   $   $ 102,362  
Depreciation and amortization     21,463             21,463  
Interest expense     9,218         12,412     21,630  
Income taxes     4,887     (561 )   (8,632 )   (4,306 )
Net income (loss)     9,018     (1,041 )   (16,031 )   (8,054 )
Total assets     744,045     4,135     3,477     751,657  
Goodwill     174,608     3,806         178,414  
Capital expenditures     26,802     3         26,805  
2004

  ITC
  NYTHC
  Holdings, Reconciliations and
Eliminations

  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Operating revenues   $ 126,449   $   $   $ 126,449
Depreciation and amortization     29,480             29,480
Interest expense     10,759         14,826     25,585
Income taxes     7,713     (601 )   (5,443 )   1,669
Net income (loss)     13,859     (1,117 )   (10,134 )   2,608
Total assets     801,815         7,032     808,847
Goodwill     176,039             176,039
Capital expenditures     76,779             76,779

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        Holdings has filed a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to sell common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, Holdings expects to effect a 3.34-for-one stock split and adjust the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as well as the share amounts of stock grants under the plan and the number of options and exercise prices of options under the plan as a result of the 3.34-for-one stock split. Additionally, Holdings' Articles of Incorporation were amended in June 2005 to authorize 100 million shares of common stock. All numbers of common shares and per share data in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split and the changes to the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Holdings.

F-41



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (UNAUDITED)
MARCH 31, 2005

 
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,863  
  Accounts receivable     19,204  
  Inventory     15,702  
  Other     2,935  
   
 
    Total current assets     41,704  
Property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $408,117)     543,251  
Other assets        
  Goodwill     174,569  
  Regulatory assets-acquisition adjustment     54,289  
  Other regulatory assets     7,570  
  Deferred financing fees (net of accumulated amortization of $1,625)     6,399  
  Other     5,305  
   
 
    Total other assets     248,132  
   
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 833,087  
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY        
Current liabilities        
  Accounts payable   $ 27,581  
  Accrued interest     5,126  
  Accrued taxes     9,785  
  Point-to-point revenue due to customers     131  
  Other     5,951  
   
 
    Total current liabilities     48,574  
Accrued pension liability     4,202  
Accrued postretirement liability     2,639  
Deferred compensation liability     2,306  
Deferred income taxes     1,449  
Regulatory liabilities     44,428  
Deferred payables     4,887  
Long-term debt     519,756  
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY        
Common stock, without par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 30,686,595 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2005     203,848  
Unearned compensation-restricted stock     (1,426 )
Accumulated (deficit) earnings     2,424  
   
 
    Total stockholders' equity     204,846  
   
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 833,087  
   
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-42



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005

 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
OPERATING REVENUES   $ 27,544   $ 42,460  
OPERATING EXPENSES              
  Operation and maintenance     6,394     6,522  
  General and administrative     6,448     5,286  
  Depreciation and amortization     6,966     8,018  
  Taxes other than income taxes     5,424     4,299  
   
 
 
    Total operating expenses     25,232     24,125  
OPERATING INCOME     2,312     18,335  
   
 
 
OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME)              
  Interest expense     6,291     6,854  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction     (318 )   (580 )
  Other income     (12 )   (305 )
  Other expense     37     176  
   
 
 
    Total other expenses (income)     5,998     6,145  
   
 
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES     (3,686 )   12,190  
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)     (1,268 )   4,320  
   
 
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
   
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.26  
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.25  
Weighted-average basic common shares     30,159,066     30,341,967  
Weighted-average diluted common shares     30,159,066     31,140,306  

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-43



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES
IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

 
  Common stock
  Unearned
compensation
restricted
stock

   
   
 
  Accumulated
(deficit)
earnings

   
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Total
 
  (in thousands, except number of shares)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2004   30,679,240   $ 203,459   $ (1,411 ) $ (5,446 ) $ 196,602
Net income               7,870     7,870
Issuance of restricted stock   10,030     151     (151 )      
Forfeiture of restricted stock   (2,675 )   (18 )   18        
Amortization of restricted stock           118         118
Other       256             256
   
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2005   30,686,595   $ 203,848   $ (1,426 ) $ 2,424   $ 204,846
   
 
 
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-44



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005

 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES              
Net income (loss)   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:              
  Depreciation and amortization expense     6,966     8,018  
  Amortization of deferred financing fees and discount     226     363  
  Stock-based compensation expense     263     283  
  Deferred income taxes     (1,269 )   4,320  
  Accrued pension and postretirement liabilities     544     720  
  Other regulatory assets     483     483  
  Allowance for equity funds used in construction     (318 )   (580 )
  Other     (380 )   (226 )
  Changes in current assets and liabilities, exclusive of changes shown separately (Note 1)     (7,789 )   (31,063 )
   
 
 
    Net cash used in operating activities     (3,692 )   (9,812 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES              
  Expenditures for property, plant and equipment     (21,549 )   (36,112 )
  Other         229  
   
 
 
    Net cash used in investing activities     (21,549 )   (35,883 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES              
  Borrowings under revolving credit facilities     21,500     51,000  
  Repayments of revolving credit facilities         (14,700 )
  Debt issuance costs     (355 )   (671 )
  Issuance of common stock     264      
  S-1 filing costs         (145 )
   
 
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities     21,409     35,484  
   
 
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (3,832 )   (10,211 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period     8,139     14,074  
   
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period   $ 4,307   $ 3,863  
   
 
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-45



ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005

1.    GENERAL

        These condensed consolidated financial statements for ITC Holdings Corp. and Subsidiaries ("we," "our" and "us") should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2004.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). These accounting principles require us to use estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from our estimates.

        The consolidated financial statements are unaudited, but in our opinion include all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim period. Financial results for this interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any other interim period or the fiscal year. International Transmission Company's ("ITC") revenues are dependent on the monthly peak loads and regulated transmission rates. Electric transmission is generally a seasonal business since demand for electricity largely depends on weather conditions. Revenues and operating income are higher in the summer months when cooling demand is high.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Three months
ended March 31,
2004

  Three months
ended March 31,
2005

 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Change in current assets and liabilities,
exclusive of changes shown separately:
             
  Accounts receivable   $ 655   $ (3,590 )
    Inventory     213     (1,917 )
    Other current liabilities     2,719     (2,021 )
    Point-to-point revenue due to customers     (6,990 )   (12,772 )
    Accounts payable     3,280     (568 )
    Accrued taxes     (484 )   (3,046 )
    Accrued interest     (5,474 )   (5,168 )
    Other current assets     (1,708 )   (1,981 )
   
 
 
  Total change in current assets and liabilities   $ (7,789 ) $ (31,063 )
   
 
 
Supplementary cash flows information—Interest paid (excluding interest capitalized)   $ 11,137   $ 11,175  

         S-1 Filing —On March 29, 2005, we filed a Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") to register common stock of ITC Holdings Corp. ("Holdings"). We have incurred professional services in connection with the filing and the related anticipated initial public offering and we recorded an estimate for these services of $2.7 million in other assets and $2.5 million in other current liabilities for the amounts that had not been paid as of March 31, 2005 in the consolidated statements of financial position. These amounts will be recorded as a reduction in stockholders' equity if a portion of the proposed public offering includes the issuance of new shares of common stock or will be recorded as general and administrative expense if the proposed public offering consists entirely of selling existing shares of common stock.

F-46


2.    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Share-based Payment

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 123R, "Share-Based Payment", as interpreted by Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments made to employees, among other requirements. SFAS 123R is effective for us on January 1, 2006. We have already adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS 123 for our stock-based compensation and have not concluded whether the transition to SFAS 123R will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations

        Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation 47, "Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations" ("FIN 47") is an interpretation of SFAS 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations". FIN 47 clarifies that the term "conditional asset retirement obligation" as used in SFAS 143, refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. An entity is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. FIN 47 is effective for us on December 31, 2005. We have not concluded whether FIN 47 will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

3.    ACQUISITIONS

         Acquisition of ITC —In accordance with provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the agreement that sets various terms and conditions of the Acquisition, the purchase price was adjusted based on a closing balance sheet of International Transmission Company, LLC ("Predecessor ITC") at February 28, 2003. Holdings paid $8.3 million in additional consideration for the Acquisition during 2003, primarily relating to incremental PP&E balances of Predecessor ITC at February 28, 2003 compared with the preliminary PP&E balances estimated at the time of the closing of the Acquisition. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, Holdings and DTE Energy Company ("DTE Energy") negotiated additional PP&E, inventory, and other closing balance sheet items relating to the Acquisition. These negotiations are not final; however, Holdings' best estimate of the outcome has been recorded resulting in a decrease in the purchase price of $1.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2005. There may be additional purchase price adjustments as Holdings and DTE Energy finalize their negotiations or continue to identify differences from the closing balance sheet at

F-47


February 28, 2003. The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the three months ended March 31, 2005:

 
  (in thousands)
 
Goodwill balance, December 31, 2004   $ 176,039  
Changes to goodwill:        
  ITC purchase price adjustments     (1,470 )
   
 
Goodwill balance, March 31, 2005   $ 174,569  

4.    REGULATORY MATTERS

         Tariff Rates/Attachment O —ITC's transmission rates are regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"). On February 20, 2003, the FERC issued an order authorizing the Acquisition and approving transmission rates for ITC, including a fixed transmission rate of $1.075 per kilowatt ("kW") per month through December 31, 2004 (the "Freeze Period"). This fixed rate was less than the rate that would otherwise have applied upon closing of the Acquisition if rates had reflected ITC's FERC-approved capital structure, rate base and other components of revenue requirements under Attachment O.

        Attachment O is a FERC-approved cost of service formula rate template that is completed annually by all transmission-owning members of the Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc. ("MISO,") except for members who have alternative rate structures approved by the FERC. Under Attachment O, transmission rates are determined annually based on an allowed rate of return on rate base (weighted average cost of capital), network load, operating expenses (including taxes) and depreciation and amortization, among other components. The financial information used to complete ITC's Attachment O filing is taken primarily from ITC's most recently completed FERC Form 1. In its February 20, 2003 order, the FERC accepted ITC's proposed return of 13.88% on the equity portion of its capital structure. ITC's proposed capital structure targeting 60% equity and 40% debt was also accepted by the FERC although Attachment O uses ITC's actual capital structure from its FERC Form 1. Since Attachment O is a FERC-approved rate formula, no FERC filing is required to put the calculated rates into effect.

        During the Freeze Period, the difference between the revenue ITC would have been entitled to collect under Attachment O and the actual revenue ITC received based on the fixed transmission rate in effect during the Freeze Period (the "Revenue Deferral") will not be recognized as revenue until billed. The final Revenue Deferral at December 31, 2004 as established during the Freeze Period was $59.7 million ($38.8 million net of tax). At the end of each year, the cumulative Revenue Deferral, net of taxes, will be included in rate base on Attachment O to determine ITC's annual revenue requirement. The Revenue Deferral will be included ratably in rates over the five-year period beginning June 1, 2006. The Revenue Deferral and related taxes are not reflected as an asset or as revenue in the 2004 or 2005 consolidated financial statements, because the Revenue Deferral does not meet the criteria to be recorded as a regulatory asset in accordance with SFAS 71.

F-48



        Beginning January 1, 2005, ITC began to charge a rate of $1.587 per kW/month as calculated under the Attachment O formula based primarily on FERC Form 1 data for the year ended December 31, 2003. Beginning June 1, 2005, and each June 1 thereafter, ITC will charge rates based primarily on data from the previous year's FERC Form 1. ITC's rates beginning June 1, 2006 will be based primarily on FERC Form 1 data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and will also include recovery of a portion of the Revenue Deferral. ITC's rates will be based on Attachment O through January 31, 2008, subject to further extension by the FERC.

         Holdings' Initial Public Offering —On March 30, 2005, we filed a Joint Application for Authorization of an Indirect Disposition of Jurisdicitional Facilities Under Section 203 of the Federal Power Act and Notification of Change in Ownership Structure with the FERC. The filing contemplates the public offering of Holdings common stock, including an initial public offering and future public offerings. The FERC approved the application in its order issued on May 5, 2005 and, in doing so, authorized this offering, as well as potential future public offerings of ITC Holdings' common stock occurring within two years of May 5, 2005.

         Redirected Transmission Service —In January and February 2005 in FERC Docket EL05-55 and EL05-63, transmission customers filed complaints against MISO claiming that MISO is charging excessive rates for redirected transmission service. In April 2005, FERC ordered MISO to refund, with interest, excess amounts charged to all affected transmission customers. ITC earns revenues based on an allocation from MISO for this redirected transmission service and is obligated to refund the excess amounts charged to all affected transmission customers. We had not accrued any amounts relating to this proceeding as of March 31, 2005 based on our assessment of the likelihood of any refunds resulting from these complaints at that date. Based on the April 2005 order, we will be required to refund amounts relating to redirected transmission service upon completion of the refund calculations by MISO, which MISO expects to complete during second quarter 2005. We cannot estimate the amount of the refund until the calculations are completed.

         Long Term Pricing —In November 2004 in FERC Docket EL02-111 et al., the FERC approved a pricing structure to facilitate seamless trading of electricity between MISO and PJM Interconnection. The order establishes a Seams Elimination Cost Adjustment (SECA), as set forth in previous Commission orders, to take effect December 1, 2004, and remain in effect through March 31, 2006 as a transitional pricing mechanism. The SECA revenues are subject to refund and will be litigated in a contested hearing before the FERC with a final order expected in 2006. We cannot anticipate whether any refunds of amounts earned by ITC will result from this hearing and have not accrued any amounts relating to this proceeding. Through March 31, 2005, ITC has recorded $0.7 million of SECA revenue.

         Elimination of Transmission Rate Discount —Several energy marketers filed a complaint against MISO in February 2005 in FERC Docket EL05-66 asserting that MISO improperly eliminated a rate discount that had previously been effective for transmission service at the Michigan-Ontario Independent Electric System Operator interface. Since the complaints have been filed, MISO has held amounts in escrow that it has collected for the difference between the discounted tariff rate and the full tariff rate. FERC has not yet acted on this complaint. ITC has recorded revenues based only on the

F-49


amounts collected by MISO and remitted to ITC. These amounts do not include the amounts held in escrow by MISO of $0.6 million as of March 31, 2005.

5.    LONG TERM DEBT—REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES

        In January 2005, ITC amended and restated its revolving credit facility to increase the total commitment thereunder to $65.0 million with an option to increase the commitments to $75.0 million, subject to ITC's ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. The maturity date was amended to March 19, 2007. ITC's revolving credit facility is supported by the issuance of $75.0 million of ITC's Series B Mortgage Bonds, which in turn are supported by a first mortgage lien on substantially all of ITC's property. ITC must not exceed a total debt to total capital ratio of 60% under its revolving credit facility. At March 31, 2005, ITC had $54.5 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility.

        In January 2005, Holdings amended and restated its revolving credit facility to increase the total commitments thereunder to $47.5 million, with an option to increase the commitments to $50.0 million, subject to Holdings' ability to obtain the agreement of willing lenders. We must not exceed a debt to total capital ratio of 85% under Holdings' revolving credit facility. Holdings' revolving credit facility is secured by a perfected first priority pledge of 158 of the 1,000 outstanding shares of common stock of ITC. ITC Holdings' revolving credit agreement contains a $10.0 million letter of credit sub-facility. At March 31, 2005, Holdings had $14.3 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility. There were no amounts outstanding under the letter of credit.

6.    EARNINGS PER SHARE

        We report both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share assumes the issuance of potentially dilutive shares of common stock during the period resulting from the exercise of common stock options

F-50


and vesting of restricted stock awards. A reconciliation of both calculations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 is presented in the following table:

 
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Basic earnings (loss) per share:            
  Net income (loss)   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870
  Weighted-average common shares outstanding     30,159,066     30,341,967
   
 
  Earnings (loss) per share- basic   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.26
   
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:            
  Net income (loss)   $ (2,418 ) $ 7,870
  Weighted-average common shares outstanding     30,159,066     30,341,967
  Incremental shares of stock-based awards         798,339
   
 
  Weighted-average number of dilutive shares outstanding     30,159,066     31,140,306
   
 
  Earnings (loss) per share- diluted   $ (0.08 ) $ 0.25
   
 

        Basic earnings (loss) per share excludes 438,523 and 344,629 shares of restricted common stock at March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, that were issued and outstanding, but had not yet vested as of such dates.

        Diluted earnings (loss) per share for the three months ended March 31, 2004 has been corrected subsequent to the original issuance of these financial statements to exclude the 428,008 incremental shares of stock-based awards that were anti-dilutive in accordance with GAAP.

        Compensation arrangements for certain employees and non-employees included a commitment by the individual to purchase a stated number of shares of stock of Holdings. Prior to the actual purchase of such shares, the commitment is treated as a stock subscription, and because such shares effectively participate in dividends, share amounts of 84,590 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 have been included in the weighted average common shares outstanding used to determine both basic and diluted earnings per share.

7.    RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND ASSETS HELD IN TRUST

Pension Benefits

        We have a defined benefit retirement plan for eligible employees, comprised of a traditional final average pay plan and a cash balance plan. The defined benefit retirement plan is noncontributory, covers substantially all employees, and provides retirement benefits based on the employees' years of benefit service. The traditional final average pay plan benefits factor average final compensation and age at retirement in determining retirement benefits provided. The cash balance plan benefits are based on annual employer contributions and interest credits. We have also established two supplemental nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded retirement benefit plans for selected

F-51



management employees. The plans provide for benefits that supplement those provided by our other retirement plans.

        Net pension cost for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 includes the following components:

 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Service cost   $ 193   $ 225  
Interest cost     128     144  
Expected return on plan assets     (64 )   (72 )
Amortization of prior service cost     133     122  
Amortization of unrecognized (gain)/loss     (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
Net pension cost   $ 389   $ 418  
   
 
 

Other Postretirement Benefits

        We provide certain postretirement health care, dental, and life insurance benefits for employees who may become eligible for these benefits. Net postretirement cost for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 includes the following components:

 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Service cost   $ 124   $ 250  
Interest cost     30     46  
Expected return on plan assets         (3 )
Amortization of actuarial loss         8  
   
 
 
Net postretirement cost   $ 154   $ 301  
   
 
 

Defined Contribution Plans

        We also sponsor a defined contribution retirement savings plan. Participation in this plan is available to substantially all employees. We match employee contributions up to certain predefined limits based upon eligible compensation and the employee's contribution rate. The cost of this plan was $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

8.    CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

        We are involved in routine litigation in the normal course of our business. Such proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

F-52



Reactive Power Service

        In April 2005, ITC received an invoice from an electricity generating company (the "Generator") for charges for reactive power in the amount of $0.5 million for services from October 2004 through March 2005. The Generator has stated that it is invoicing ITC pursuant to its Tariff for Sales of Ancillary Services and Interconnected Operations Services. ITC does not believe it is obligated to pay for any reactive power service beyond service provided in an emergency condition. The Generator has not suggested that any reactive power service was provided under an emergency condition. We have not recorded an accrual for this matter based on our assessment of the likelihood of any liabilities resulting from these claims.

Michigan Electric Coordinated Systems Bonus Payments

        ITC received an invoice from the Consumers Energy Company ("Consumers"), the previous owner of the Michigan Electric Transmission Company, which stated that ITC owes $0.7 million for ITC's share of the bonus payments paid by Consumers to its employees for the operation of the Michigan Electric Coordinated Systems pool center in 2002. We have not recorded an accrual for this matter based on our assessment of the likelihood of any liabilities resulting from these claims.

MPPA Accounts Receivable

        ITC has billed MPPA $2.8 million under the Ownership and Operating Agreement, which is included in accounts receivable as of March 31, 2005. MPPA has withheld payment of the amount as a setoff to revenues for which it believes ITC should have provided them through a recovery mechanism. MPPA has not disputed that it is obligated to reimburse ITC under the terms of the Ownership and Operating Agreement. However, MPPA has asserted that ITC should have executed a revenue distribution mechanism with MPPA that would enable MPPA to establish a revenue requirement to be collected by MISO from customers in ITC's service territory. ITC believes it has no obligation to unilaterally impose such a revenue requirement on these customers and accordingly it believes the assertion made by MPPA is not supportable. ITC will seek legal remedies should the amounts continue to be unpaid. ITC has not recorded any reserves relating to this matter as of December 31, 2004 because it believes collection of the receivable is probable.

        Beginning January 2005, the rate charged by MISO to customers in ITC's service territory includes an amount relating to MPPA's revenue requirements allocable to their ownership interest. These amounts are not included in ITC's Attachment O, but currently are expected to be collected by MISO, paid to ITC, and remitted by ITC to MPPA.

Thumb Loop Project

        ITC currently is upgrading its electric transmission facilities in Lapeer County, Michigan (the "Thumb Loop Project"). As part of the Thumb Loop Project, ITC is replacing existing H-frame transmission poles with single steel poles and replacing a single circuit transmission line with a double circuit transmission line. Certain property owners along the Thumb Loop have alleged that ITC's facilities upgrades overburden ITC's easement rights, and in part have alleged trespass. Litigation

F-53



regarding the property owners' claims is being held in abeyance and, accordingly, remains in its early stages. We cannot predict the final disposition of such proceedings. The legal costs incurred relating to the Thumb Loop Project are recorded in PP&E and totaled $0.1 million as of March 31, 2005. Additionally, any damages that result from these proceedings would be included in PP&E.

Property Taxes

        Numerous municipalities applied their own valuation tables in assessing the value of ITC's personal property at December 31, 2003 rather than the valuation tables approved by the STC. ITC has filed tax appeals and is in the process of discussing lien date December 31, 2003 tax assessments with various municipalities, which are the basis for 2004 property tax expense. ITC has developed an appeal strategy and filed formal appeals with the Michigan Tax Tribunal ("MTT") for the municipalities that did not utilize the STC tax tables. Until this issue is resolved, ITC made property tax payments based on the valuation tables approved by the STC, while continuing to expense the full amounts billed by the municipalities in applying their own valuation tables. Tax assessments of certain real property have also been appealed. Property taxes accrued for 2004 are based on a total annual liability of $20.3 million from the 2004 tax statements received from the municipalities. In the event that there are changes to the estimated real or personal property tax values based on negotiations with municipalities or through appeals with the MTT, any adjustments to ITC's property tax expense would be recorded at that time.

        The December 31, 2004 tax assessments received from the municipalities that are the basis for 2005 property taxes use the STC-approved valuation tables. Property taxes accrued during 2005 are based on a total estimated annual liability of $16.7 million.

9.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Our business segments consisted of ITC and NYTHC in 2004. ITC is a regulated enterprise. NYTHC is a subsidiary that invests in non-regulated ventures, which consisted exclusively of

F-54



Conjunction during 2004. There was no activity in the NYTHC segment in 2005. Holdings' activities include general corporate expenses and interest expense. Holdings has no revenue generating activities.

 
  Three months ended March 31, 2004
 
 
  ITC
  NYTHC
  Holdings,
Reconciliations
and
Eliminations

  Total
 
 
  (in thousands)

 
Operating revenues   $ 27,544   $   $   $ 27,544  
Net income (loss)     675     (613 )   (2,480 )   (2,418 )
Total assets     752,777     9     1,712     754,498  
 
  Three months ended March 31, 2005
 
  ITC
  NYTHC
  Holdings,
Reconciliations
and
Eliminations

  Total
 
  (in thousands)

Operating revenues   $ 42,460   $   $   $ 42,460
Net income (loss)     10,503         (2,633 )   7,870
Total assets     827,136         5,951     833,087

10.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Holdings has filed a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to sell common stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, Holdings expects to effect a 3.34-for-one stock split and adjust the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as well as the share amounts of stock grants under the plan and the number of options and exercise prices of options under the plan as a result of the 3.34-for-one stock split. Additionally, Holdings' Articles of Incorporation were amended in June 2005 to authorize 100 million shares of common stock. All numbers of common shares and per share data in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split and the changes to the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Holdings.

        In June 2005, MPPA notified us that it disagrees with the amounts invoiced to it by ITC in 2004 and 2003 under the Ownership and Operating Agreement (the "O&O"). Of the $2.3 million billed to MPPA under the O&O for 2004 and 2003, MPPA took the position that its obligation should not exceed $0.5 million. ITC's total amount billed to MPPA is approximately $2.9 million for the time period from March 2003 to June 2005. MPPA has failed to pay any of these amounts. We have commenced litigation to recover the full amount billed to MPPA and we are considering whether an adjustment to the receivables is warranted in the second quarter of 2005.

        On July 5, 2005, the FERC denied the complaint made by several energy marketers that MISO improperly eliminated a rate discount that had previously been effective for transmission service at the

F-55



Michigan-Ontario Independent Electric System Operator interface. Since the complaints were filed, MISO has held amounts in escrow that it has collected for the difference between the discounted tariff rate and the full tariff rate. ITC has recorded revenues based only on the amounts collected by MISO and remitted to ITC. These amounts did not include the amounts held in escrow by MISO of $0.6 million as of March 31, 2005. Based on the FERC order, ITC will record revenues for the amounts held in escrow in the third quarter of 2005.

*    *    *    *    *    *

F-56


12,500,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS
              , 2005


LEHMAN BROTHERS

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

MORGAN STANLEY


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
UBS INVESTMENT BANK



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The actual and estimated expenses in connection with this offering, all of which will be borne by ITC Holdings Corp., a Michigan corporation (the "Registrant"), are as follows:

SEC registration fee   $ 35,531
Printing and engraving expenses     425,000
Legal fees     1,785,000
Accounting fees     1,200,000
NYSE listing fees     226,227
NASD filing fee     30,688
Miscellaneous     200,000
   
Total   $ 3,902,446
   

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        As permitted by the Michigan Business Corporation Act, or MBCA, the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant generally limit the personal liability of its directors to the Registrant and its stockholders for breach of their fiduciary duty. The Articles of Incorporation, however, do not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any of the following: (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which he or she is not entitled; (2) intentional infliction of harm on the Registrant or its stockholders; (3) a violation of the MBCA provision relating to unlawful distributions or loans; and (4) an intentional criminal act.

        Sections 561 through 571 of the MBCA authorize indemnification of directors and officers of Michigan corporations. The Registrant's Articles of Incorporation and bylaws require the Registrant to indemnify directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the MBCA. Specifically, the Registrant's bylaws require it to indemnify directors and officers against expenses (including actual and reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties, fines, excise taxes and settlements actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action or proceeding brought against a director or officer by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the Registrant or, while serving as a director or officer, is or was serving at the request of the Registrant as a director, officer, member, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of another enterprise to the maximum extent permitted by the MBCA. The bylaws further require the Registrant to indemnify officers and directors whose defense on the merits or otherwise has been successful.

        Although the Registrant's bylaws require indemnification in the situations described above, each request by an officer or director for indemnification must be individually authorized upon a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct provided in the MBCA. The determination may be made in any one of the following ways: (1) by a majority of a quorum of the board consisting of directors who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding; (2) if the quorum in (1) is not obtainable, then by majority vote of a committee of at least two directors who are not at the time parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding; (3) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; (4) the Registrant's stockholders, other than directors, officers, employees or agents who are parties or threatened to be made parties; or (5) by all directors meeting the MBCA definition of "independent director" who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding. However, because the Registrant's Articles of Incorporation contain a provision limiting monetary liability of directors, the Registrant may indemnify a director without a

II-1



determination that the applicable standard of conduct has been met unless the director received a financial benefit to which he or she was not entitled, intentionally inflicted harm on the Registrant or its stockholders, violated the MBCA provision relating to unlawful distributions or loans or intentionally violated criminal law. The authorization of payment may be made in any one of the following ways: (1) if there are two or more directors who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding, by a majority of all such directors or by majority vote of a committee of at least two such directors; (2) by a majority vote of any directors of the Registrant meeting the MBCA definition of "independent director" who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding; (3) if there are no "independent directors" and fewer than two directors who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding, by majority vote of the board; or (4) the Registrant's stockholders, other than directors, officers, employees or agents who are parties or threatened to be made parties. The bylaws also provide that indemnification is a contractual right between the Registrant and the officer or director, who may not be adversely affected by a repeal of the indemnification provisions of the Registrant's bylaws.

        Section 567 of the MBCA and the Registrant's bylaws authorize the Registrant to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant or who serves at the request of the Registrant as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another enterprise, whether or not the Registrant would have the power to indemnify him or her under the bylaws or the laws of the State of Michigan. The Registrant maintains a directors' and officers' insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses the Registrant for those losses for which the Registrant has lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions, none of which apply to this offering.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to officers and directors pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Since its inception, the Registrant has issued shares of its common stock, without par value (the "Common Stock") in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering thereunder. All of the below-referenced securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in any of the below-referenced sales of securities. The number of shares of common stock sold in each of the below-listed transactions gives retroactive effect to the 3.34-for-one stock split to be effected immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

        On February 28, 2003, the Registrant sold 28,149,865 shares of its Common Stock to International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership in consideration for $210,500,000.

        On February 28, 2003, the Registrant sold 66,864 shares of its Common Stock to its President and Chief Executive Officer in consideration for $500,000.

        On April 15, 2003, the Registrant sold 318,134 shares of its Common Stock to certain of its officers and employees for consideration of $2,378,950.

        On July 3, 2003, the Registrant sold 803,060 shares of its Common Stock to International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership in consideration for converted debt of $6,005,150.

        On August 13, 2003, the Registrant sold 668,643 shares of its Common Stock to International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership in consideration for $5,000,000.

II-2



        On November 25, 2003, the Registrant sold 18,241 shares of its Common Stock to certain of its officers and employees for consideration of $120,032.

        On December 24, 2003, the Registrant sold 26,746 shares of its Common Stock to one of its officers in consideration for $176,000.

        On February 9, 2004, Registrant sold 40,119 shares of its Common Stock to one of its officers in consideration for $264,000.

        On November 30, 2004, the Registrant sold 114,946 shares of its Common Stock to certain of its officers and employees for consideration of $756,404.

        The sales of the above securities were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. There were no underwriters involved in connection with the sale of the above securities.

        On July 16, 2003, the Registrant sold $267.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 5.25% senior notes due July 15, 2013 (the "Notes") to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and CIBC World Markets Corp as initial purchasers for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $264.1 million. The Notes were sold at a price of 99.555% resulting in an aggregate offering price of $265.8 million and the aggregate underwriting discounts amounted to approximately $1.7 million. The sales of the Notes were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibit Index

        A list of exhibits filed with this registration statement on Form S-1 is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated in this Item 16(a) by reference.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules

        None.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (1)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3



        (2)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (3)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, ITC Holdings Corp. has duly caused this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Novi, State of Michigan, on July 8, 2005.

 
   
   
    ITC Holdings Corp.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JOSEPH L. WELCH       
Name: Joseph L. Welch
Title: Director, President, Chief Executive
         Officer and Treasurer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment no. 4 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on July 8, 2005.

Signature
  Title
     
/s/   JOSEPH L. WELCH       
Joseph L. Welch
  Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer (Principal Executive Officer)
     
*
Edward M. Rahill
  Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
     
*
Lewis M. Eisenberg
  Director
 
   
   
*By:   /s/   JOSEPH L. WELCH       
Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-5



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

  Description of Exhibit
1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement

2.1***

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and between DTE Energy Company and the Registrant, dated December 3, 2002

3.1***

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.2***

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1***

 

Form of Certificate of Common Stock

4.2***

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003, among the Registrant and International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership

4.3***

 

Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2003, between the Registrant and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

4.4***

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 16, 2003, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of July 16, 2003, between the Registrant and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

4.5***

 

First Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated as of July 15, 2003, between International Transmission Company and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

4.6***

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2003, supplementing the First Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of July 15, 2003, between International Transmission Company and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

4.7***

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2003, supplementing the First Mortgage and Deed of Trust dated as of July 15, 2003, between International Transmission Company and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

4.8***

 

Amendment to Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 19, 2005, between International Transmission Company and BNY Midwest Trust Company, as trustee

5.1***

 

Opinion of Dykema Gossett PLLC

10.1**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership

10.2***

 

Amended and Restated Management, Consulting and Financial Services Letter Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, among Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, the Registrant and International Transmission Company

10.3***

 

Amended and Restated Management, Consulting and Financial Services Letter Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, among Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, the Registrant and International Transmission Company

10.4***

 

Amended and Restated Management, Consulting and Financial Services Letter Agreement, dated June 1, 2005, among International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, the Registrant and International Transmission Company

10.5***

 

VCOC Rights Letter, dated February 25, 2003, among International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, the Registrant, International Transmission Company and KKR Millennium Fund, L.P.

10.6***

 

VCOC Rights Letter, dated February 25, 2003, among International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, the Registrant, International Transmission Company and Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C.

10.7***

 

Forms of Management Stockholder's Agreements

10.8***

 

Form of First Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement
     


10.9***

 

Forms of Waiver and Agreement for Executive Stockholders

10.10***

 

Form of Waiver and Agreement for Non-Executive Stockholders

10.11***

 

Form of Sale Participation Agreement

10.12***

 

Put Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003, by the Registrant in favor of CIBC, Inc., along with letter amendment thereto, dated March 4, 2005

10.13***

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of the Registrant and its Subsidiaries

10.14***

 

Form of Special Bonus Plan of the Registrant

10.15***

 

Form of Short Term Incentive Plan of the Registrant

10.16***

 

Form of Executive Group Special Bonus Plan of the Registrant

10.17***

 

Management Supplemental Benefit Plan

10.18***

 

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, among the Registrant, as the Borrower, Various Financial Institutions and Other Persons from Time to Time Parties Hereto, as the Lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as the Administrative Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as the Documentation Agent and Joint Lead Arranger, and CIBC World Markets Corp., as the Joint Lead Arranger

10.19***

 

Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, between the Registrant and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

10.20***

 

First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2005, among ITC Holdings Corp., as the Borrower, Various Financial Institutions and Other Persons from Time to Time Parties Hereto, as the Lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as the Administrative Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch and CIBC World Markets, as the Joint Lead Arrangers, and Comerica Bank, as the Documentation Agent

10.21***

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2005, between the Registrant and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

10.22***

 

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2003, among International Transmission Company, as the Borrower, Various Financial Institutions and Other Persons from Time to Time Parties Hereto, as the Lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as the Administrative Agent, and Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch, as the Documentation Agent and Arranger

10.23***

 

First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2005, among International Transmission Company, as the Borrower, Various Financial Institutions and Other Persons from Time to Time Parties Hereto, as the Lenders, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as the Administrative Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch and CIBC Inc., as the Joint Lead Arrangers, and Comerica Bank, as the Documentation Agent

10.24***

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Joseph L. Welch

10.25***

 

Form of Employment Agreements between the Registrant and Edward M. Rahill, Linda H. Blair, Richard A. Schultz and Jon Jipping

10.26***

 

Form of Employment Agreements between the Registrant and Daniel J. Oginsky,
Jim D. Cyrulewski, Joseph R. Dudak and Larry Bruneel

10.27**

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

10.28***

 

Service Level Agreement — Construction and Maintenance/Engineering/System Operations, dated February 28, 2003, between The Detroit Edison Company and International Transmission Company, LLC

10.29**

 

Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan
     


21.1***

 

List of Subsidiaries

23.1***

 

Consent of Dykema Gossett PLLC (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)

23.2**

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP relating to International Transmission Company, LLC

23.3**

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP relating to the Registrant and subsidiaries

24.1***

 

Powers of Attorney of the directors and officers of the registrants (included in the signature pages to the registration statement)

24.2***

 

Power of Attorney of Edward G. Jepsen

99.1***

 

Consent of Edward G. Jepsen

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

***
Previously filed.



QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
Our Business
Ownership Structure
The Offering
Risk Factors
Summary Historical Financial Data
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
RATE SETTING
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option Values
PENSION PLAN TABLE—ANNUAL PENSION BENEFIT (in Dollars)
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (in thousands)
INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC STATEMENT OF MEMBER'S INTEREST/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND 2002 AND THE TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (in thousands)
INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (in thousands)
INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY, LLC NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND TWO-MONTH PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2003
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE PERIOD FEBRUARY 28, 2003 (DATE OF ACQUISITION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (UNAUDITED) MARCH 31, 2005
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2005
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005
ITC HOLDINGS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

 

 

OF

 

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

OF

 

 

INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

Section 1.1.

 

Formation of the Partnership

 

Section 1.2.

 

Name

 

Section 1.3.

 

Business of the Partnership

 

Section 1.4.

 

Location of Principal Place of Business

 

Section 1.5.

 

Name and Business Address of General Partner

 

Section 1.6.

 

Term

 

Section 1.7.

 

Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 3.1.

 

Initial Capital Contributions

 

Section 3.2.

 

Additional Capital Contributions by Partners

 

Section 3.3.

 

Interest on Capital Contributions

 

Section 3.4.

 

Withdrawal and Return of Capital Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS

 

Section 4.1.

 

Allocation of Net Income and Net Loss

 

Section 4.2.

 

Other Allocation Provisions

 

Section 4.3.

 

Withholding

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 5.1.

 

Distributions

 

Section 5.2.

 

Tax Distributions

 

Section 5.3.

 

Withdrawal Rights

 

Section 5.4.

 

Limitations on Distributions

 

Section 5.5.

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, FINANCIAL MATTERS, FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 6.1.

 

Books and Records

 

Section 6.2.

 

Reports

 

Section 6.3.

 

Tax Matters Partner

 

Section 6.4.

 

Partnership Funds

 

Section 6.5.

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 7.1.

 

Limitations

 

Section 7.2.

 

Liability

 

Section 7.3.

 

Priority

 

Section 7.4.

 

Consulting and Advisory Services

 

Section 7.5.

 

Information

 

 

i



 

Section 7.6.

 

Certificated Interests

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

 

Section 8.1.

 

Authority

 

Section 8.2.

 

Powers and Duties of General Partner

 

Section 8.3.

 

Limits on General Partner’s Powers

 

Section 8.4.

 

Transactions with Affiliates; Fees

 

Section 8.5.

 

Other Activities and Competition

 

Section 8.6.

 

Exculpation

 

Section 8.7.

 

Expenses; Use of Proceeds; Insurance

 

Section 8.8.

 

Indemnification of Partners

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS BY PARTNERS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

Section 9.1.

 

General

 

Section 9.2.

 

Transfer of Interest by General Partner

 

Section 9.3.

 

Transfer of Interest by Limited Partners

 

Section 9.4.

 

Further Requirements

 

Section 9.5.

 

Right of First Offer

 

Section 9.6.

 

Tag-Along Rights

 

Section 9.7.

 

Bring-Along Rights

 

Section 9.8.

 

Consequences of Transfers Generally

 

Section 9.9.

 

Capital Account

 

Section 9.10.

 

Additional Filings

 

Section 9.11.

 

Transfers in a Registered Public Offering

 

Section 9.12.

 

Preemptive Rights

 

Section 9.13.

 

Required Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERS; TERMINATION OF PARTNERSHIP; LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS

 

Section 10.1.

 

Withdrawal of Partners; Removal of General Partner

 

Section 10.2.

 

Dissolution of Partnership

 

Section 10.3.

 

Distribution in Liquidation

 

Section 10.4.

 

Final Reports

 

Section 10.5.

 

Rights of Limited Partners

 

Section 10.6.

 

Deficit Restoration

 

Section 10.7.

 

Termination

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 11.1.

 

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII NOTICES AND VOTING

 

Section 12.1.

 

Notices

 

Section 12.2.

 

Voting

 

Section 12.3.

 

Trimaran Funds

 

 

ii



 

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 13.1.

 

Amendments

 

Section 13.2.

 

Amendment of Certificate

 

Section 13.3.

 

Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.1.

 

Entire Agreement

 

Section 14.2.

 

Governing Law

 

Section 14.3.

 

Effect

 

Section 14.4.

 

Pronouns and Number

 

Section 14.5.

 

Captions

 

Section 14.6.

 

Partial Enforceability

 

Section 14.7.

 

Counterparts

 

Section 14.8.

 

Certain Indemnification

 

Section 14.9.

 

Waiver of Partition

 

Section 14.10

 

Waiver of Jury

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

Names, Addresses and Initial Capital Contributions of Partners

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Instrument of Transfer

 

 

iii



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT

 

OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP of INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (the “ Partnership ”), dated as of [                     ], 2005, among Ironhill Transmission, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company (the “ General Partner ”), as general partner, and those persons listed as limited partners on Schedule A attached hereto who are signatories to this Agreement of Limited Partnership.

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “ Certificate ”) of the Partnership was filed with the Department of Consumer and Industry Services of Michigan on February 21, 2003 and the original Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “ Original Agreement ” was entered into on February 25, 2003;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the General Partner and the persons listed as Limited Partners on Schedule A hereto in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

FORMATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

 

Section 1.1.            Format ion of the Partnership .  The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership under the Limited Partnership Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Department of Consumer and Industry Services of Michigan on February 21, 2003.  The General Partner, for itself and as agent for the Limited Partners (as defined below), shall accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts necessary or appropriate for compliance with all the requirements for operation of the Partnership under this Agreement and the Limited Partnership Act and under all other laws of the State of Michigan and such other jurisdictions in which the General Partner determines that the Partnership may conduct business, including, without limitation, those contemplated by Section 1.7 below.  Each Limited Partner admitted to the Partnership by the General Partner shall promptly execute all relevant certificates and other documents as the General Partner shall request in order to admit such Limited Partner to the Partnership and to permit the General Partner to accomplish any of the foregoing.

 

Section 1.2.            Name .  T he name of the Partnership is “International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership”, as such name may be modified from time to time by the General Partner.  The General Partner may with the prior written consent of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners adopt one or more fictitious names for use by the Partnership.

 

Section 1.3.            Business of th e Partnership .  Subject to the limitations on the activities of the Partnership otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership is organized for the following objectives and purposes:

 

(a)           To acquire, manage and dispose of the capital stock of electric transmission businesses and to engage in any and all other businesses that a limited partnership may lawfully engage in under the laws of the State of Michigan.

 

(b)           To enter into, make and perform all contracts and other undertakings, and engage in all activities and transactions as the General Partner may reasonably deem necessary or advisable for the carrying out of the foregoing objectives and purposes.

 

Section 1.4.            Location of P rincipal Place of Business .  The location of the principal place of business of the Partnership shall be c/o Dykema Gossett PLLC, 124 West Allegan, Ste. 800, Lansing, Michigan 48933, Attn:  Albert Ernst, or such other location as may be determined by the General Partner with written notice to the Limited Partners.  In addition, the Partnership may maintain, at any other place or places within or without the United States, such other offices as are reasonably necessary in the opinion of the General Partner to conduct the business of the Partnership.

 

2



 

Section 1.5.                                    Name a nd Business Address of General Partner .  The name, business address and telecopy number of the General Partner is:

 

Ironhill Transmission, LLC

c/o Greenbaum Rowe Smith & Davis LLP

6 Becker Farm Road

Roseland, New Jersey 07068

Telecopy No.: (973) 535-1698

Attention: Raymond Felton

 

The business address shall be the Partnership’s registered office, unless otherwise determined by the General Partner.  The General Partner may, from time to time, upon 30 days prior written notice to the Limited Partners, change its name, business address or telecopy number.

 

Section 1.6.            Ter m .  The term of the Partnership commenced on February 25, 2003 and shall terminate on February 25, 2028, unless the Partnership is earlier dissolved and terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 1.7.            Certifi cates .  The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall execute, file and publish, as appropriate, an amended and restated certificate of limited partnership, a certificate of fictitious business name and such other certificates or filings in such jurisdictions as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the conduct of the Partnership’s business, as well as any required amendment or renewals of such certificates or filings.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

1935 Act ” means the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

 

Accountants ” means such “big four” accounting firm as shall be engaged from time to time by the General Partner for the Partnership.

 

Additional Limited Partner ” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as an additional Limited Partner under Article XI.

 

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person; for purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Limited Partner ” means each Limited Partner that is an Affiliate of the General Partner.

 

3



 

Agreement ” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended from time to time.

 

Bring-Along Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close in New York, New York, or Detroit, Michigan.

 

Capital Account ” means, with respect to each Partner, a single account established and maintained for such Partner in accordance with the principles of Regulation §§1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and 1.704-2, as amended.  Subject to the preceding sentence, each Capital Account will initially equal the amount of the Capital Contribution made by such Partner at the time such Partner is admitted as a Partner in the Partnership and, throughout the term of the Partnership, will be (i) increased by the amount of (A) Net Income and items thereof allocated to such Partner pursuant to Article IV and (B) the amount of any cash and the Value of any property (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to pursuant to the provisions of Section 752 of the Code) subsequently contributed by such Partner to the Partnership and (ii) decreased by the amount of (A) Net Losses and items thereof allocated to such Partner pursuant to Article IV and (B) the amount of cash and the Value (net of liabilities secured by the property that the Partner is considered to assume or take subject to pursuant to the provisions of Section 752 of the Code) of any other property distributed to such Partner pursuant to Articles V and X .

 

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of capital contributed to the capital of the Partnership in respect of such Partner’s Interests.

 

Cause ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(c) .

 

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended from time to time.

 

Certificate of Cancellation ” means a certificate complying with Section 209 of the Limited Partnership Act.

 

CIBC ” shall mean Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

Closing ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any succeeding law).

 

Control Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

Control Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

4



 

Control Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

Controllable Management Decision ” means the performance of, failure to perform, taking or the failure to take any action by the General Partner or any other Person acting under the direct or indirect management or control of the General Partner; provided , however , that the following events shall not constitute “Controllable Management Decisions”: (A) the effects on financial results due to changes in law, (B) actions of regulators applicable to the Holding Company, the Operating Company or their Subsidiaries, (C) changes in demand for utility services and (D) other similar factors beyond the control of management, provided that, with respect to clauses (A) through (D), the Holding Company (or any successor to the Holding Company as the controlling shareholder of its consolidated Subsidiaries) shall not have failed to cause its Subsidiaries to manage its relations with the regulators in accordance with Good Utility Practices.

 

Dissolution Date ” means February 25, 2028, or such earlier date on which the Partnership is dissolved or terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Equity Event ” means a merger or reorganization or other transaction (or series of transactions) as a result of which the Partners and their Permitted Transferees do not own at least 50% of the voting power and value of the equity securities of the merged or reorganized entity or Partnership, as the case may be.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time (or any successor law or regulations).

 

Event of Withdrawal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a)(iv) .

 

First Offer Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a calendar quarter of the Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5 .

 

General Partner ” means Ironhill Transmission, LLC and any successor thereto as general partner in the Partnership.

 

Good Utility Practice ” means any of the practices, methods and acts engaged in or approved by a significant proportion of the gas or electric utility industry during the relevant time period, or any of the practices, methods and acts which, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good business practices, reliability, safety and expedition, including practices, methods and acts relating to the proper management of relationships with regulators.  “Good Utility Practice” is not intended to be limited to the optimum practice, method or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be acceptable practices, methods or acts generally accepted in the region.

 

Holding Company ” means ITC Holdings Corp., a Michigan corporation.

 

5



 

Immediate Family ” as to any Person that is an individual means such Person’s spouse, children, grandchildren and parents.

 

Instrument of Transfer ” means an instrument, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, evidencing a transfer by a Limited Partner of all or a portion of that Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership.

 

Interest ” means, when used in reference to a Partner’s interest in the Partnership at any time, the entire ownership interest of such Partner in the Partnership at such time, including, without limitation, its interest in the capital, profits, losses and distributions of the Partnership.

 

KKR Funds ” means, collectively, KKR Millennium Fund L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and KKR Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

Limited Partner ” means each Person named as a Limited Partner on Schedule A hereto, each Person admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner under Article IX , and each Person admitted as an Additional Limited Partner under Article XI , and, with respect to those provisions of this Agreement concerning a Limited Partner’s rights to receive a share of profits or other distributions or the return of a Limited Partner’s contribution, any Transferee of a Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership (except that a Transferee that is not admitted as a Limited Partner shall have only such of the rights of an assignee under the Limited Partnership Act as are consistent with this Agreement).

 

Limited Partnership Act ” means the Michigan Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time (or any succeeding law).

 

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b) .

 

Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners ” at any time, means Limited Partners whose aggregate Voting Percentages at such time exceed 50% of all Limited Partners’ Voting Percentages at such time.

 

Material Failure ” means any actual or projected failure to achieve (i) the annual EBITDA or net income contemplated by the business plan by 5% or more as of the end of any Fiscal Year, or (ii) the business plan that could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

 

Minority Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 .

 

Net Income ” and “ Net Loss ”, respectively, for any period means the income or loss of the Partnership for such period as determined in accordance with the method of accounting followed by the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes, including, for all purposes, any income exempt from tax and any expenditures of the Partnership which are described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B); provided , however , that in determining Net Income and Net Loss and every item entering into the computation thereof, solely for the purpose of adjusting the Capital Accounts of the Partners (and not for tax purposes), (i) if any Partnership Asset is distributed in kind to a Partner, the difference between its Value and its book value at

 

6



 

the time of such distribution shall be treated as gain or loss, and (ii) any item allocated under Section 4.2(a) shall be excluded from the computation of Net Income and Net Loss.

 

Non-Affiliated Limited Partner ” means each Limited Partner that is not an Affiliated Limited Partner.

 

Offerees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

 

Offered Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

 

Operating Company ” means International Transmission Company, a Michigan corporation.

 

Original Limited Partners ” means the KKR Funds and Trimaran Funds.

 

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners, where no distinction is required by the context in which the term is used.

 

Partnership ” means the limited partnership created by the Certificate and governed by this Agreement.

 

Partnership Asset ” means any property of the Partnership, and “ Partnership Assets ” means the aggregate of all of the property of the Partnership.

 

Percentage Interest ” shall mean, in respect of a Partner, such Partner’s percentage interest set forth on Schedule A .

 

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, (a) with respect to any Limited Partner, (i) any Affiliate of such Person or successor thereto or any Person that is recognized as tax exempt pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, (ii) in the case of a Person who is an individual, (A) a spouse or lineal descendent or ancestor of such Person or (B) a trust or other legal entity for the primary benefit of any of the foregoing, (iii) with respect to the KKR Funds and/or Trimaran Funds, any investor therein or any Affiliate of such investor as part of a distribution to such or (iv) any other Limited Partner or Permitted Transferee of any other Limited Partner, (b) with respect to the General Partner, (i) Lewis Eisenberg, (ii) his estate and any member of his Immediate Family, (iii) any trust, partnership or limited liability company, all of the interests in which are for the primary benefit of or owned by one or more Persons described in the immediately preceding clauses (i), (ii) and this clause (iii) and of which Lewis Eisenberg is the sole trustee, general partner or managing member, as applicable, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing and (c) in the case of the Trimaran Funds, (i) CIBC or any of its Affiliates, (ii) Trimaran or any of its Affiliates, (iii) any investment fund controlled by at least two of Messrs. Bloom, Heyer or Kehler or any Affiliate controlled by at least two of them and (iv) any Person (a) managed by CIBC or Trimaran (including any Affiliates thereof) or at least two of Messrs. Bloom, Heyer or Kehler or any Affiliate controlled by at least two of them and (b) substantially all the equity interests of which are owned directly or indirectly, by (1) members of Trimaran, (2) employees of CIBC or any Affiliate thereof, (3) any Affiliate of any such members or employees, (4) any investor in the Trimaran investment program that has co-investment rights or

 

7



 

(5) any combination of the persons named in the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4).

 

Person ” means any individual, partnership, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity.

 

Power of Attorney ” means the Power of Attorney granted under Section 13.3 .

 

Preemptive Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .

 

Preemptive Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13 .

 

Presumed Tax Liability ” means, for any Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the product of (x) the taxable income of the Partnership for such Fiscal Year and (y) the Presumed Tax Rate.

 

Presumed Tax Rate ” means with respect to any Fiscal Year and net income or capital gain recognized during such Fiscal Year, the highest effective combined United States Federal, state and local income tax rate applicable during such Fiscal Year to a natural person residing in New York, New York, taxable at the highest marginal Federal income tax rate and the highest marginal New York State and New York City income tax rates, taking into account the nature of such net income or capital gain and the holding period of the assets the disposition of which gave rise to the capital gain and the deductibility and creditability of state and local income taxes and taking into account the effects of Code Sections 67 and 68.

 

Proportionate Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(b) .

 

Public Offering ” means a public offering of equity securities in the Partnership or any successor thereto or any Subsidiary of the Partnership pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, as amended.

 

Purchase Agreement ” means the Stock Purchase Agreement by and between DTE Energy Company and Holding Company dated December 3, 2002, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

 

Regulation ” means a Treasury Regulation promulgated under the Code.

 

Reoffer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(d) .

 

Reoffer Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(d) .

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Seller’s Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

 

Selling Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5(a) .

 

8



 

Special Permitted Transferee ” of a Partner means any Permitted Transferee thereof other than a Permitted Transferee described in clause (a)(iv) of the definition of Permitted Transferee.

 

Subscription Agreements ” means the Subscription Agreements, if any, entered into between the Partnership and the Limited Partners.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which more than fifty percent (50%) of either the equity interests in, or the voting control of, such corporation or other organization is, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries or otherwise, beneficially owned by such party.

 

Substituted Limited Partner ” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a substituted Limited Partner under Article IX .

 

Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d) .

 

Tag-Along Notice Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d) .

 

Tag-Along Offer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d) .

 

Tag-Along Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(a) .

 

Tag-Along Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(a) .

 

Tag-Along Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(a) .

 

Tag-Along Transferee Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d) .

 

Tag-Along Transferor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(a) .

 

Tax Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 .

 

Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners ” at any time means Limited Partners whose aggregate Voting Percentages at such time exceed 75% of all Limited Partners’ Voting Percentages at such time.

 

Transfer ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferor ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 9.1 .

 

Trimaran ” means Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Trimaran Funds ” means, collectively, Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners, a New York general partnership, and CIBC MB Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware.

 

9



 

U.S. Person ” means a Person who is a “United States Person” as defined in Code Section 7701(a)(30), provided that such definition shall be applied by omitting the phrase “or resident” in subparagraph (A) of such Code Section.

 

Value ” of any Partnership Asset as of any date, means the fair market value of such Partnership Asset as of such date, with the fair market value of the type of assets described below being determined as follows:

 

(a)           goodwill, firm name or customers’ lists and any similar intangible asset of the Partnership shall be valued at zero;

 

(b)           securities listed on one or more national securities exchanges shall be valued at their last reported sales prices on the consolidated tape on the date of determination (or if the date of determination is not a Business Day, on the last Business Day immediately prior to such date of determination).  If no such sales of such securities occurred on such date, such securities shall be valued at the mean of the last “bid” and “ask” prices on the date of determination on the national securities exchange which has the highest average daily volume for such security over the last 60 days on or prior to the date of determination (or, if the date of determination is not a date upon which such national securities exchange was open for trading, on the last prior date on which such national securities exchange was so open);

 

(c)           securities for which no such market prices are available, or as to which, in the sole judgment of the General Partner, any of the above market prices are below or exceed (as the case may be) the amount realizable by the Partnership upon a sale thereof, shall be valued at the fair value thereof as determined upon a reasonable basis and in good faith by the General Partner; and

 

(d)           the fair market value of other investments, assets, properties, debts, obligations or liabilities shall be valued as determined by the General Partner upon a reasonable basis and in good faith.

 

If a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners disagrees with the General Partner’s determination, the General Partner and such Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners shall jointly select an independent valuation firm, unaffiliated with the General Partner or any Limited Partner, for purposes of resolving such dispute.  If the General Partner and such Majority-in-Interest do not agree on the selection of an independent valuation firm, then either the General Partner or such Majority-in-Interest may submit a request to the American Arbitration Association to select such independent valuation firm, which selection shall be binding on the parties hereto.  As promptly as practicable following such selection, the General Partner and such Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners shall furnish to the valuation firm all information relevant to the resolution of such dispute.  As promptly as practicable following its receipt thereof, the valuation firm shall prepare and deliver to the General Partner and the Limited Partners its own independent valuation of the fair market value of the relevant Partnership Asset or Partnership Assets.  The fair market value as determined in accordance with the foregoing shall be final and binding upon the General Partner and the Limited Partners with respect to the Partnership Assets so valued.  The fees and expenses of the valuation firm shall be paid by the Partnership.

 

10



 

Void Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) .

 

Voting Capital Contribution ” of a Limited Partner at any time means such Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution at such time.

 

Voting Percentage ” of a Limited Partner at any time means for each Limited Partner the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Limited Partner’s Voting Capital Contribution to the aggregate Voting Capital Contributions of all Limited Partners at such time.

 

Withdrawing Limited Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(d) .

 

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 3.1.            Initial Capital Contributions .  The General Partner and each Limited Partner have made a Capital Contribution in cash in the amount set forth opposite its name in the column entitled “Initial Capital Contribution” on Schedule A hereto.

 

Section 3.2.            Additio nal Capital Contributions by Partners .  Except as contemplated by the Subscription Agreements, no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

 

Section 3.3.            Interest on C apital Contributions .  No Partner shall be entitled to interest on or with respect to any Capital Contribution.

 

Section 3.4.            Withdrawal a nd Return of Capital Contributions .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of that Partner’s Capital Contributions or to receive distributions from the Partnership and no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Limited Partner as to return of Capital Contributions, allocations of income, gains, losses, credits, deductions or as to distributions.

 

ARTICLE IV

ALLOCATION OF NET INCOME AND NET LOSS

 

Section 4.1.            Allocation of Net Income and Net Loss .  Except as provided in Section 4.2 , the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be, and each item of income, loss and deduction entering into the computation thereof, for each Fiscal Year shall be allocated as follows:

 

(a)           Net Income for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated as follows:

 

(i)            first, an amount of Net Income equal to the excess of (x) all Net Loss previously allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii) over (y) all Net Income previously allocated to the Partners pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) shall be allocated pro rata to the Partners in accordance with their Capital Contributions; and

 

11



 

(ii)           second, any remaining Net Income shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests.

 

(b)           Net Loss for such Fiscal Year shall be allocated as follows:

 

(i)            first, an amount of Net Loss equal to the excess of (x) all Net Income previously allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(ii) over (y) the sum of all Net Loss previously allocated to the Partners pursuant to this Section 4.1(b)(i) and all distributions previously made to the Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(b) shall be allocated pro rata to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests; and

 

(ii)           second, any remaining Net Loss shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Capital Contributions.

 

Section 4.2.            Other Allo cation Provisions

 

(a)  The General Partner shall modify the allocations provided for in Section 4.1 as it reasonably deems appropriate to comply with Treasury Regulations §§1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2; provided that, in modifying such allocations, the General Partner shall not discriminate against any Limited Partner.

 

(b)  Subject to Code Section 704(c),  the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated in the same manner as the corresponding items entering into the computation of Net Income and Net Loss were allocated under Sections 4.1 and 4.2 .

 

(c)  Except to the extent otherwise required by the Code and Regulations, if an Interest in the Partnership or part thereof is transferred in any Fiscal Year, the Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable to the Interest in the Partnership for such Fiscal Year shall be apportioned between the transferor and the transferee in proportion to the number of days in such Fiscal Year such Interest is held by each of them, except that, if they agree between themselves and so notify the General Partner within 30 days after the transfer, then at their option and expense, (a) all items or (b) extraordinary items, including capital gains and losses, may be allocated to the Person who held the Interest on the date such items were realized or incurred by the Partnership.

 

Section 4.3.            Withh olding .  The Partnership shall comply with withholding requirements under Federal, state and local laws and shall remit amounts withheld to and file required forms with the applicable jurisdictions.  To the extent the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over any amounts to any authority with respect to distributions or allocations to any Partner, the amount withheld shall be deemed to be a distribution in the amount of the withholding to that Partner.  In the event of any claimed over-withholding, Partners shall be limited to an action against the applicable jurisdiction.  If the amount withheld has not been withheld from actual distributions, the Partnership may, at its option, (i) require the Partner to reimburse the Partnership for such withholding, which reimbursement shall be treated as a reduction in the deemed distribution to the Partners referred to in the previous sentence by such Partner, or (ii) reduce any subsequent distributions by the amount of such withholding.  Each Partner agrees to furnish the Partnership with any representations and forms as shall reasonably

 

12



 

be requested by the Partnership to assist it in determining the extent of, and in fulfilling, its withholding obligations.

 

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 5.1.            Distrib utions .  Except for any distributions expressly required or permitted to be made under this Article V , and subject to Sections 5.4 and 5.5 , the amount and timing of all distributions of cash and of property other than cash will be at the discretion of the General Partner.  All distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1 will be made to the Partners as follows:

 

(a)           first, an amount equal to the excess of (x) the aggregate Capital Contributions of all Partners as of the date of such distribution over (y) all amounts previously distributed to the Partners pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) , shall be distributed pro rata to the Partners in accordance with their Capital Contributions; and

 

(b)           second, pro rata in accordance with the Partner’s Percentage Interests.

 

Section 5.2.            Tax Dis tributions .  For each Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall, during such Fiscal Year or the immediately subsequent Fiscal Year, but not later than 60 days following the end of such Fiscal Year, use its best efforts to distribute pursuant to Section 5.1 , with respect to such Fiscal Year, a distribution in an amount equal to the Presumed Tax Liability for such Fiscal Year (a “ Tax Distribution ”).  The General Partner may distribute Tax Distributions on an estimated basis prior to the end of a Fiscal Year.

 

Section 5.3.            Withdrawal Rights .  Partners may not withdraw all or any part of the balance of their Capital Accounts.

 

Section 5.4.            Limitatio ns on Distributions .  Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, no distribution under this Agreement shall be made if such distribution would violate the Limited Partnership Act. A Partner who receives a distribution in violation of the Limited Partnership Act shall be liable to return the distribution to the Partnership if the Partner knew that, immediately after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Partnership, other than liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Partnership, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Partnership (except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability).

 

Section 5.5.            Reserve s .  In connection with any distribution to a Partner under this Article V , the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to establish such reserves as it deems reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen Partnership liabilities, and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the General Partner, the balance shall be distributed to such Partner (or such Partner’s legal representative).

 

13



 

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT, FINANCIAL MATTERS, FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 6.1.            Books and Records .

 

(a)           Proper and complete records and books of account shall be kept by the General Partner in which shall be entered fully and accurately all transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s business as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of a like character, including a Capital Account for each Partner.  The Partnership books and records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The Partnership shall also keep such records as may be required under Section 1106 of the Limited Partnership Act.  The books and records shall at all times be maintained at the principal office of the Partnership and shall be open to the inspection and examination of the Partners or their duly authorized representatives for a proper purpose during reasonable business hours and at the sole cost and expense of the inspecting or examining Partner.  The Partnership shall maintain at its office and make available to any Limited Partner or any designated representative of any Limited Partner an alphabetical list of names and mailing addresses of, and Interests in the Partnership owned by, all Partners, separately identifying the General Partner and the Limited Partners.  The Partnership shall permit any Partner to make such copies of the records of the Partnership to the extent permitted to such Partner, but only to the extent required of the Partnership, under Section 1106 of the Limited Partnership Act.

 

(b)           The books of account and records of the Partnership shall be audited as of the end of each Fiscal Year by the Accountants.

 

Section 6.2.            Repor ts .

 

(a)           As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days, following the end of each Fiscal Quarter, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to send to each Limited Partner quarterly unaudited financial statements of the Partnership.

 

(b)           As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days, after the end of each Fiscal Year, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to send to each Limited Partner (i) financial statements (which shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be audited by the Accountants), including a balance sheet and statements of income, cash flow and Partners’ equity showing the cash distributed in such Fiscal Year and the balance of each Capital Account of such Partner at the end of such Fiscal Year and the manner of its calculation, and (ii) a copy of Schedule K-1 to Internal Revenue Service Form 1065 (or any successor form) prepared by the Accountants, indicating such Partner’s share of the Partnership’s income, loss, gain, expense and other items relevant for Federal income tax purposes.

 

(c)           As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days following the end of each Fiscal Quarter and 90 days following the end of each Fiscal Year, respectively, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to send to each Limited Partner quarterly unaudited financial statements and annual financial statements (audited by the Accountants) of the Holding

 

14



 

Company and the Operating Company, in each case prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Section 6.3.            Tax Matte rs Partner .  For purposes of Code Section 6231(a)(7), the “Tax Matters Partner” shall be the General Partner, as long as it remains the general partner of the Partnership.  The Tax Matters Partner shall keep the Limited Partners fully informed of any inquiry, examination or proceeding, including, without limitation, promptly notifying Limited Partners of the beginning and completion of an administrative proceeding at the Partnership level promptly upon such notice being received by the Tax Matters Partner.  The General Partner shall not take any action to bind the Limited Partners (including extending the statute of limitations) without the consent of each Limited Partner so bound.

 

Section 6.4.            Partnership Funds .  Partnership funds shall be held in the name of the Partnership and shall not be commingled with those of any other Person.  Partnership funds shall be used by the General Partner only for the business of the Partnership.

 

Section 6.5.            Fiscal Y ear .  The fiscal year of the Partnership (the “ Fiscal Year ”) shall be the calendar year; provided , however , that the last Fiscal Year of the Partnership shall end on the date on which the Partnership is terminated.

 

ARTICLE VII

POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 7.1.            Limitations .   Except as otherwise expressly set forth in or contemplated by this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall not (a) participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s business; (b) transact any business for the Partnership; or (c) have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner.  The Limited Partners shall have no interest in the properties or assets of the General Partner, or any equity therein, or in any proceeds of any sales thereof, by virtue of acquiring or owning an Interest in the Partnership.

 

Section 7.2.            Liability .  Subject to the Limited Partnership Act, no Limited Partner shall be liable for the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any debts, liabilities or other obligations of the Partnership in excess of such Limited Partner’s Capital Account balance.

 

Section 7.3.            Prio rity .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article IV , no Limited Partner (or any Affiliate thereof or any partner, member, officer or director of any Limited Partner or Affiliate thereof) shall have priority over any other Limited Partner as to Partnership allocations or distributions.

 

Section 7.4.            Cons ulting and Advisory Services .  Subject to Section 8.3(b)(xvi) hereof, the General Partner may enter into agreements with any Original Limited Partner for consulting or advisory services on such terms deemed appropriate by the General Partner in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Original Limited Partner shall be deemed to

 

15



 

be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by virtue of its acting in the capacity of consultant or advisor or performing any consulting or advisory services.

 

Section 7.5.            Infor mation .

 

(a)           The Partnership shall cause, to the extent practicable, including through causing the applicable bylaws of Holding Company and Operating Company to so provide, each Original Limited Partner and Stockwell Fund L.P. to (i) receive the same prior written notice of all meetings of the board of directors of Holding Company and Operating Company as that afforded to the directors thereof, (ii) be entitled to have a representative attend all such meetings (provided that Stockwell Fund L.P. shall not have this right), and (iii) receive copies of information provided to directors of Holding Company and Operating Company (including, without limitation, books and records and financial statements of the type described in Section 6.2 ), as if the Original Limited Partner or Stockwell Funds L.P. were a director thereof; provided that such representative shall have no right to vote at such meetings and attendance at any such meeting shall not in any way affect any quorum requirements.  The Partnership shall also cause the bylaws of Holding Company and Operating Company each to provide for meetings of the boards of directors no less than once per Fiscal Quarter.  The General Partner shall take all reasonable actions necessary or desirable to give effect to the foregoing information rights.

 

(b)           The General Partner shall provide to the Limited Partners prompt written notice of each of the following actions of the Partnership, Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries:

 

(i)            the voluntary incurrence of any indebtedness (A) for borrowed money, (B) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (C) for the deferred purchase price of goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business), (D) under capital leases and (E) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (A) through (D) of any other Person, or the purchase, cancellation, prepayment or a complete or partial discharge in advance of a scheduled payment date with respect to, or waiver of any right under, any indebtedness (whether for borrowed money or otherwise), in either case in excess of $1,000,000 and other than indebtedness of the Partnership, Holding Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof owing to the Partnership, Holding Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof;

 

(ii)           the making or commitment to make capital expenditures which individually are in an amount greater than $1,000,000 or which in the aggregate are in an amount greater than $2,500,000 in any twelve (12) month period;

 

(iii)          the sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of, a portion of its assets or businesses (including the capital stock of any of its Subsidiaries) for consideration in excess of $10,000,000;

 

(iv)          the adoption, entering into or becoming bound by, or amending, modifying or terminating, any employment contract with a senior executive officer of Holding Company;

 

16



 

(v)           adoption, modification or amendment in the annual operating or capital budget or business plan of the Partnership, the Holding Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries;

 

(vi)          the exercise of its right to vote the shares of common stock (or similar equity interest) of any Subsidiary of the Partnership; or

 

(vii)         the entering into any contract, agreement, arrangement or commitment to do or engage in any of the foregoing.

 

(c)           Each Partner shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information concerning the Holding Company or its subsidiaries that is received by it or its representatives under this Agreement or pursuant to any rights the Partners may have to information under the bylaws of the Holdings Company or its subsidiaries.

 

Section 7.6.            Certificated Interests .  Interests shall be uncertificated.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Partner shall be entitled, upon a written request to the General Partner, to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Partnership by the General Partner representing such Partner’s Interest registered in certificated form.  Such certificate shall be in such form as reasonably determined by the General Partner after consultation with the Limited Partners.  All certificates for Interests shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  All certificates exchanged or surrendered to the Partnership for transfer shall be cancelled.  Transfers of Interests by Partners having Interests in certificated form shall in addition to the requirements in Article IX be made only upon surrender to the Partnership of the certificate or certificates for such Interests, duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer as set forth in Article IX .  The Partnership may issue a new certificate for Interests in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the General Partner may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate to give the Partnership a bond sufficient to indemnify the Partnership against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.  The General Partner may require such owner to satisfy other reasonable requirements.

 

ARTICLE VIII

POWERS, RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

 

Section 8.1.            Au thority .  Subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 , and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have exclusive and complete authority and discretion to manage the day-to-day operations and affairs of the Partnership and to make all decisions regarding the business of the Partnership.  Any action taken by the General Partner shall constitute the act of and serve to bind the Partnership.  In dealing with the General Partner acting on behalf of the Partnership, no Person shall be required to inquire into the authority of the General Partner to bind the Partnership.  Persons dealing with the Partnership are entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement.

 

17



 

Section 8.2.            Powers and Duties of General Partner .  Subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 , and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have all rights and powers of a general partner under the Limited Partnership Act and shall have all authority, rights and powers in the day-to-day management of the Partnership’s business to do any and all other acts and things necessary, proper or advisable to effectuate the objectives and purposes of this Agreement, including by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)           To acquire, hold, sell, transfer, exchange, pledge, mortgage, grant a security interest in, dispose of and otherwise deal with all or any part of the Partnership Assets, and incident thereto, to liquidate Partnership Assets at any time during the term of the Partnership and to reinvest the proceeds thereof;

 

(b)           To do such other acts as the General Partner may deem necessary or advisable, or as may be incidental to or necessary for the conduct of the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, to enter into, make and perform agreements, undertakings and transactions with the General Partner, any other Partner or any shareholder, direct or indirect partner, Affiliate or employee of any of them, or with any other Person having any business, financial or other relationship with the Partnership, any Partner or any direct or indirect partner, Affiliate or employee of any of them;

 

(c)           To employ or retain and dismiss accountants, consultants, attorneys and such other agents and employees for the Partnership as it may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, and authorize any such agent or employee to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

 

(d)           To establish such reserves from Partnership funds as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may deem reasonably necessary or advisable for the Partnership’s operations and for the payment of the Partnership’s obligations;

 

(e)           To develop and adopt a budget and business plan of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for each Fiscal Year, as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than the end of the first Fiscal Quarter of such Fiscal Year;

 

(f)            To determine the Value of any or all of the Partnership Assets when such determination is required under this Agreement, all of which valuations and determinations (when determined in accordance with the definition of Value) shall be final and binding on the Partnership and Partners;

 

(g)           To exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to any Partnership Assets, including, without limitation, the institution and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other similar matters relating specifically to the ownership or possession of Partnership Assets;

 

(h)           To open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of money;

 

(i)            To make such elections under the Code and other relevant tax laws as to the treatment of items of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction, and as to all other

 

18



 

relevant matters, as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate, including elections referred to in Code Section 754, determination of which items of cash outlay are to be capitalized or treated as current expenses and selection of the method of accounting and bookkeeping procedures to be used by the Partnership;

 

(j)            To bring or defend, pay, collect, compromise, arbitrate, resort to legal action or otherwise adjust claims or demands of or against the Partnership;

 

(k)           To deposit, withdraw, invest, disburse, retain and distribute the Partnership’s funds in a manner consistent with this Agreement;

 

(l)            To take all action which may be necessary or appropriate for the continuation of the Partnership’s valid existence as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Michigan and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners or to enable the Partnership to conduct the business in which it is engaged; and

 

(m)          To execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments or other documents as are necessary or advisable to carry out the intentions and purposes of the above duties and powers;

 

provided , however , that the General Partner is not entitled to take any action that would result in a breach by Holding Company of the Purchase Agreement, without the prior written consent of Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 8.3.            Limits o n General Partner’s Powers .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the General Partner shall not:

 

(a)           without the prior consent of Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners in any written instrument executed and delivered by Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners to the Partnership, cause or permit the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into or otherwise permit any recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, asset sale, liquidation or spin-off, stock split, distribution, dividend, consolidation, subdivision or combination that would not afford to each Limited Partner proportionately the same type and amount (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) of consideration, or purchase or redeem Interests in the Partnership other than on a pro rata basis from all Limited Partners at the same relative consideration;

 

(b)           without the prior consent of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners (or in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners) in any written instrument executed and delivered to the Partnership, cause or permit the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

(i)            create any additional class of, issue or sell equity interests of the Partnership (or any warrants, options or rights to acquire such equity interests or securities convertible into or exchangeable into such equity interests);

 

19



 

(ii)           initiate, settle or compromise any action, suit, arbitration or proceeding (“ Actions ”) (A) in which any amount is claimed by or against the Partnership or (B) that would require the Partnership to be subject to any equitable relief or to take or refrain from taking any material action; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the settlement or compromise of Actions against a Partner or its Affiliates for breach of this Agreement;

 

(iii)          amend, modify or repeal any provision of the formation or organizational documents of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries so as to change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Limited Partners or in a manner that would otherwise adversely affect the rights of holders of limited partnership Interests;

 

(iv)          take any material action with respect to any transaction which results in actual or potential conflicts of interest that arise between the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and the General Partner or any of the Limited Partners or any of their respective Affiliates (including employees and directors of such Partners and their respective Affiliates), or the payment by the Partnership of any fees or other amounts to a Partner or any Affiliate of a Partner;

 

(v)           take (or fail to take) any action that would result in any Limited Partner or its affiliates (other than the Partnership and its subsidiaries): (A) being deemed to be engaged in any United States trade or business for Federal tax purposes or having unrelated business taxable income for Federal tax purposes or (B) being deemed to be a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility company” under the 1935 Act or any other similar state or federal law, or a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act or (C) being subject to any other federal or state regulation that, in the reasonable discretion of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, would have an adverse affect on the Limited Partners or any of their affiliates, in each case without the prior consent of such Limited Partner; or

 

(vi)          enter into any contract, agreement, arrangement or commitment to do or engage in any of the foregoing.

 

Section 8.4.            Transact ions with Affiliates; Fees .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 8.3 , the General Partner may cause or permit the Partnership, or the Partnership may cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to contract for the performance of the services of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, provided that (i) the Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners have approved such contract (with no Limited Partner being required to abstain from such vote) or (ii) the execution of such contract or agreement is otherwise specifically permitted or required by this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall be construed as a guarantee by the General Partner of the performance by any Affiliate, designee or nominee of its obligations under any contract between any such Affiliate and the Partnership.

 

(b)           Except as specifically provided or permitted in this Agreement and the other contracts or agreements entered into hereunder or in connection herewith, and except for the General Partner’s interest in distributions, capital, profits, income, gain, loss, deduction and

 

20



 

credit of the Partnership, neither the General Partner nor any Affiliate of the General Partner shall receive compensation or other payments from the Partnership or its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)           On the date of a successful public offering of equity securities of the Holding Company, the Partnership shall pay to the General Partner or its designee a one-time management fee (the “Management Fee”) in an amount equal to any management fee received by the Partnership for providing management and advisory services to the Holdings Company and the Operating Company.

 

Section 8.5.            Other Acti vities and Competition .  The General Partner shall not be required to manage the Partnership as its sole and exclusive function, however, the General Partner shall cause each of its executive officers to devote a sufficient portion of their time to permit the General Partner to fulfill its obligations to the Partnership hereunder and under the other contracts and agreements entered into by it in connection herewith.  Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 8.5 or elsewhere in this Agreement, neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship created hereby in or to other ventures or activities of any Partner or its Affiliates or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom.

 

Section 8.6.            Exculpa tion .  The General Partner shall not be liable for the return of any portion of the Capital Contributions (or any earnings thereon) of the Limited Partners.  The return of such Capital Contributions (or any earnings thereon) shall be made solely from assets of the Partnership.  The General Partner shall not be required to pay to the Partnership or any Limited Partner any deficit in any Capital Account of the General Partner or any Limited Partner upon dissolution or otherwise.  No Limited Partner shall have the right to demand or receive property other than cash for its Interest in the Partnership.  Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for any loss incurred as a result of any act or failure to act by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership except to the extent such loss is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the General Partner’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

Section 8.7.            Expenses ; Use of Proceeds; Insurance .

 

(a)           The Partnership shall pay, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to pay, all expenses of the Partnership, including, but not limited to, legal, travel, accounting and appraisal expenses, any expenses incurred by the “Tax Matters Partner” acting as such, all reasonable expenses relating to the negotiations, execution and delivery of this Agreement, all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of any amendment to this Agreement and any other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Partnership.  The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner or any Limited Partner for any such costs advanced by such Partner on behalf of the Partnership, to the extent the General Partner or an Affiliate thereof is not otherwise reimbursed by an Affiliate of the Partnership.

 

(b)           The Partnership used the proceeds of the Capital Contributions made by the Partners to pay, in part, the Base Purchase Price under and as defined in the Purchase

 

21



 

Agreement and the fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Partnership in connection therewith.  The execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby are hereby ratified by the Partners.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Partnership shall not allow the Holding Company to consent to any material amendment to, or waive any material term or condition in, the Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent of Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners.

 

(c)           The General Partner will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain (or cause to be obtained and maintained) directors and officers liability insurance (or its equivalent) and property, casualty, liability, workers’ compensation and other insurance for the Partnership and its Subsidiaries with financially responsible insurers in such amounts and against such losses and risks as are customary for the business conducted by the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 8.8.            Indemnific ation of Partners .

 

(a)           The Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Partner and the Limited Partners, and their respective partners, members, officers, directors and Affiliates (and the managers, members, officers, directors, agents and employees of each of the foregoing) from and against any claim, loss, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by them, solely by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with the Partnership or this Agreement, including, without limitation, any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim, except (i) that the Partnership shall not be responsible under this Section 8.8 to an indemnified party for any claim, loss, expense, damage or injury to the extent it is (A) finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from such indemnified party’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or (B) actually paid by any Subsidiaries of the Partnership to such indemnified party and (ii) as may be limited by the Limited Partnership Act.

 

(b)           The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 8.8 shall include the right to be paid by the Partnership the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided , however , that, if the Limited Partnership Act requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Partnership of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is not further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 8.8 or otherwise.

 

(c)           The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 8.8 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Agreement, agreement, vote of Limited Partners or otherwise.

 

Section 8.9.            Certain Additional Duties .  At the request of a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, the General Partner shall take such reasonable actions as may be directed

 

22



 

by the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners (including modifications to the provisions of this Article 8 from time to time), to the extent necessary, so as to preclude any of the Limited Partners and their Affiliates from being deemed to be a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility company” under the 1935 Act or any other similar state of federal law, or as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act; provided , however , that in no event shall any such action or adjustment adversely affect the rights of any Limited Partner hereunder without the consent of such Limited Partner.

 

ARTICLE IX

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS BY PARTNERS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

Section 9.1.            Gener al .

 

(a)           Except as contemplated by Sections 9.3 , 9.6 , 9.7 and 9.13 hereof, no Partner may sell, assign, pledge or in any manner dispose of (including, without limitation, through derivative transactions) or create or suffer the creation of, a security interest in or any encumbrance on all or a portion of its Interest in the Partnership (the commission of any such act being referred to as a “ Transfer ,” any person who effects a Transfer being referred to as a “ Transferor ” and any person to whom a Transfer is effected being referred to as a “ Transferee ”), except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IX .  No Transfer of an Interest in the Partnership shall be effective until such time as all requirements of this Article IX have been satisfied and, if consents, approvals or waivers are required by the General Partner and/or the Limited Partners, all of same shall have been confirmed in writing by such Partner or Partners.  All Partners shall use reasonable efforts to effectuate any Transfers to be made in accordance with this Article IX .  Any Transfer or purported Transfer of an Interest in the Partnership not made in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void (a “ Void Transfer ”) and of no force or effect whatsoever.  Any amounts otherwise distributable under Article V in respect of an Interest in the Partnership that has been the subject of a Void Transfer may be withheld by the General Partner until the Void Transfer has been rescinded, whereupon the amount withheld shall be distributed without interest.

 

(b)           Except as specifically contemplated hereby or agreed to by Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners at the time of such agreement, no Partner shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to any Interest nor shall any Partner enter into any agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any interest inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement nor shall any Partner act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other Persons (other than Permitted Transferees) in connection with the acquisition, disposition or voting of Interests in any manner which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(c)           None of the restrictions contained in this Agreement with respect to Transfers of Interests (other than those set forth in Section 9.4 ) shall apply to any Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.

 

23



 

Section 9.2.            Transfer of Inte rest by General Partner .

 

(a)           Except as contemplated by Section 9.7 , the General Partner may not Transfer all or any portion of its Interests (including any rights to distributions pursuant to Article V hereof), unless such Transfer is approved by Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners).

 

(b)           No Transferee of the General Partner’s Interest in the Partnership shall be admitted to the Partnership as a General Partner solely by reason of such Transfer unless such Transferee is one of the Original Limited Partners or one of its Affiliates and such Transfer does not result in a breach of this Agreement.  Unless a Transferee of the General Partner’s Interest in the Partnership is admitted as a successor general partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, it shall have none of the powers of a General Partner hereunder and shall have only such rights of an assignee under the Limited Partnership Act as are consistent with this Agreement.

 

(c)           As of the date hereof, all of the interests of the General Partner in the Partnership are directly or indirectly owned only by those Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Transferee.  The General Partner shall cause all of the interests of the General Partner in the Partnership to be owned, directly or indirectly, only by those Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Transferee.  Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to limit the obligations of the General Partner in respect of Transfers of Interests contained elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

Section 9.3.            Transfer o f Interest by Limited Partners .

 

(a)           Except as contemplated by Sections 9.6 and 9.7 , or as agreed to by Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, following the third anniversary of the Closing Date, any Limited Partner may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IX and after compliance with the provisions of Sections 9.5 and 9.6 hereof.

 

(b)           Unless a Transferee of a Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership is admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner under this Section 9.3(b) , it shall have none of the powers of a Limited Partner hereunder and shall have only such rights of an assignee under the Limited Partnership Act as are consistent with this Agreement.  No Transferee of a Limited Partner’s Interest shall become a Substituted Limited Partner unless such Transfer shall be made in compliance (after giving effect to Section 9.1(b) ) with Sections 9.3(a), 9.4 , 9.5 , 9.6 and 9.7 hereof, to the extent the same are applicable to such Transfer.

 

(c)           Upon the Transfer of the entire Interest of a Limited Partner and effective upon the admission of its Transferee as a Limited Partner, the Transferor shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership as a Limited Partner.

 

(d)           Upon the death, disability, dissolution, withdrawal in contravention of Section 10.1 or the bankruptcy of a Limited Partner (the “ Withdrawing Limited Partner ”), the General Partner shall have the right to treat such Partner’s successor(s)-in-interest as assignee(s) of such Partner’s Interest, with none of the powers of a Limited Partner hereunder and with only

 

24



 

such rights of an assignee under the Limited Partnership Act as are consistent with this Agreement.  For purposes of this Section 9.3(d) , if a Withdrawing Limited Partner’s Interest is held by more than one Person (for purposes of this Paragraph, the “ Assignees ”), the Assignees shall appoint one Person with full authority to accept notices and distributions with respect to such Interest on behalf of the Assignees and to bind them with respect to all matters in connection with the Partnership or this Agreement.

 

Section 9.4.            Further Requirements .  In addition to the other requirements of Sections 9.2 and 9.3 , and unless waived in whole or in part by the General Partner to the extent permitted hereby (including, without limitation, Section 9.4(c)(ii) below), no Transfer of all or any portion of an Interest may be made unless the following conditions are met:

 

(a)           The Transferor shall have paid all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys fees and disbursements and the cost of the preparation, filing and publishing of any amendment to this Agreement or the Certificate, incurred by the Partnership in connection with the Transfer;

 

(b)           The Transferor shall have delivered to the General Partner a fully executed copy of all transfer documents relating to the Transfer, including, without limitation, an Instrument of Transfer, executed by both the Transferor and the Transferee, and the agreement in writing of the Transferee to:

 

(i)            Be bound by the terms of this Agreement and by the conditions imposed upon such Transfer by the General Partner provided such conditions are consistent with the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(ii)           Assume all obligations of the Transferor under this Agreement relating to the Interest that is the subject of such Transfer;

 

(c)           The General Partner, after consultation with nationally recognized legal and other relevant advisors, shall have been reasonably satisfied, including at its option having received an opinion of counsel to the Partnership reasonably acceptable to the General Partner, that:

 

(i)            The Transfer will not cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes;

 

(ii)           The Transfer will not result in the termination of the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes;

 

(iii)          The Transfer will not result in the Partnership or any Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership’s subsidiaries): (A) being subject to regulation as a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility company” under the 1935 Act or any other similar state or federal law, or as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act or (B) being subject to any other federal or state regulation that, in the reasonable discretion of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, would have an adverse affect on the Limited Partners or any of their affiliates;

 

25



 

(iv)          The Transfer will not cause the Partnership to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704; and

 

(v)           The Transfer will not violate any applicable Federal or state law, rule or regulation, including, without limitation, the Securities Act or any other applicable Federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations; and

 

(d)           The General Partner, after consultation with nationally recognized legal and other relevant advisors, shall have been reasonably satisfied that:

 

(i)            The Transfer will not cause some or all of the Partnership Assets to be “plan assets” or the trading and investment activity of the Partnership to constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA or the Code; and

 

(ii)           The Transfer will not cause the Partnership to be an investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Any waivers from the General Partner under this Section 9.4 shall be given or denied in the sole discretion of the General Partner; provided that in no event shall the General Partner waive any of the requirements of Section 9.4(c) .  The General Partner shall reflect each Transfer and admission authorized under this Article IX (including the terms and conditions imposed thereon by the General Partner pursuant to Section 9.4(b)(i) ) by preparing an amendment to this Agreement dated as of the date of such Transfer.  The form and content of all documentation delivered to the General Partner under this Section 9.4 shall be subject to the approval of the General Partner, which approval may be granted or withheld in the General Partner’s reasonable discretion.  The provisions of this Section 9.4 do not apply to Transfers made by any Tag-Along Partner or Minority Holder pursuant to Sections 9.6 or 9.7 or Transfers in connection with a Public Offering.

 

Section 9.5.            Right o f First Offer .

 

(a)           Except for transfers to Permitted Transferees and except in the case of a sale in connection with a Public Offering, following the third anniversary of the Closing Date, any Limited Partner (each, a “ Selling Holder ”) who desires to sell, assign or otherwise transfer any portion of its Interest shall first give written notice (a “ Seller’s Notice ”) to all other Limited Partners (the Limited Partners receiving such notice being referred to herein as the “ Offeree(s) ”) stating (i) the Selling Holder’s desire to make such transfer, (ii) the Interests proposed to be transferred (the “ Offered Interest ”) and (iii) the aggregate cash price which the Selling Holder proposes to be paid for the Offered Interest by the Offerees (the “ First Offer Price ”).

 

(b)           Upon receipt of the Seller’s Notice, each Offeree shall have the irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase at the First Offer Price up to that percentage of the Offered Interest determined by dividing the Interest owned by such Offeree by the total Interests owned by all Offerees (the “ Proportionate Share ”).  To the extent that any Offeree does not fully subscribe for its Proportionate Share of the Offered Interest, each other fully participating Offeree shall have an option to purchase that percentage of the Offered Interest not purchased by non-participating or partially participating Offerees determined by dividing the Interest owned by such fully participating Offeree by the total Interest owned by all fully participating Offerees.

 

26


 

To the extent that the Offerees do not subscribe for all the Offered Interest, the entire Offered Interest may be sold by the Selling Holder pursuant to Section 9.5(c) .  Each Offeree’s option under this Section 9.5(b) shall be exercisable by a written notice to the Selling Holder, with copies to the Partnership, given within thirty (30) Business Days from the date of the Seller’s Notice.

 

(c)            If the Seller’s Notice shall be duly given, and if the Offerees shall not have exercised their option to purchase all of the Offered Interest at the First Offer Price, then the Selling Holder shall be free, for a period of ninety (90) days from the thirtieth Business Day following the date of the Seller’s Notice (except as may be extended to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals), to sell the Offered Interest not purchased by the Offerees to any third party Transferee at a pro rata cash price equal to or greater than the First Offer Price; provided that such sale complies with the provisions of Article IX of this Agreement.

 

(d)            If the proposed pro rata purchase price of a third party Transferee for the Offered Interest is less than the First Offer Price, the Selling Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer any of the Offered Interest unless the Selling Holder shall first reoffer the Offered Interest at such lesser price to the Offerees by giving written notice (the “ Reoffer Notice ”) thereof, stating the Selling Holder’s intention to make such transfer at such lower price (the “ Reoffer Price ”).  Each Offeree shall then have the irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase the Offered Interest at the Reoffer Price, exercisable in the same proportions and manner as provided in Section 9.5(b) .  To the extent that the Offerees do not then purchase all the Offered Interest, such Offered Interest may be sold by the Selling Holder to any third party Transferee within ninety (90) days following the thirtieth Business Day from the delivery of the Reoffer Notice (except as may be extended to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals), at a pro rata cash price equal to or greater than the applicable portion of the Reoffer Price; provided that such sale complies with the provisions of Article IX of this Agreement.

 

(e)            If the Offerees do not exercise their option to purchase the Offered Interest at the First Offer Price or at the Reoffer Price, and the Selling Holder shall not have sold the Offered Interest to any Transferee for any reason before the expiration of the 90-day period described in Section 9.5(d) (except as may be extended to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals), then the Selling Holder shall not give a Seller’s Notice with respect to a transaction which would require compliance with this Section 9.5 for a period of two months from the last day of such 90-day period (or longer period as herein provided).

 

(f)             The closing of all purchases pursuant to the first offer rights granted under this Section 9.5 shall take place at such place as may be mutually acceptable to the parties thereto at 10:00 a.m. local time on the later of (x) the fifth Business Day following the delivery to the Selling Holder of all notices exercising such first offer rights with respect to all of the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Holder or (y) the fifth Business Day following the receipt of all required approvals of any governmental or regulatory authority applicable to such purchases, or at such other time and/or place as the parties to such purchases may agree.  At such closing, (i) the Selling Holder shall assign and transfer to each Offeree purchasing a portion of the Interest good and valid title to the portion of the Interest being purchased by them, by delivery of such instruments of transfer as the Partnership or the Offeree shall reasonably request; and (ii) the Offeree purchasing a portion of the Interest shall pay to the Selling Holder the purchase price for

 

27



 

the portion of the Interest being purchased by the Offeree in cash, by delivery of a certified or bank check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as the Selling Holder shall direct by written notice delivered to each Offeree not later than two (2) Business Days before such closing.

 

(g)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 9.5 shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect, upon the earlier to occur of (i) any Equity Event or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.6.             Tag- Along Rights .

 

(a)            If at any time following compliance with the provisions of Section 9.5 (if applicable) a Limited Partner (a “ Tag-Along Transferor ”) is otherwise permitted to Transfer its Interests (other than in connection with a Public Offering or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.13 ) under this Agreement and wishes to Transfer a portion of its Interest (other than to a Permitted Transferee), which, when added to the Interests already transferred thereby (and/or by its Special Permitted Transferees) exceeds 1% of the aggregate Limited Partnership Interests outstanding, to any Person other than a Special Permitted Transferee (a “ Tag-Along Transferee ”), each other Limited Partner (each a “ Tag-Along Partner ”) shall have the right (“the “ Tag-Along Right ”) to require, as a condition to such Transfer by the Tag-Along Transferor, that the Tag-Along Transferee purchase from such Tag-Along Partner, that portion of the Interest owned by such Tag-Along Partner equaling the number derived by multiplying the total Interest owned by such Tag-Along Partner by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual Interest to be Transferred to the Tag-Along Transferee by the Tag-Along Transferor, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Interest owned by the Tag-Along Transferor immediately prior to such Transfer.  In the event the Tag-Along Transferee is unwilling to purchase the aggregate Interest that the Tag-Along Transferor and the Tag-Along Partners (and each of them) desire to Transfer to the Tag-Along Transferee pursuant hereto, the Interest that each of the Tag-Along Transferor and each Tag-Along Partner shall be entitled to Transfer to the Tag-Along Transferee shall be calculated as follows:

 

(i)             Each Tag-Along Partner who desires to Transfer a portion of its Interest to the Tag-Along Transferee shall be entitled to Transfer that portion of its Interest equal to the Interest which such Tag-Along Partner properly sought to Transfer to such Tag-Along Transferee, by operation of the prior paragraph, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total Interest which the Tag-Along Transferee is willing to acquire and the denominator of which is the total Interest which the Tag-Along Transferor and all of the Tag-Along Partners properly sought to Transfer to such Tag-Along Transferee by operation of the prior paragraph; and

 

(ii)            The Tag-Along Transferor shall be entitled to Transfer that portion of its Interest equal to the Interest which the Tag-Along Transferee is willing to acquire, minus the total Interest which the participant Tag-Along Partners are entitled to Transfer to such Tag-Along Transferee, as determined in accordance with clause (i) above.

 

28



 

(b)            For the purpose of the foregoing, if more than one Transfer subject to the terms of this Section 9.6 is occurring substantially concurrently to a single Tag-Along Transferee, the rights of the Tag-Along Partners hereunder shall be aggregated.

 

(c)            Any attempted Transfer by a Tag-Along Transferor which is subject to this Section 9.6 but does not comply with the requirements of this Section 9.6 shall be null and void.

 

(d)            Any Tag-Along Transferor which proposes to Transfer any Interest pursuant to any transaction subject to this Section 9.6 shall notify each Tag-Along Partner in writing of each such proposed Transfer (a “ Tag-Along Offer Notice ”).  Such Tag-Along Offer Notice shall set forth: (i) the name of the Tag-Along Transferee, (ii) the aggregate Interest proposed to be Transferred, (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and material terms and conditions, including payment, offered by the Tag-Along Transferee (the “ Tag-Along Transfer Terms ”), (iv) the total of the aggregate Interest owned by such Tag-Along Transferor, and (v) a statement to the effect that the Tag-Along Transferee has been informed of the “tag-along right” provided for in this Section 9.6 and has agreed to purchase the Interest subject hereto.  The Tag-Along Right may be exercised by any Tag-Along Partner by delivery of a written notice to the Tag-Along Transferor (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) within fifteen (15) Business Days following delivery of the Tag-Along Offer Notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice Deadline ”); provided that the failure by any Tag-Along Partner to provide the Tag-Along Notice on or before the Tag-Along Notice Deadline shall be deemed to be an election by such Tag-Along Partner not to exercise the Tag-Along Right with respect to the transaction described in the Tag-Along Offer Notice.

 

(e)            Upon delivery of a Tag-Along Notice, such Tag-Along Partners shall be entitled to sell to the Tag-Along Transferee on the Tag-Along Transfer Terms subject to Section 9.6(f) and as adjusted to reflect the size of the Interest to be transferred.  In the event that none of the Tag-Along Partners elect to participate in the Transfer described in the Tag-Along Offer Notice, the Tag-Along Transferor shall have the right to Transfer the portion of its Interest proposed to be Transferred to the Tag-Along Transferee subject to the following:

 

(i)             such Transfer shall be consummated within ninety (90) days following the Tag-Along Notice Deadline (except as may be extended to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals);

 

(ii)            such Transfer shall be of the portion of its Interest proposed to be Transferred, to the Tag-Along Transferee, for the price, and upon all other of the material terms and conditions, set forth in the Tag-Along Offer Notice; and

 

(iii)           such Transfer must in all events be made in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)             No Tag-Along Partner shall be required to make any representation or warranty, or enter into any agreement, in respect of the Tag-Along Transfer which has not been made or entered into by the Tag-Along Transferor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing no Tag-Along Partner shall be required (x) to enter into a covenant not to compete in respect to any such transaction or (y) make any representation or warranty other than (A) as to its authority to enter

 

29



 

into such transaction and perform its obligations in respect thereof, the enforceability against it of all agreements in respect of such transaction to which it is a party, and its good title to the Interests to be transferred, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances other than those that may arise under this Agreement and (B) such representations and warranties as to the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, assets and liabilities made by the Tag-Along Transferor so long as such Tag-Along Partner’s liability in respect of the representations and warranties described in this clause (B) does not exceed the consideration received by such Partner in such transaction.  In the case of any indemnity required in respect of any breach of representation or warranty described in clause (y)(B) of the immediately preceding sentence, the consideration received by all Partners shall be recomputed on the basis that the aggregate consideration paid in such transaction was reduced by all such indemnity payments.

 

(g)            At the closing of the Transfer of Interests to any Tag-Along Transferee (the date of which the Tag-Along Transferor shall give each participating Tag-Along Partner at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice), the Tag-Along Transferee shall remit to each such Partner the consideration for the total sales price of the Interest of such Partners sold pursuant hereto, against delivery by such Partners of such evidences of ownership of the Partners’ Interest as may be reasonably requested by the Tag-Along Transferee, and the compliance by such Partners with any other conditions to closing generally applicable to the Tag-Along Transferor and all participating Tag-Along Partners.

 

(h)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 9.6 shall terminate, and be of no further force and effect, upon any Equity Event.

 

Section 9.7.             Bring -Along Rights .  Subject to compliance with Section 9.5 (if applicable), if, at any time subsequent to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, any Limited Partner or any group of holders of Interests acting together or pursuant to a common plan or arrangement (in either case, a “ Control Holder ”) proposes, to effect a Transfer of an Interest or Interests representing a majority of the Limited Partners’ Interests (a “Control Sale”) to a third-party that is not an Affiliate of the Control Holder (a “ Control Purchaser ”), such Control Holder shall have the right (a “ Bring-Along Right ”), exercisable upon ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the other Limited Partners and the General Partner (each, a “ Minority Holder ”), to require the Minority Holders to sell their respective Interests (or the same proportion thereof as such Control Holder proposes to sell) to such party upon the same terms and conditions as the Control Holder exercising the Bring-Along Right.  Each Bring-Along Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed terms of the proposed Control Sale, including, without limitation, (i) the name and address of the Control Purchaser, (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid by the Control Purchaser to the Control Holder, and (iii) any other material terms or conditions of such proposed Control Sale, and shall include a statement to the effect that the proposed Control Purchaser has been informed of the Bring-Along Right.  Section 9.5 shall not apply to sales of Interest resulting from the exercise of a Bring-Along Right in accordance with this Section 9.7 .

 

No Minority Holder shall be required to make any representation or warranty, or enter into any agreement, in respect of the Control Holder which has not been made or entered into by the Control Holder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing no Minority Holder shall be required (x) to enter into a covenant not to compete in respect to any such transaction or (y) make any

 

30



 

representation or warranty other than (A) as to its authority to enter into such transaction and perform its obligations in respect thereof, the enforceability against it of all agreements in respect of such transaction to which it is a party, and its good title to the Interests to be transferred, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances other than those that may arise under this Agreement and (B) such representations and warranties as to the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, assets and liabilities made by the Control Holder so long as such Minority Holder’s liability in respect of the representations and warranties described in this clause (B) does not exceed the consideration received by such Partner in such transaction.  In the case of any indemnity required in respect of any breach of representation or warranty described in clause (y)(B) of the immediately preceding sentence, the consideration received by all Partners shall be recomputed on the basis that the aggregate consideration paid in such transaction was reduced by all such indemnity payments.

 

Section 9.8.             Conse quences of Transfers Generally .

 

(a)            In the event of any Transfer or Transfers permitted under this Article IX , the Transferor and the Interest in the Partnership that is the subject of such Transfer shall remain subject to this Agreement, and the Transferee shall hold such Interest in the Partnership subject to all unperformed obligations of the Transferor and shall agree in writing to the foregoing if requested by the General Partner.  Any successor or Transferee hereunder or any successor general partner shall be subject to and bound by this Agreement as if originally a party to this Agreement.

 

(b)            Unless a Transferee of a Limited Partner’s Interest becomes a Substituted Limited Partner, such Transferee shall have no right to obtain or require any information or account of Partnership transactions, or to inspect the Partnership’s books or to vote on Partnership matters.  Such a Transfer shall, subject to the last sentence of Section 9.1 , merely entitle the Transferee to receive the share of distributions, Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, deduction and loss to which the transferring Limited Partner otherwise would have been entitled.  Each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will, upon request of the General Partner, execute such certificates or other documents and perform such acts as the General Partner deems appropriate after a Transfer of that Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership (whether or not the Transferee becomes a Substituted Limited Partner) to preserve the limited liability of the Limited Partners under the laws of the jurisdictions in which the Partnership is doing business.

 

(c)            The Transfer of a Limited Partner’s Interest in the Partnership and the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner shall not be cause for dissolution of the Partnership.

 

Section 9.9.             Capita l Account .  Any Transferee of a Partner admitted as a Partner under this Article IX shall succeed to the portion of the Capital Account so Transferred to such Transferee.

 

Section 9.10.           Addit ional Filings .  Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner under Section 9.3 , the General Partner shall cause to be executed, filed and recorded with the appropriate governmental agencies such documents (including amendments to this Agreement) as are required to accomplish such substitution.

 

31



 

Section 9.11.           Transfers in a Registered Public Offering .  The Partners agree to cooperate and take such actions and execute such documents as are required in the event (i) the General Partner with the consent of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners or (ii) the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners elects for any reason to “convert” the Partnership into a corporation or limited liability company; provided that, in such event, all of the rights, obligations, preferences, etc. of all of the Partners and the Partnership shall be preserved within the new form unless otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or unless deemed inappropriate in the discretion of the General Partner with the consent of the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners by virtue of the circumstances giving rise to such “conversion.”  If the Partnership converts into a tax opaque organization, such as a corporation, the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence shall not be deemed to require continuation of distributions pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2 .  An incorporation is not an Equity Event, and the documentation of the new form shall provide that the rights and obligations that accrue as a result of an Equity Event shall accrue upon the occurrence of comparable events in the new form.

 

Section 9.12.           Preemp tive Rights .

 

(a)            In the event that the Partnership proposes to solicit additional Capital Contributions or issue, grant or sell Interests or any securities exchangeable or convertible into Interests (or any warrants, options or rights with respect thereto) (collectively, “ Preemptive Securities ”), the Partnership shall first give to the Original Limited Partners and Stockwell Fund, L.P. (including, in each case, their respective Permitted Transferees, the “ Preemptive Offerees ”) a notice (the “ Preemptive Notice ”) setting forth in reasonable detail the aggregate amount of Preemptive Securities proposed to be issued or sold and the price and other terms on which such Preemptive Securities are proposed to be issued or sold and the amount of the Preemptive Securities that can be purchased by each such Preemptive Offeree as determined below.  Each Preemptive Offeree shall thereafter have the preemptive right (subject to the Partnership’s right to not accept the Preemptive Offerees’ offer to purchase the Preemptive Securities, as described below), exercisable by notice to the Partnership no later than ten (10) Business Days after the Preemptive Notice is given, to purchase up to the full amount of Preemptive Securities set forth in respect of such Preemptive Offeree in the Preemptive Notice for the price and other terms set forth in the Preemptive Notice.  Any notice by a Preemptive Offeree exercising its right to purchase Preemptive Securities pursuant to this Section 9.12 shall constitute an irrevocable commitment to purchase from the Partnership up to the amount of Preemptive Securities specified in such notice.  The amount of the Preemptive Securities which may be purchased by each Preemptive Offeree hereunder shall be determined by multiplying (i) the total amount of Preemptive Securities being offered by (ii) the fraction obtained by dividing (x) the Percentage Interest of such Preemptive Offeree by (y) the aggregate amount of all Percentage Interests of all Preemptive Offerees.  In the event that the aggregate amount of Preemptive Securities specified in the notices of all Preemptive Offerees is not sufficient to purchase all of the Preemptive Securities specified in the Preemptive Notice, then the Partnership shall sell to the Preemptive Offerees all of the Preemptive Securities specified in such Preemptive Offerees’ notices delivered hereunder and sell to a third party, pursuant to paragraph (b) below, any remaining Preemptive Securities.  If the Preemptive Offerees exercise their preemptive rights set forth in this Section 9.12 and thereby agree to acquire all of the Preemptive Securities specified in the Preemptive Notice, then the closing of the purchase shall take place on the thirtieth Business Day after the

 

32



 

delivery of the Preemptive Notices referred to above, as specified by the Partnership in a notice to the Preemptive Offerees delivered at least two (2) Business Days prior thereto.  If the Partnership shall also issue, grant or sell Preemptive Securities to Persons other than the Preemptive Offerees pursuant to paragraph (b) below, then the closing of the issuance of such Preemptive Securities to the Preemptive Offerees that have exercised their preemptive rights hereunder shall take place at the same time as the closing of such issuance, grant or sale to such other Persons.

 

(b)            From the expiration of the 10 Business Day period first referred to in Section 9.12(a) and for a period of 90 days thereafter, the Partnership may offer, issue, grant and sell to any Person other than the Preemptive Offerees, any remaining Preemptive Securities having the terms set forth in the Preemptive Notice relating to such Preemptive Securities for a price and other terms no less favorable to the Partnership, and including no less cash, than those set forth in such Preemptive Notice (without deduction for reasonable underwriting, sales agency and similar fees payable in connection therewith); provided, however, that the Partnership may not issue, grant or sell Preemptive Securities in an amount greater than the amount set forth in such Preemptive Notice.

 

(c)            No Preemptive Securities shall be issued by the Partnership unless the Partnership has first complied with the provisions of this Section 9.12 .  This Section 9.12 shall not apply to the issuance of Preemptive Securities pursuant to (i) any employee benefit plan, employment contract, or any similar benefit or incentive program or agreement, where the primary purpose of such plan, program or agreement is not to raise funds for the Partnership, or (ii) any acquisition by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries of another business entity or assets to be used in the business of the Partnership, in each case, if approved pursuant to Section 8.3(b) , where the primary purpose of such plan, program or agreement is not to raise funds for the Partnership.

 

(d)            If the Partnership issues, grants or sells any Preemptive Securities in accordance with the provision of this Section 9.12 , this Agreement shall be amended as necessary to reflect the terms of such Preemptive Securities.

 

(e)            The preemptive rights set forth above in this Section 9.12 shall terminate upon the occurrence of an Equity Event.

 

Section 9.13.           Required Transfers .  If (i) it shall become unlawful for any Partner to continue to hold some or all of the Interests held by such Partner or, (ii) by reason of legal or regulatory restrictions, continuing to hold such Interest is reasonably expected by a Limited Partner to cause such Limited Partner (excluding any Affiliated Limited Partner) to be subject to regulation as a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility company” under the 1935 Act or any similar state or federal law, or as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act, then such Partner may, at any time following the date three Business Days after the delivery by such Partner to each other Partner of notice of the existence of any such restriction, subject to the provisions of Section 9.5 hereof Transfer all or any portion of the Interests held by such Partner free of any restrictions (other than those restrictions required by federal or state securities laws).  In connection therewith, the Partnership and the General Partner, shall assist such Partner in

 

33



 

disposing of the Interests held by it in a prompt and orderly manner, and (at the request of such Partner) the Partnership shall make available (and authorize such Partner to make available through the Partnership) financial and other information concerning the Partnership, Holding Company and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the information described in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act) to any prospective purchaser of such Interest (it being agreed that each such prospective purchaser shall be either an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A(d)(1) under the Securities Act to the extent that such Interests are “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.)  The Partnership may require that each such prospective purchaser keep confidential, pursuant to customary confidentiality requirements, any information received by it pursuant to this provision.

 

ARTICLE X

WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERS; TERMINATION OF PARTNERSHIP;
LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS

 

Section 10.1.           Withdra wal of Partners; Removal of General Partner .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise specifically permitted in this Agreement, no Partner shall at any time retire or withdraw from the Partnership.  Any Partner retiring or withdrawing in contravention of this Section 10.1 shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership and all other Partners from and against any losses, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements or damages suffered or incurred by the Partnership or any other Partner arising out of or resulting from such retirement or withdrawal.

 

(b)            The General Partner may resign, withdraw or dissolve as such at any time after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, following the giving of ninety (90) days prior written notice thereof to the Limited Partners.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such resignation, withdrawal or dissolution shall be effective until a successor general partner has been appointed in accordance with paragraph (f) below and has acknowledged its appointment as such as provided in paragraph (g) below.  In either event, upon the effective date of such resignation, withdrawal or dissolution, the General Partner shall deliver such records maintained by the General Partner in connection with its duties hereunder and other information with respect to the Partnership as such successor may reasonably request.

 

(c)            The General Partner may be removed from the Partnership for Cause (as defined below), upon the death or Permanent Disability (as defined below) of Lewis Eisenberg and as otherwise specifically provided in this Section 10.1(c) .  “ Permanent Disability ” means Lewis Eisenberg becomes physically or mentally incapacitated and is therefore unable for a period of three (3) consecutive months or for an aggregate of nine (9) months in any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period, to perform his duties to manage the General Partner and the Partnership.  Any question as to the existence of the Permanent Disability of Lewis Eisenberg as to which Lewis Eisenberg and the Limited Partners cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to Lewis Eisenberg and the Limited Partners.  If Lewis Eisenberg and the Limited Partners cannot agree as to a qualified independent

 

34



 

physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing.  The determination of Permanent Disability made in writing to Lewis Eisenberg and the Limited Partners shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this.  “ Cause ” means the General Partner:

 

(i)             has been convicted of a felony;

 

(ii)            has committed fraud against the Partnership;

 

(iii)           has acted or omitted to take action on behalf of the Partnership which act or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(iv)           has breached any material provision of this Agreement or any of its fiduciary duties hereunder, in any case, which has resulted in a material adverse effect on the Partnership; provided, the General Partner has not cured such breach within a reasonable amount of time after the Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners have notified the General Partner of such breach;

 

(v)            has commenced any proceeding or filed any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership or similar law; consented to the institution of or failed to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any such proceeding or filing; applied for or consented to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the General Partner; filed an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; admitted in writing its inability or failed generally to pay its debts as they become due; or taken any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(vi)           has liquidated, dissolved or otherwise ceased to be in existence;

 

(vii)          has made any Controllable Management Decision that, in the reasonable judgment of a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, has resulted in, or will result in, a Material Failure to achieve the business plan;

 

(viii)                         has suffered a change in control not otherwise permitted under this Agreement; or

 

(ix)                                 has failed to comply with applicable laws.

 

The foregoing clause (vii) will not be considered as “Cause” for any other purpose under this Agreement.  Such removal shall be automatically effective upon a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that an event or circumstance constituting Cause has occurred or exists; provided, that any removal of the General Partner for Cause shall be effected by a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners.

 

35



 

(d)            If the General Partner is removed from the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.1 or otherwise withdraws or resigns as General Partner, the General Partner shall have none of the powers of a General Partner and shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner, and, prior thereto, the General Partner shall cause each nominee of the General Partner on the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Partnership to resign from such board of directors.  Upon such admission as a Substituted Limited Partner, (i) solely with respect to allocations and distributions under this Agreement, all references to “General Partner” shall be deemed thereafter to be references to such Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) other than in the case of death or Permanent Disability, the Percentage Interest of such Substituted Limited Partner will be reduced by 50%, (iii) such Substituted Limited Partner shall no longer be entitled to any fees pursuant to Section 8.4(c) hereof; provided, however, any amounts accrued under Section 8.4(c) prior to the date of removal shall continue to accrue and shall be paid as promptly as practicable as and when such funds become available and (iv) any references to Lewis Eisenberg, shall be deemed to be references to the controlling person or managing member, if any, of the successor General Partner.  Any allocations and distributions to be made to the successor general partner shall be agreed upon by the successor general partner and a Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners in accordance with Section 10.2(a) hereof.  At the time the successor general partner is elected as successor general partner, this Agreement shall be amended and restated to reflect the allocations and distributions determined in accordance with this Section 10.1(d) .  Any failure to so amend and restate this Agreement will in no way affect the rights of the Substituted Limited Partner to receive the allocations and distributions transferred to such Substituted Limited Partner hereunder.

 

(e)            All remedies (including, without limitation, the removal of the General Partner) provided in this Agreement are cumulative.  This Agreement’s providing for any remedy in any circumstance shall not be deemed to imply that such remedy is exclusive in such circumstance or is not available in any other.

 

(f)             A successor General Partner shall be elected by the Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, which successor General Partner shall have similar skills and management expertise of the General Partner then removed.  Any allocations and distributions to be made to the successor General Partner shall be agreed upon by the successor General Partner and a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners.  At the time the successor General Partner is elected as General Partner, this Agreement shall be amended and restated to reflect the allocations and distributions determined in accordance with this Section 10.1(f) .

 

(g)            Upon written acknowledgment by a successor general partner appointed in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1 of its agreement to serve as general partner hereunder, the General Partner shall be fully released and relieved of all duties, responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement which may arise after the date of the appointment of such successor general partner, the provisions of Section 10.1(d) hereof shall apply to the resigning or withdrawing General Partner, and, except as described in Section 10.1(d) hereof, such successor general partner shall for all purposes hereof be the General Partner.

 

36



 

Section 10.2.           Dissoluti on of Partnership .

 

(a)            The Partnership shall be dissolved, wound up and terminated as provided herein upon the first to occur of the following:

 

(i)                                      The Dissolution Date;

 

(ii)                                   The termination of the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

(iii)                                The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets;

 

(iv)                               The removal, withdrawal, resignation, dissolution or bankruptcy of the General Partner (“ Event of Withdrawal ”); or

 

(v)                                  The occurrence of any event that renders it unlawful to continue the business of the Partnership.

 

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal, the remaining Partners may, by written consent of a Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners (or such higher percentage as may be required under the Limited Partnership Act at any such time), elect a successor general partner and continue the business of the Partnership prior to application of the liquidation provisions of this Article X , such action to be taken within 90 days after such Event of Withdrawal.  If the Partnership is continued under this Section 10.2(a) , the successor general partner shall have the rights, powers and obligations of the General Partner under this Agreement (excluding, however, obligations of the General Partner to the Limited Partners occasioned by the General Partner’s removal or wrongful resignation or withdrawal as General Partner), and shall have such interest in the Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, deduction and loss and distributions of the Partnership as shall be agreed upon by the successor general partner and a Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, upon execution of a written acceptance of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise required by law or as expressly provided for herein, the Limited Partners shall have no power to dissolve the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to limit the ability to remove the General Partner pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof.

 

(b)            Subject to the exception provided by Section 10.2(a) , upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner or, if an Event of Withdrawal has occurred with respect to the General Partner, then a liquidating agent appointed by a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners (the General Partner or the liquidating agent appointed by a Majority-in-Interest of the Limited Partners, as the case may be, being referred to as the “ Liquidator ”), shall wind up the affairs of the Partnership and liquidate the Partnership’s Assets; provided that, notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the Liquidator shall effect all liquidating distributions as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of any event described in Section 10.2(a)(iii) .  The Partners shall continue to share all Net Income, Net Loss and items of income, gain, deduction and loss and distributions during the period of liquidation in accordance with Articles IV and V .  The Liquidator shall have unlimited discretion to determine the time (not to exceed two years or such longer time as may be approved by a vote of Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners), manner and terms of any sale(s) of Partnership Asset(s) pursuant to such

 

37



 

liquidation, giving due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions.

 

(c)            The Liquidator shall have all of the rights and powers with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Partnership in connection with the liquidation and termination of the Partnership that the General Partner would have with respect to the assets and liabilities of the Partnership during the term of the Partnership, and the Liquidator is hereby empowered to execute any and all documents appropriate to effectuate the liquidation and termination of the Partnership.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Liquidator which is not the General Partner shall not be deemed a Partner in the Partnership and shall not have any of the economic interests in the Partnership of a Partner, and such Liquidator shall be compensated for its services to the Partnership at customary and competitive rates for its services to the Partnership as reasonably determined by the Limited Partners.

 

Section 10.3.           Distributi on in Liquidation .  The Partnership Assets shall be applied in the following order of priority:

 

(a)            First, to pay the costs and expenses of the winding up, liquidation and termination of the Partnership;

 

(b)            Second, to creditors of the Partnership, in the order of priority provided by law, including fees and reimbursements payable to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including, without limitation, any accrued and unpaid amounts payable pursuant to Section 8.7 ), but not including those liabilities (other than liabilities to the General Partner for any expenses of the Partnership paid by the General Partner or its Affiliates, to the extent the General Partner is entitled to reimbursement hereunder) to the Limited Partners or to the General Partner in their capacity as Partners;

 

(c)            Third, to establish reserves reasonably adequate to meet any and all contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership, provided that at the expiration of such period of time as the Liquidator may deem advisable, the balance of such reserves remaining after the payment of such contingencies or liabilities shall be distributed as hereinafter provided;

 

(d)            Fourth, to the Partners for loans, if any, made by them to the Partnership; and,

 

(e)            Fifth, to the Partners in accordance with Section 5.1 .

 

If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, determines that Partnership Assets other than cash are to be distributed, then the Liquidator shall cause the Value of the assets not so liquidated to be determined.  Such assets shall be retained or distributed by the Liquidator as follows:

 

(i)             The Liquidator shall retain assets having an appraised value, net of any liability related thereto, equal to the amount by which the net proceeds of liquidated

 

38



 

assets are insufficient to satisfy the requirements of Subparagraphs (a) , (b) and (c) of this Section 10.3 ; and,

 

(ii)            The remaining assets shall be distributed to the Partners in the manner specified in Sections 10.3(d) and (e) .

 

If the Liquidator, in its sole discretion, deems it unfeasible or undesirable to distribute to each Partner its allocable share of each asset, the Liquidator may allocate and distribute specific assets to one or more Partners as the Liquidator shall reasonably determine to be fair and equitable, taking into consideration, inter alia , the Value of the assets and the tax consequences of the proposed distribution upon each of the Partners (including both distributees and others if any).  Any distributions in kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management thereof as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable.

 

Section 10.4.           Final Re ports .  Within a reasonable time following the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership Assets, the Liquidator shall supply to each of the Partners a statement audited by the Accountants which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of complete liquidation and each Partner’s portion of distributions under Section 10.3 .

 

Section 10.5.           Rights of Limited Partners .  Each Limited Partner shall look solely to the Partnership Assets for all distributions with respect to the Partnership and such Partner’s Capital Contribution (including return thereof), and such Partner’s share of profits or losses thereof, and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against the General Partner, any Limited Partner, the Liquidator or any of their Affiliates (other than the Partnership).  No Partner shall have any right to demand or receive property, other than cash, upon dissolution and termination of the Partnership.

 

Section 10.6.           Deficit Res toration .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon liquidation of a Partner’s Interest in the Partnership (whether or not in connection with a liquidation of the Partnership), no Partner shall have any liability to restore any deficit in its Capital Account.  In addition, no allocation to any Partner of any loss, whether attributable to depreciation or otherwise, shall create any asset of or obligation to the Partnership, even if such allocation reduces any Capital Account of any Partner or creates or increases a deficit in such Capital Account.  Also, it is the intent of the Partners that no Partner shall be obligated to pay any such amount to or for the account of the Partnership or any creditor of the Partnership (however, if any court of competent jurisdiction requires any Limited Partner to return to the Partnership or to pay to any creditor any amount previously distributed to the Limited Partner by the Partnership, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner or of the Partnership and if such court requires the General Partner to return to the Partnership or to pay to any creditor any amount previously distributed to the General Partner by the Partnership, such obligation shall be the obligation of the General Partner and not of the Partnership).  The obligations of the Partners to make Capital Contributions under Article III and pursuant to the Subscription Agreements are for the exclusive benefit of the Partnership and not of any creditor of the Partnership; neither is such creditor intended as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement nor shall any such creditor

 

39



 

have any rights hereunder, including, but without limitation, the right to enforce any capital contribution obligations of the Partners.

 

Section 10.7.           Terminati on .  The Partnership shall terminate when all property owned by the Partnership shall have been disposed of and the assets shall have been distributed as provided in Section 10.3 .  The Liquidator shall then execute and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation of the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE XI

ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 11.1.           Admission of Additional Limited Partners .

 

(a)            Subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.1 , Section 8.3(b)(ii) and Section 9.12 hereof, the General Partner, at its option and in its sole discretion, may, on such terms as it shall determine in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time admit one or more Persons as Additional Limited Partners.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 11.1 , no Person may be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner if such admission would cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes, cause the Partnership to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Code Section 7704, violate or cause the Partnership to violate any applicable Federal or state law, rule or regulation including, without limitation, the Securities Act or any other applicable Federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, cause the Partnership to be an investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, cause any Limited Partner to be a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “public utility company” under the 1935 Act or any other similar state or federal law, or as a “public utility” under the Federal Power Act, or cause some or all of the Partnership Assets to be “plan assets” or the trading and investment activity of the Partnership to constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code.

 

(c)            Each Additional Limited Partner shall automatically be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to a Limited Partner.  Each Additional Limited Partner shall execute such documentation as may be requested by the General Partner pursuant to which such Additional Limited Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The General Partner shall reflect each admission authorized under this Article XI by preparing an amendment to this Agreement, dated as of the date of such admission, including, without limitation, an amendment to Schedule A attached hereto, to reflect such admission.

 

40



 

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES AND VOTING

 

Section 12.1.           Notice s .  All notices, demands, consents or requests required or permitted under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be made by hand delivery, overnight courier service or telecopier (i) if to a Partner other than the General Partner, to the address or telecopy number set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Schedule A attached hereto and (ii) if to the General Partner or the Partnership, to the address or telecopy number set forth in Section 1.5 ; provided , however , any party may designate a different address or telecopy number by a notice similarly given to the Partnership.  Any such notice or communication shall be deemed given (i) when delivered by hand, if delivered on a Business Day, or the next Business Day after delivery by hand, if delivered by hand on a day that is not a Business Day; (ii) on the next Business Day after being deposited for next day delivery with Federal Express or a similar overnight courier; (iii) when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied on a Business Day; and, (iv) the next Business Day following the day on which receipt is acknowledged if telecopied on a day that is not a Business Day.

 

Section 12.2.           Voting .  Any action requiring the affirmative vote of Limited Partners under this Agreement, unless otherwise specified herein, may be taken by vote at a meeting or, in lieu thereof, by consent of Limited Partners delivered to the General Partner with the required percentage in Interest in the Partnership, following notice to all the Limited Partners.  To the extent any vote of the Limited Partners not covered by this Agreement may be required under the Limited Partnership Act or any other law, the Limited Partners shall vote in accordance with their Voting Percentage.

 

Section 12.3.           Trim aran Funds .  Any notice to, or consent or agreement of, the portfolio manager of any of the Trimaran Funds shall be deemed notice to, or consent or agreement of, each Trimaran Fund.

 

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 13.1.           Amend ments .  Amendments to this Agreement which do not adversely affect the right of any Limited Partner in any material respect may be made by the General Partner without the consent of any Limited Partner through use of the Power of Attorney, if those amendments are for the purpose of admitting Additional Limited Partners or Substituted Limited Partners as permitted by this Agreement, including, without limitation, amendments to Schedule A hereto to reflect the admission of such Additional and Substituted Limited Partners and to reflect changes in the Capital Contributions of the Partners.  Amendments to this Agreement other than those described in the foregoing sentence may be made only if embodied in an instrument signed by the General Partner and Three-Fourths-in-Interest of the Limited Partners; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specifically contemplated by this Agreement, no amendment to this Agreement shall (i) without the prior consent of all Partners, change or alter this Section 13.1 or any provision requiring unanimous consent of Partners or (ii) without the prior consent of each of the Partners adversely affected

 

41



 

thereby, increase the liability of any Limited Partner under this Agreement, decrease any Limited Partner’s relative interest in Net Income or items of income or gain and distributions or increase any Limited Partner’s relative interest in Net Loss or items of deduction or loss.  The General Partner shall send to each Limited Partner a copy of any amendment to this Agreement.

 

Section 13.2.           Amend ment of Certificate .  In the event this Agreement shall be amended under Article XIII , the General Partner shall amend the Certificate to reflect such change if it deems such amendment of the Certificate to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 13.3.           Power of Attorney .  Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, in its name, place and stead to make, execute, sign, acknowledge (including swearing to), verify, deliver, record and file, on its behalf, the following:  (i) any amendment to this Agreement which complies with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate and any amendment thereof required because this Agreement is amended, including, without limitation, an amendment to effectuate any change in the membership of the Partnership or in the Capital Contributions of the Partners.  THIS POWER-OF-ATTORNEY IS A SPECIAL POWER-OF-ATTORNEY AND IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST IN FAVOR OF THE GENERAL PARTNER AND AS SUCH (I) SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE AND CONTINUE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT NOTWITHSTANDING THE SUBSEQUENT DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF ANY PARTY GRANTING THIS POWER-OF-ATTORNEY, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE PARTNERSHIP OR THE GENERAL PARTNER SHALL HAVE HAD NOTICE THEREOF; (II) MAY BE EXERCISED FOR A PARTNER BY A FACSIMILE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL PARTNER OR, AFTER LISTING ALL OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS, INCLUDING SUCH PARTNER, BY A SINGLE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL PARTNER ACTING AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR ALL OF THEM; AND, (III) SHALL SURVIVE THE DELIVERY OF AN ASSIGNMENT BY A LIMITED PARTNER OF THE WHOLE OR ANY PORTION OF ITS INTEREST IN THE PARTNERSHIP, EXCEPT THAT WHERE THE ASSIGNEE THEREOF HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE GENERAL PARTNER FOR ADMISSION TO THE PARTNERSHIP AS A SUBSTITUTED LIMITED PARTNER, THIS POWER-OF-ATTORNEY GIVEN BY THE ASSIGNOR SHALL SURVIVE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH ASSIGNMENT FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF ENABLING THE GENERAL PARTNER TO EXECUTE, ACKNOWLEDGE, AND FILE ANY INSTRUMENT NECESSARY TO EFFECT SUCH SUBSTITUTION.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.1.           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  It supersedes any prior agreement or understandings among them with respect to the subject matter hereof, and it may not be modified or amended in any manner other than as set forth herein.

 

42



 

Section 14.2.           Govern ing Law This agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the Limited Partnership Act and such other substantive laws of the State of Michigan as may be applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in the State of Michigan, without regard to choice of law provisions that would apply laws other than the laws of the State of Michigan.  To the maximum extent practicable and unless otherwise expressly provided for herein in respect of arbitration proceedings, this Agreement will be deemed to call for the performance of the terms hereof in Wayne County, Michigan.

 

Section 14.3.           Effect .  Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 14.4.           Pronou ns and Number .  Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, feminine or neuter shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

Section 14.5.           Cap tions .  Captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 14.6.           Partia l Enforceability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 14.7.           Counterpa rts .  This Agreement may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page, and this Agreement may be executed by the affixing of the signatures of each of the Partners to one of such counterpart signature pages.  All of such counterpart signatures pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

 

Section 14.8.           Certain Indem nification .  Each assigning Limited Partner, Substituted Limited Partner and each assignee of any Interest in the Partnership (or portion thereof) shall indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership, the General Partner, each Affiliate of the General Partner and every other Limited Partner who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of or arising from any actual or alleged misrepresentation, misstatement of facts or omission to state facts made (or omitted to be made) by such indemnifying party in connection with any Transfer or admission of a new Partner of all or any part of any Interest in the Partnership, against all losses, liabilities or expenses for which the Partnership or such other Person has not otherwise been reimbursed (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by the indemnified party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnification shall not be valid as to any

 

43



 

Partner who supplied the information which gave rise to any actual material misrepresentation, misstatement of facts or omission to state facts.

 

Section 14.9.           Waiver o f Partition .  The Partners hereby agree that the Partnership Assets are not and will not be suitable for partition.  Accordingly, each of the Partners hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights (if any) that such Partner may have to maintain any action for partition of any of such assets.

 

Section 14.10.         Waiver of Jury .  Each of the Partners irrevocably waives the right to a jury trial in connection with any legal proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

44



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

GENERAL PARTNER :

 

 

 

IRONHILL TRANSMISSION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

45



 

 

LIMITED PARTNERS :

 

 

 

KKR MILLENNIUM FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KKR ASSOCIATES MILLENNIUM L.P.,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

KKR MILLENNIUM GP LLC, its

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KKR PARTNERS III, L.P. (SERIES A)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KKR ASSOCIATES (STRATA) L.P., its

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

STRATA LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Member

 

46



 

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

 

 

TRIMARAN FUND II, L.L.C.

 

 

 

By:

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

its investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

TRIMARAN PARALLEL FUND II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

its investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

TRIMARAN CAPITAL, L.L.C.

 

 

 

By:

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

its investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

CIBC EMPLOYEE PRIVATE EQUITY FUND
(TRIMARAN) PARTNERS

 

 

 

By:

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

its investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

CIBC MB INC.

 

 

 

By:

Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C.,

 

 

its investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

47



 

 

LIMITED PARTNERS:

 

 

 

STOCKWELL FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Stockwell Managers, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

48



 

SCHEDULE A

TO PARTNERSHIP

AGREEMENT

 

Names, Addresses and Initial Capital Contributions of Partners

 

 

 

Initial Capital
Contribution

 

Percentage
Interest

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

Ironhill Transmission, LLC
c/o Dykema Gossett PLLC
124 West Allegan, Ste. 800
Lansing, Michigan 48933
Attn: Albert Ernst

 

$

500,000

 

0.450390

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited Partners

 

 

 

 

 

KKR Millennium Fund L.P.
9 West 57 th Street
New York, NY 10019

 

$

145,683,181

 

65.614322

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

KKR Partners III, L.P.
9 West 57 th Street
New York, NY 10019

 

$

5,537,500

 

2.494037

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C.
c/o Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., its
portfolio manager
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017

 

$

23,770,789

 

10.706138

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P.
c/o Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., its
portfolio manager
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017

 

$

9,354,058

 

4.212979

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trimaran Capital, L.L.C.
c/o Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., its
portfolio manager
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017

 

$

1,434,544

 

0.646105

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund
(Trimaran) Partners
c/o Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., its
portfolio manager
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017

 

$

14,466,699

 

6.515664

%

 



 

CIBC MB Inc.
c/o Trimaran Fund Management, L.L.C., its
portfolio manager
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017

 

$

15,782,773

 

7.108411

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockwell Fund, L.P.
222 W. Adams Street
Suite 1000
Chicago, IL 60606

 

$

5,000,000

 

2.251953

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital Contributions

 

$

221,529,544

 

100.00000

%

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

TO PARTNERSHIP

AGREEMENT

 

Form of Instrument of Transfer

 

The undersigned,                           (the “ Assignor ”), hereby assigns to                            (the “ Assignee ”) all [OR DESCRIBE APPROPRIATE PORTION] of its right, title and interest in and to International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, a Michigan limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and directs that all future distributions of cash and property and allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit on account of said Interest be paid or allocated to the Assignee [OR DESCRIBE APPROPRIATE PORTION].  THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE (and the Assignee entitled to distributions) ONLY UPON ACTUAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT BY THE GENERAL PARTNER OF THE PARTNERSHIP (the “ General Partner ”).

 

The Assignee represents and warrants to the Assignor and the Partnership under Article IX of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) that the following statements are true:

 

(i)             The Assignee has thoroughly read and understands the Partnership Agreement;

 

(ii)            The Assignee is experienced in investment and business matters;

 

(iii)           The Assignee has read the text of Rule 501(a)(1)-(8) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and confirms that it is an “accredited investor” as described thereby;

 

(iv)           The Assignee is acquiring its Interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment purposes and not with a view to or for resale, distribution or other disposition, and has no present plans to enter into any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for any such resale, distribution or other disposition;

 

(v)            The Assignee understands that the limited partnership interests in the Partnership are not registered under the Act in reliance on the representations and warranties contained herein;

 

(vi)           The Assignee recognizes that the Partnership is a speculative venture and the Interests are speculative investments which involve a high degree of risk;

 

(vii)          The Assignee understands that various conflicts of interest arise out of the transactions between the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner and their respective affiliates;

 

(viii)         The Assignee understands that the transferability of the assigned interest in the Partnership is restricted under the provisions of the Agreement and that the Assignee

 

3



 

cannot expect to be able to liquidate the assigned interest in the Partnership readily in case of emergency;

 

(ix)            Unless otherwise indicated in this Instrument of Transfer, that the Assignee is the sole party in interest in the assigned interest and, as such, is vested with all legal and equitable rights in such interest;

 

(x)             The Assignee has not relied on the General Partner or any of its Affiliates or advisors in connection with any state, Federal or local income or other tax matter related to the Partnership or the Partnership Agreement and that such Assignee has looked solely to its own counsel and other advisors in connection with all such matters, including, without limitation, the characterization of the Partnership as a partnership for tax purposes and the allocations of income, gain, profits and losses under the Partnership Agreement;

 

(xi)            The address set forth on the signature page hereof is the Assignee’s true and correct principal place of business and is the only jurisdiction in which an offer to sell the Interests was made to the Assignee and the Assignee has no present intention of moving its principal place of business to any other state or jurisdiction;

 

(xii)  (a)  By checking below, the Assignee has indicated whether or not it is, or is acting on behalf of, a “benefit plan investor”, as defined in 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101.  The Assignee acknowledges that (A) a benefit plan investor includes (x) an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA“), whether or not such plan is subject to ERISA , or (y) a plan or arrangement subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) an entity which is deemed to hold the assets of any such employee benefit plan, plan or arrangement described in (x) or (y) above pursuant to 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 or otherwise, (B) a plan which is maintained by a foreign corporation, governmental entity or church, a Keogh plan covering no common-law employees and an individual retirement account would each be a benefit plan investor for this purpose, even though they are generally not subject to ERISA and (C) a foreign or U.S. entity which is not an operating company and which is not publicly traded or registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and in which 25% or more of the value of any class of equity interests is held by benefit plan investors, would be deemed to hold the assets of one or more employee benefit plans pursuant to 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101.  The Assignee further understands that for purposes of determining whether this 25% threshold has been met or exceeded, the value of any equity interests held by a person (other than a benefit plan investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity, or any person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such a person, is disregarded:

 

o   Yes     o   No

 

2



 

(b)            By checking below, the Assignee has indicated whether it is, or is acting on behalf of, such an employee benefit plan, plan or arrangement described in the preceding question, or is an entity deemed to hold the assets of any such employee benefit plan, plan or arrangement that is subject to ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code”

 

o    Yes     o   No

 

(c)            By checking below, the Assignee has indicated whether it is an insurance company using assets of its general account?

 

o    Yes     o   No

 

If the answer to the above question is yes, please indicate the percentage of the general account that is attributable to benefit plan investors subject to ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code:             %; and

 

(xiii)          The Assignee is not a “public utility company”, a “holding company”, a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company”, as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or a “public utility” as such term is defined in the Federal Power Act.

 

3



 

The Assignee hereby assumes all of the obligations of the Assignor under the Partnership Agreement relating to the Assignor’s interest in the Partnership.

 

                                     , as Assignee, hereby accepts said Interest subject to all terms, covenants and conditions of the Partnership Agreement, as amended from time to time and hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Assignor

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Assignor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee’s Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee’s Address

 

4



 

STATE OF

)

 

 

 

:ss.:

COUNTY OF

)

 

 

On this        day of                       ,         , before me, a notary public, personally appeared                           and                           , known to me to be the persons described in, and who signed and swore to, the foregoing instrument and duly acknowledged to me that they executed the same.

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

Assignment Accepted (check one)

 

 

Substituted Limited Partner

o

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee of Interest

o

 

 

 

International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership,
a Michigan limited partnership

 

By:

Ironhill Transmission, L.L.C.,

 

as general partner

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

5




Exhibit 10.27

 

The CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM

EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

Adoption Agreement

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity.  An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states.  An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation.  Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document.  This document should be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to execution.

 



 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

 

1.01                         PLAN INFORMATION

 

(a)                                  Name of Plan:

 

This is the International Transmission Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).

 

(b)                                  Name of Plan Administrator, if not the Employer:

 

Address:

 

Phone Number:

 

The Plan Administrator is the agent for service of legal process for the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Plan Year End is December 31.

 

(d)                                  Plan Status (check one):

 

(1)

ý

Effective Date of new Plan: 1/1/2004

 

 

 

(2)

o

Amendment Effective Date:                 

 

 

 

 

 

The original effective date of the Plan:                  

 

1.02                         EMPLOYER

 

(a)                                  The Employer is :

 

International Transmission Company

 

Address:

 

39500 Orchard Hill Place
Suite 200

 

 

Novi, MI 48375

Contact’s Name:

 

Ms. Chris Kujawa

Telephone Number:

 

(248) 374-7252

 

(1)                                   Employer’s Tax Identification Number:   81-0596181

(2)                                   Business form of Employer (check one):

 

(A)

ý

Corporation (Other than a Subchapter S corporation)

(B)

o

Other (e.g., Subchapter S corporation, partnership, sole proprietor)

 

(3)                                   Employer’s fiscal year end:  12/31

 

1



 

(b)                                  The term “Employer” includes the following Related Employer(s)

(as defined in Section 2.01(a)(24)):

 

ITC Holdings Corp.

 

1.03                         COVERAGE

 

(a)                                  The following Employees are eligible to participate in the Plan:

 

(1)

ý

Only those Employees listed in Attachment A will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(2)

o

Only those Employees in the eligible class described below will be eligible to participate in the Plan:

 

 

 

(3)

o

Only those Employees described in the Board of Directors Resolutions attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Entry Date(s) shall be (check one):

(1)

¨

each January 1.

 

 

 

(2)

¨

each January 1 and each July 1.

 

 

 

(3)

¨

each January 1 and each April 1, July 1 and October 1.

 

 

 

(4)

¨

the first day of each month.

 

 

 

(5)

ý

immediate upon meeting the eligibility requirements specified in Subsection 1.03(a).

 

1.04                         COMPENSATION

 

For purposes of determining Contributions under the Plan, Compensation shall be as defined (check (a) or (b) below, as appropriate):

 

(a)  ý

in Section 2.01(a)(8), (check (1) or (2) below, if and as appropriate)):

 

(1)

o

but excluding (check the appropriate box(es)):

 

 

(A)

¨

Overtime Pay.

 

 

 

(B)

¨

Bonuses.

 

 

 

(C)

¨

Commissions.

 

 

 

(D)

¨

The value of a qualified or a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includable in the Employee’s taxable income.

(E)

¨

The following:

 

(2)

o

except as otherwise provided below:

 

2



 

 

(b)  ¨                                                    in the                      Plan maintained by the Employer to the extent it is in excess of the limit imposed under Code Section 401(a)(17).

 

1.05                        CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)                      Employee contributions (Complete all that apply)

(1)                ý                               Deferral Contributions.  The Employer shall make a Deferral Contribution in accordance with, and subject to, Section 4.01 on behalf of each Participant who has an executed salary reduction agreement in effect with the Employer for the calendar year (or portion of the calendar year) in question, not to exceed 100 % of Compensation, exclusive of any Bonus.

 

(2)                ý                               Bonus Contributions.  The Employer requires Participants to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions of any percentage of Employer paid cash Bonuses, up to 100% of such Bonuses.  (The Compensation definition elected by the Employer in Section 1.04 must include Bonuses if Bonus contributions are permitted.)

 

(b)  ¨                                                   Matching Contributions (Choose (1) or (2) below, and (3) below, as applicable.)

(1)                ¨                               The Employer shall make a Matching Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount equal to the following percentage of a Participant’s Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year (check one):

(A)

o

50%

(B)

¨

100%

(C)

¨

          %

(D)

¨

(Tiered Match)         % of the first          % of the Participant’s Compensation contributed to the Plan.

 

 

 

(E)

¨

The percentage declared for the year, if any, by a Board of Directors’ resolution.

(F)

¨

Other:

 

(2)                ¨                               Matching Contribution Offset.  For each Participant who has made 401(k) Deferrals at least equal to the maximum under Code Section 402(g) or, if less, the maximum permitted under the Qualified Plan, the Employer shall make a Matching Contribution for the calendar year equal to (A) minus (B) below:

 

(A)             The 401(m) Match that the Participant would have received under the Qualified Plan for such calendar year on the sum of the Participant’s Deferral Contributions and the Participant’s 401(k) Deferrals if no limits otherwise imposed by tax law applied to 401(m) Match and deeming the Participant’s Deferral Contributions to be 401(k) Deferrals.

 

(B)             The 401(m) Match actually allocated to such Participant under the Qualified Plan for the calendar year.

 

For purposes of this Section 1.05(b): “Qualified Plan” means the Plan; “401(k) Deferrals” means contributions under the Qualified Plan’s cash or deferred

 

3



 

arrangement as defined in Code Section 401(k); and “401(m) Match” means a matching contribution as defined in Code Section 401(m).

 

(3)                ¨                                                      Matching Contribution Limits (check the appropriate box(es)):

 

(A)

o

Deferral Contributions in excess of           % of  the Participant’s Compensation for the period in question shall not be considered for Matching Contributions.

 

Note:             If the Employer elects a percentage limit in (A) above and requests the Trustee to account separately for matched and unmatched Deferral Contributions, the Matching Contributions allocated to each Participant must be computed, and the percentage limit applied, based upon each period.

 

(B)

o

Matching Contributions for each Participant for each Plan Year shall be limited to $.        

 

(4)                                                                                   Eligibility Requirement(s) for Matching Contributions .  A Participant who makes Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year under Section 1.05(a) shall be entitled to Matching Contributions for that Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es).  Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

 

(A)

¨

Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(B)

¨

Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(C)

¨

Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(D)

¨

Other:      

 

 

 

(E)

¨

No requirements.

 

Note:                    If option (A), (B) or (C) above is selected, then Matching Contributions can only be made by the Employer after the Plan Year ends.  Any Matching Contribution made before Plan Year end shall not be subject to the eligibility requirements of this Section 1.05(b)(3)).

 

(c)                                                                      Employer Contributions

(1)      ý                                                        Fixed Employer Contributions .  The Employer shall make an Employer Contribution on behalf of each Participant in an amount determined as described below (check at least one):

 

(A)

¨

In an amount equal to       % of each Participant’s Compensation each Plan Year.

 

 

 

(B)

ý

In an amount determined and allocated as described below:

 

 

Amendment

 

 

 

(C)

¨

In an amount equal to (check at least one):

 

4



 

(i.)    ¨           Any profit sharing contribution that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):

 

(ii.)   ¨           Any contribution described in Code Section 401(m) that the Employer would have made on behalf of the Participant under the following qualified defined contribution plan but for the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17):

 

(2)           ¨             Discretionary Employer Contributions .   The Employer may make Employer Contributions to the accounts of Participants in any amount, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion from time to time, which amount may be zero.

 

(3)                                                                                  Eligibility Requirement(s) for Employer Contributions .  A Participant shall only be entitled to Employer Contributions under Section 1.05(c)(1) for a Plan Year if the Participant satisfies the following requirement(s) (Check the appropriate box(es).  Options (B) and (C) may not be elected together):

 

(A)

¨

Is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(B)

¨

Earns at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(C)

¨

Earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

(D)

¨

Other:        

 

 

 

(E)

ý

No requirements.

 

1.06                         DISTRIBUTION DATES

 

Distribution from a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 8.02 shall begin upon the following date(s) (check either (a) or (b); check (c), if desired):

 

(a)  ý                                                      Non-Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

 

(1)              The earliest of termination of employment with the Employer (see Plan Section 7.03) and the following event(s) (check appropriate box(es); if none selected, all distributions will be upon termination of employment):

(A)

ý

Attainment of Normal Retirement  Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).

 

 

 

(B)

¨

Attainment of Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).

 

 

 

(C)

ý

The date on which the Participant becomes disabled (as defined in Section 1.07(h)).

 

5



 

(2)  Timing of distribution (check either (A) or (B)).

 

(A)  ¨                                                     The distribution of the Participant’s Account will be begin in the month following the event described in (a)(1) above, however, if the event is termination of employment, then such distribution will begin as soon as practicable on or after the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

 

(B)  ý                                                     The distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin as soon as administratively feasible in the calendar year following distribution event described in (a)(1) above, provided however, that if the event is termination of employment, in no event will such distribution begin earlier than the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

 

(b)  ¨                                                      Class Year Accounting (complete (1) and (2)).

 

(1)      Upon (check at least one; (A) must be selected if plan has contributions pursuant to section 1.05(b) or (c)):

 

(A)  ¨                      Termination of employment with the Employer (see Plan Section 7.03); provided however, that if the event is termination of employment, in no event will such distribution begin earlier than the 1st day of the seventh calendar month following such separation if the Participant was a Key Employee.

 

(B)  ¨                      The date elected by the Participant, pursuant to Plan Section 8.02, and subject to the restrictions imposed in Plan Section 8.02 with respect to future Deferral Contributions, in which event such date of distribution must be at least one year after the date such Deferral Contribution would have been paid to the Participant in cash in the absence of the election to make the Deferral Contribution.

 

(2)      Timing of distribution subject to Subsection (b)(1)(A) above (check either (A) or (B)).

 

(A)  ¨                                                                 The Distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin          (specify month and day) following the event described in (b)(1) above.

 

(B)  ¨                                                                 The Distribution of the Participant’s Account will begin         (specify month and day) of the calendar year following the event described in (b)(1) above.

 

(c)  ¨                   Upon a Change of Control in accordance with Plan Section 7.08.

 

6



 

Note:  Internal Revenue Code Section 280G could impose certain, adverse tax consequences on both Participants and the Employer as a result of the application of this Section 1.06(c).  The Employer should consult with its attorney prior to electing to apply Section 1. 06(c).

 

1.07                         VESTING SCHEDULE

 

(a)                The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

(1)

ý N/A - No Matching Contributions

(2)

¨ 100% Vesting immediately

(3)

¨ 3 year cliff (see C below)

(4)

¨ 5 year cliff (see D below)

(5)

¨ 6 year graduated (see E below)

(6)

¨ 7 year graduated (see F below)

(7)

¨   G below

(8)

¨ Other (Attachment “B”)

 

Years of
Service for

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

Vesting

 

C

 

D

 

E

 

F

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

1

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

2

 

0

%

0

%

20

%

0

%

 

 

3

 

100

%

0

%

40

%

20

%

 

 

4

 

100

%

0

%

60

%

40

%

 

 

5

 

100

%

100

%

80

%

60

%

 

 

6

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

80

%

 

 

7

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

(b)                The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the schedule(s) selected below.

 

(1)

¨

N/A - No Employer Contributions

(2)

ý

100% Vesting immediately

(3)

¨

3 year cliff (see C below)

(4)

¨

5 year cliff (see D below)

(5)

¨

6 year graduated (see E below)

(6)

¨

7 year graduated (see F below)

(7)

¨

G below

(8)

¨

Other (Attachment “B”)

 

7



 

Years of
Service for

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

Vesting

 

C

 

D

 

E

 

F

 

G

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

1

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

 

 

2

 

0

%

0

%

20

%

0

%

 

 

3

 

100

%

0

%

40

%

20

%

 

 

4

 

100

%

0

%

60

%

40

%

 

 

5

 

100

%

100

%

80

%

60

%

 

 

6

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

80

%

 

 

7

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 

(c)  ¨                 Years of Service for Vesting shall exclude (check one):

(1)

 

¨

 

for new plans, service prior to the Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(1).

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

¨

 

for existing plans converting from another plan document, service prior to the original Effective Date as defined in Section 1.01(d)(2).

 

(d)  ¨                A Participant will forfeit his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon the occurrence of the following event (s):

 

(e)                                   A Participant will be 100% vested in his Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions upon (check the appropriate box(es), if any; if 1.06(c) is selected, Participants will automatically vest upon Change of Control as defined in Section 1.12):

 

(1)

 

¨

 

Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(f)).

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

¨

 

Early Retirement Age (as defined in Section 1.07(g)).

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

¨

 

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

¨

 

The date on which the Participant becomes disabled, as determined under Section 1.07(h) of the Plan.

 

(f)                                     Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is (check one):

 

(1)

 

ý

 

age 65.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

¨

 

age       (specify from 55 through 64).

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

¨

 

the later of age            (cannot exceed 65) or the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s Commencement Date.

 

If no box is checked in this Section 1.07(f), then Normal Retirement Age is 65.

 

8



 

(g)  ¨                Early Retirement Age is the first day of the month after the Participant attains age            (specify 55 or greater) and completes            Years of Service for Vesting.

 

(h)  ý                A Participant is considered disabled when that Participant (check one):

 

(1)

 

¨

 

is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

¨

 

is , by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

1.08                         PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER SERVICE

 

¨                                                           Service for purposes of vesting in Section 1.07(a) and (b) shall include service with the following employer(s):

 

1.09                         UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY WITHDRAWALS

 

Participant withdrawals for unforeseeable emergency prior to termination of employment (check one):

(a)

 

ý

 

will be allowed in accordance with Section 7.07, subject to a $ 10,000 minimum amount. (Must be at least $1,000)

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

¨

 

will   not be allowed.

 

1.10                         DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Subject to Articles 7 and 8 distributions under the Plan are always available as a lump sum.  Check below to allow distributions in installment payments :

 

ý

 

under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) not to exceed 10 years which (check one if box for this Section is selected):

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

¨

 

will not be accelerated, regardless of the Participant’s Account balance.

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

¨

 

will be accelerated to a lump sum distribution in accordance with Section 8.03.

 

1.11                         INVESTMENT DECISIONS

 

(a)                     Investment Directions

Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed (check one):

 

(1)

 

¨

 

by the Employer among the options listed in (b) below.

 

9



 

(2)

 

ý

 

by each Participant among the options listed in (b) below.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

¨                           in accordance with investment directions provided by each Participant for all contribution sources in a Participant’s Account except the following sources shall be invested as directed by the Employer (check (A) and/or (B)):

 

(A)

¨

 

Nonelective Employer Contributions

 

 

 

 

(B)

¨

 

Matching Employer Contributions

 

The Employer must direct the applicable sources among the same investment options made available for Participant directed sources listed in the Service Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Plan Investment Options

Participant Accounts will be treated as invested among the Investment Funds listed in the Service Agreement from time to time pursuant to Participant and/or Employer directions, as applicable.

 

Note:   The method and frequency for change of investments will be determined under the rules applicable to the selected funds.  Information will be provided regarding expenses, if any, for changes in investment options.

 

1.12                         RELIANCE ON PLAN

 

An adopting Employer may not rely solely on this Plan to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” with respect to the Employer’s particular situation.  This Agreement must be reviewed by the  Employer’s attorney before it is executed.

 

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the CORPORATEplan for Retirement Executive Plan Basic Plan Document.

 

10



 

EXECUTION PAGE

(Fidelity’s Copy)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this                      day of                                 , 20               .

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

11



 

EXECUTION PAGE

(Employer’s Copy)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be executed this                      day of                                 , 20               .

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

12



 

Attachment A

 

Pursuant to Section 1.03(a), the following are the Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan:

 

Welch, Joseph

Rahill, Edward

Bruneel, Larry

Blair, Linda

Dudak, Joseph

Flynn, John

Schultz, Richard

Cyrulewski, Jim

 

 

 

Employer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

 

Note: The Employer must revise Attachment A to add Employees as they become eligible or delete Employees who are no longer eligible.  Attachment A should be signed and dated every time a change is made.

 

13



 

Attachment B

 

(a)          ¨ The Participant’s vested percentage in Matching Contributions elected in Section 1.05(b) shall be based upon the following schedule:

 

(b)          ¨ The Participant’s vested percentage in Employer Contributions elected in Section 1.05(c) shall be based upon the following schedule:

 

14


 

THE CORPORATE plan for Retirement SM
EXECUTIVE PLAN

 

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

IMPORTANT NOTE

 

This document has not been approved by the Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental entity. An Adopting Employer must determine whether the plan is subject to the Federal securities laws and the securities laws of the various states. An Adopting Employer may not rely on this document to ensure any particular tax consequences or to ensure that the Plan is “unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act with respect to the Employer’s particular situation. Fidelity Management Trust Company, its affiliates and employees cannot provide you with legal advice in connection with the execution of this document. This document should be reviewed by the Employer’s attorney prior to execution.

 



 

CORPORATEplan for EXECUTIVE
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

 

ARTICLE 1
ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

2.1 - Definitions

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION

 

 

 

3.1 - Date of Participation

 

3.2 - Resumption of Participation Following Re employment

 

3.3 - Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

4.1 - Deferral Contributions

 

4.2 - Matching Contributions

 

4.3 - Employer Contributions

 

4.4 - Time of Making Contributions

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5
PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

5.1 - Individual Accounts

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6
INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

6.1 - Manner of Investment

 

6.2 - Investment Decisions

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7
RIGHT TO BENEFITS

 

 

 

7.1 - Normal or Early Retirement

 

7.2 - Death

 

7.3 - Other Termination of Employment

 

7.4 - Separate Account

 

7.5 – Forfeitures

 

7.6 - Adjustment for Investment Experience

 

7.7 - Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals

 

7.8 - Change in Control

 

 

2



 

ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS PAYABLE AFTER TERMINATION OF SERVICE

 

 

 

8.1 - Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries

 

8.2 - Determination of Method of Distribution

 

8.3 - Notice to Trustee

 

8.4 - Time of Distribution

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

9.1 - Amendment by Employer

 

9.2 - Retroactive Amendments

 

9.3 - Termination

 

9.4 - Distribution Upon Termination of the Plan

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

10.1 - Communication to Participants

 

10.2 - Limitation of Rights

 

10.3 - Nonalienability of Benefits

 

10.4 - Facility of Payment

 

10.5 - Information between Employer and Trustee

 

10.6 - Notices

 

10.7 - Governing Law

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11
PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

11.1 - Powers and responsibilities of the Administrator

 

11.2 - Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority

 

11.3 - Claims and Review Procedures

 

 

3



 

PREAMBLE

 

It is the intention of the Employer to establish herein an unfunded plan maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as provided in ERISA.

 

Article 1 .                     Adoption Agreement .

 

Article 2.                     Definitions .

 

2.01                         Definitions .

 

(a)           Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

(1)           “Account” means an account established on the books of the Employer for the purpose of recording amounts credited on behalf of a Participant and any income, expenses, gains or losses included thereon.

 

(2)           “Administrator” means the Employer adopting this Plan, or other person designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(b).

 

(3)           “Adoption Agreement” means Article 1, under which the Employer establishes and adopts or amends the Plan and designates the optional provisions selected by the Employer. The provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall be an integral part of the Plan.

 

(4)           “Beneficiary” means the person or persons entitled under Section 7.02 to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

(5)           “Bonus” means any performance-based Compensation based on services performed for the Employer over a period of at least 12 months.

 

(6)           “Change of Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets as defined in the regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

(7)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(8)           “Compensation” means for purposes of Article 4 (Contributions) wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the employee a written statement under Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, excluding any items elected by the Employer in Section 1.04, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits, but including amounts that are not includable in the gross income of the Participant under a salary reduction agreement by reason of the application of Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. Compensation shall be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

 



 

Compensation shall also include amounts deferred pursuant to an election under Section 4.01.

 

In the case of any Self-Employed Individual or an Owner-Employee, Compensation means the Self-Employed Individual’s Earned Income.

 

(9)           “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual derived from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established and for which the personal services of such individual are a material income-providing factor, excluding any items not included in gross income and the deductions allocated to such items, except that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989 net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed under Section 164(f) of the Code, to the extent applicable to the Employer. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions of the Employer to any qualified plan, to the extent a deduction is allowed to the Employer for such contributions under Section 404 of the Code.

 

(10)     “Employee” means any employee of the Employer, Self-Employed Individual or Owner–Employee.

 

(11)     “Employer” means the employer named in Section 1.02(a) and any Related Employers designated in 
Section 1.02(b).

 

(12)     “Employment Commencement Date” means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service.

 

(13)     “Entry Date” means the date(s) designated in Section 1.03(b).

 

(14)     “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended.

 

(15)     “Fund Share” means the share, unit, or other evidence of ownership in a Permissible Investment.

 

(16)     “Hour of Service” means, with respect to any Employee,

 

(A)       Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties were performed;
 
(B)         Each hour for which the Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer or Related Employer (including payments made or due from a trust fund or insurer to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums) on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity, disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the Eligibility Computation Period in which such period of time occurs, subject to the following rules:

 

2



 

(i)              No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph (B) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties;
 
(ii)           Hours of Service shall not be credited under this paragraph (B) for a payment which solely reimburses the Employee for medically-related expenses, or which is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and
 
(iii)        If the period during which the Employee performs no duties falls within two or more computation periods and if the payment made on account of such period is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the Hours of Service credited with respect to such period shall be allocated between not more than the first two such computation periods on any reasonable basis consistently applied with respect to similarly situated Employees; and
 
(C)         Each hour not counted under paragraph (A) or (B) for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to be paid by the Employer or a Related Employer, each such hour to be credited to the Employee for the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
 

For purposes of determining Hours of Service, Employees of the Employer and of all Related Employers will be treated as employed by a single employer. For purposes of paragraphs (B) and (C) above, Hours of Service will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 2530.200b-2(b) of the Department of Labor regulations, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service which would otherwise been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period.

 

(17)     “Key Employee” means a Participant who is key employee pursuant to Code Section 416(i), without regard to paragraph (5) thereof. A Participant will not be considered a Key Employee unless the Employer is a corporation which has any of its stock publicly traded according to Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

3



 

(18)     “Normal Retirement Age” means the normal retirement age specified in Section 1.07(f) of the Adoption Agreement.

 

(19)     “Owner-Employee” means, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, the individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner who owns more than 10 percent of either the capital interest or the profits interest of the partnership.

 

(20)     “Participant” means any Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 hereof.

 

(21)     “Permissible Investment” means the investments specified by the Employer as available for investment of assets of the Trust and agreed to by the Trustee. The Permissible Investments under the Plan shall be listed in the Service Agreement.

 

(22)     “Plan” means the plan established by the Employer as set forth herein as a new plan or as an amendment to an existing plan, by executing the Adoption Agreement, together with any and all amendments hereto.

 

(23)     “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive-month period designated by the Employer in Section 1.01(c).

 

(24)     “Related Employer” means any employer other than the Employer named in Section 1.02(a), if the Employer and such other employer are members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m)), or are trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control (as defined in Section 414(c)), or such other employer is required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations issued under Section 414(o).

 

(25)     “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the Employer or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

 

(26)     “Service Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and Trustee regarding the arrangement between the parties for recordkeeping services with respect to the Plan.

 

(27)     “Trust” means the trust created by the Employer.

 

(28)     “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Employer and the Trustee, as set forth in a separate agreement, under which assets are held, administered, and managed subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors in the event of the Employer’s insolvency, until paid to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries as specified in the Plan.

 

(29)     “Trust Fund” means the property held in the Trust by the Trustee.

 

(30)     “Trustee” means the corporation or individual(s) appointed by the Employer to administer the Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

 

(31)     “Years of Service for Vesting” means, with respect to any Employee, the number of whole years of his periods of service with the Employer or a Related Employer (the elapsed time method to compute vesting service), subject to any exclusions elected by the Employer

 

4



 

in Section 1.07(c). An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a break in service begins, unless any such years are excluded by Section 1.07(c). An Employee will also receive credit for any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days.

 

In the case of a Participant who has 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued before such breaks, but both pre-break and post-break service will count for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrues after such breaks. Both accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the fund.

 

In the case of a Participant who does not have 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balance.

 

A break in service is a period of severance of at least 12 consecutive months. Period of severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

 

In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a break in service. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

 

If the Plan maintained by the Employer is the plan of a predecessor employer, an Employee’s Years of Service for Vesting shall include years of service with such predecessor employer. In any case in which the Plan maintained by the Employer is not the plan maintained by a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer to the extent provided in Section 1.08.

 

(b)          Pronouns used in the Plan are in the masculine gender but include the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

Article 3 .                     Participation .

 

3.01                         Date of Participation An eligible Employee (as set forth in Section 1.03(a)) who has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01 will become a Participant in the Plan on the first Entry Date coincident with or following the date on which such election would otherwise become effective, as determined under Section 4.01.

 

3.02                         Resumption of Participation Following Reemployment If a Participant ceases to be an Employee and thereafter returns to the employ of the Employer he will again become a Participant as of an Entry Date following the date on which he completes an Hour of Service for the Employer following

 

5



 

his re-employment, if he is an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), and has filed an election pursuant to Section 4.01.

 

3.03                         Cessation or Resumption of Participation Following a Change in Status If any Participant continues in the employ of the Employer or Related Employer but ceases to be an eligible Employee as defined in Section 1.03(a), the individual shall continue to be a Participant until the entire amount of his benefit is distributed; however, the individual shall not be entitled to make Deferral Contributions or receive an allocation of Matching or Employer Contributions during the period that he is not an eligible Employee. Such Participant shall continue to receive credit for service completed during the period for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Accounts. In the event that the individual subsequently again becomes an eligible Employee, the individual shall resume full participation in accordance with Section 3.01.

 

Article 4 .                     Contributions .

 

4.01                         Deferral Contributions Each Participant may elect to execute a salary reduction agreement with the Employer to reduce his Compensation by a specified percentage, not exceeding the percentage set forth in Section 1.05(a) and equal to a whole number multiple of one (1) percent, per payroll period, subject to any election regarding Bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). Such agreement shall become effective on the first day of the period as set forth in the Participant’s election. The election will be effective to defer Compensation relating to all services performed in a calendar year subsequent to the filing of such an election, subject to any election regarding Bonuses, as set out in Subsection 1.05(a)(2). An election once made will remain in effect until a new election is made; provided, however that such an election choosing a distribution date pursuant to 1.06(b)(1)(B) will only be effective for the Plan Year indicated. A new election will be effective as of the first day of the following calendar year and will apply only to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after such date, except that a separate election made pursuant to Section 1.05(a)(2) will be effective immediately if made no later than 6 months before the end of the period during which the services on which the Bonus is based are performed. If the Employer has selected 1.05(a)(2), no amount will be deducted from Bonuses unless the Participant has made a separate election. Amounts credited to a Participant’s account prior to the effective date of any new election will not be affected and will be paid in accordance with that prior election. The Employer shall credit an amount to the account maintained on behalf of the Participant corresponding to the amount of said reduction. Under no circumstances may a salary reduction agreement be adopted retroactively. To the extent permitted in regulations under Code Section 409A, a Participant may revoke a salary reduction agreement for a calendar year during that year, provided, however, that such revocation shall apply only to Compensation not yet earned. In that event, the Participant shall be precluded from electing to defer future Compensation hereunder during the calendar year to which the revocation applies. Notwithstanding the above, in the calendar year in which the Plan first becomes effective or in the year in which the Participant first becomes eligible to participate, an election to defer compensation may be made within 30 days after the Participant is first eligible or the Plan is first effective, which election shall be effective with respect to Compensation payable with respect to services rendered after the date of the election.

 

4.02                         Matching Contributions If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(b), the Employer shall make a “Matching Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who had “Deferral Contributions” pursuant to Section 4.01 made on his behalf during the year and who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(b)(3). The amount of the “Matching Contribution” shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.05(b).

 

4.03                         Employer Contributions If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(1), the Employer shall make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of each Participant who meets the requirement, if any, of Section 1.05(c)(3) in the amount required by Section

 

6



 

1.05(c)(1). If so provided by the Employer in Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer may make an “Employer Contribution” to be credited to the account maintained on behalf of any Participant in such an amount as the Employer, in its sole discretion, shall determine. In making “Employer Contributions” pursuant to Section 1.05(c)(2), the Employer shall not be required to treat all Participants in the same manner in determining such contributions and may determine the “Employer Contribution” of any Participant to be zero.

 

4.04                         Time of Making Contributions The Employer shall remit contributions deemed made hereunder to the Trust as soon as practicable after such contributions are deemed made under the terms of the Plan.

 

Article 5 .                     Participants’ Accounts .

 

5.01                         Individual Accounts The Administrator will establish and maintain an Account for each Participant, which will reflect Matching, Employer and Deferral Contributions credited to the Account on behalf of the Participant and earnings, expenses, gains and losses credited thereto, and deemed investments made with amounts in the Participant’s Account. The Administrator will establish and maintain such other accounts and records as it decides in its discretion to be reasonably required or appropriate in order to discharge its duties under the Plan. Participants will be furnished statements of their Account values at least once each Plan Year. The Administrator shall provide the Trustee with information on the amount credited to the separate account of each Participant maintained by the Administrator in its records.

 

Article 6 .                     Investment of Contributions .

 

6.01                         Manner of Investment All amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as though invested and reinvested only in eligible investments selected by the Employer in the Service Agreement.

 

6.02                         Investment Decisions Investments in which the Accounts of Participants shall be treated as invested and reinvested shall be directed by the Employer or by each Participant, or both, in accordance with the Employer’s election in Section 1.11(a).

 

(a)           All dividends, interest, gains and distributions of any nature that would be earned in respect of Fund Shares in which the Account is treated as investing shall be credited to the Account as though reinvested in additional shares of that Permissible Investment.

 

(b)          Expenses that would be attributable to the acquisition of investments shall be charged to the Account of the Participant for which such investment is treated as having been made.

 

Article 7 .                     Right to Benefits .

 

7.01                         Normal or Early Retirement If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07(e), each Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age will have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07. If a Participant retires on or after attainment of Normal or Early Retirement Age, such retirement is referred to as a normal retirement. On or after his normal retirement, the balance of the Participant’s Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, will be distributed to him in accordance with Article 8.

 

7



 

If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, a Participant who separates from service before satisfying the age requirements for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement will be entitled to the distribution of his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06, in accordance with Article 8, upon satisfaction of such age requirement.

 

7.02                         Death If a Participant dies before the distribution of his Account has commenced, or before such distribution has been completed, his Account shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) elected in Section 1.07 and his designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be entitled to receive the balance or remaining balance of his Account, plus any amounts thereafter credited to his Account, subject to the provisions of Section 7.06. Distribution to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries will be made in accordance with Article 8. A distribution to a beneficiary of a Key Employee is not considered to be a distribution to a Key Employee for purposes of Sections 1.06 and 7.08.

 

A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or change any prior designation of Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, by giving notice to the Administrator on a form designated by the Administrator. If more than one person is designated as the Beneficiary, their respective interests shall be as indicated on the designation form.

 

A copy of the death certificate or other sufficient documentation must be filed with and approved by the Administrator.  If upon the death of the Participant there is, in the opinion of the Administrator, no designated Beneficiary for part or all of the Participant’s Account, such amount will be paid to his surviving spouse or, if none, to his estate (such spouse or estate shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary for purposes of the Plan). If a Beneficiary dies after benefits to such Beneficiary have commenced, but before they have been completed, and, in the opinion of the Administrator, no person has been designated to receive such remaining benefits, then such benefits shall be paid to the deceased Beneficiary’s estate.

 

7.03                         Other Termination of Employment If provided by the Employer in Section 1.07, if a Participant terminates his employment for any reason other than death or normal retirement, he will be entitled to a termination benefit equal to (i) the vested percentage(s) of the value of the Matching and Employer Contributions to his Account, as adjusted for income, expense, gain, or loss, such percentage(s) determined in accordance with the vesting schedule(s) selected by the Employer in Section 1.07, and (ii) the value of the Deferral Contributions to his Account as adjusted for income, expense, gain or loss. The amount payable under this Section 7.03 will be subject to the provisions of Section 7.06 and will be distributed in accordance with Article 8. For purposes of the Plan, a termination of employment is a separation from service as defined pursuant to Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

7.04                         Separate Account If a distribution from a Participant’s Account has been made to him at a time when he has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100 percent of his Account, the vesting schedule in Section 1.07 will thereafter apply only to amounts in his Account attributable to Matching and Employer Contributions allocated after such distribution. The balance of his Account immediately after such distribution will be transferred to a separate account that will be maintained for the purpose of determining his interest therein according to the following provisions.

 

At any relevant time prior to a forfeiture of any portion thereof under Section 7.05, a Participant’s nonforfeitable interest in his Account held in a separate account described in the preceding paragraph will be equal to P(AB + (RxD)) – (RxD), where P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time determined under Section 7.05; AB is the account balance of the separate account at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution. Following a forfeiture of any portion of such separate account under Section 7.05 below, any balance in the Participant’s separate account will remain fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

8



 

7.05                         Forfeitures If a Participant terminates his employment, any portion of his Account (including any amounts credited after his termination of employment) not payable to him under Section 7.03 will be forfeited by him.

 

7.06                         Adjustment for Investment Experience If any distribution under this Article 7 is not made in a single payment, the amount remaining in the Account after the distribution will be subject to adjustment until distributed to reflect the income and gain or loss on the investments in which such amount is treated as invested and any expenses properly charged under the Plan to such amounts.

 

7.07                         Unforeseeable Emergency Withdrawals Subject to the provisions of Article 8, a Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his Account (and earnings thereon) prior to retirement or termination of employment, except that, to the extent permitted under Section 1.09, a Participant may apply to the Administrator to withdraw some or all of his Account if such withdrawal is made on account of an unforeseeable emergency as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of and subject to the limitations provided within Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

7.08                         Chance in Control Distributions If the Employer has elected to apply Section 1.06(c), then, upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all Participants shall have a nonforfeitable right to receive the entire amount of their account balances under the Plan. All distributions due to a Change in Control shall be paid out to Participants as soon as administratively practicable, except that any such distribution to a Key Employee who has terminated employment pursuant to Section 7.03 shall not be earlier than the 1st day of the seventh month following that Key Employee’s termination of employment.

 

Article 8 .                     Distribution of Benefits .

 

8.01                         Form of Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries The Plan provides for distribution as a lump sum to be paid in cashon the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06 pursuant to the method provided in Section 8.02. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.10 and specified in the Participant’s deferral election, the distribution will be paid through a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) for a time period not exceeding 10 years beginning on the date specified by the Employer in Section 1.06.

 

8.02                         Events Requiring Distribution of Benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries .

 

(a)           If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), the Participant will receive a distribution upon the earliest of the events specified by the Employer in Section 1.06(a), subject to the provisions of Section 7.08, and at the time indicated in Section 1.06(a)(2). If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8.

 

(b)          If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b), the Participant will receive a distribution of all amounts not deferred pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B) (and earnings attributable to those amounts) upon termination of employment, subject to the delay applicable to Key Employees described therein, as applicable. If elected by the Employer in Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), the Participant shall have the election to receive distributions of amounts deferred pursuant to Section 4.01 (and earnings attributable to those amounts) after a date specified by the Participant in his deferral election which is at least 12 months after the first day of the calendar year in which such amounts would be earned. Amounts distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 1.06(b) shall be distributed at the time indicated in Section 1.06(b)(2). Subject to the provisions of

 

9



 

Section 7.08, the Participant shall receive a distribution in the form provided in Section 8.01. If the Participant dies before any event in Section 1.06(a) occurs, the Participant shall be considered to have terminated employment and the Participant’s benefit will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the same form and at the same time as it would have been paid to the Participant pursuant to this Article 8. However, if the Participant dies before the date specified by the Participant in an election pursuant to Section 1.06(b)(1)(B), then the Participant’s benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the form provided in Section 8.01 as if the Participant had elected to be paid at termination of employment.

 

8.03                         Determination of Method of Distribution The Participant will determine the method of distribution of benefits to himself and his Beneficiary, subject to the provisions of Section 8.02. Such determination will be made at the time the Participant makes a deferral election . A Participant’s election cannot be altered, except, if elected by the Employer in Section 1.10(b), if the Participant’s balance falls below the level described in regulations under Code Section 409A, the Participant’s benefit payable due to termination of employment will be distributed in a lump sum rather than installments.

 

(a)           When Section 1.06(a) has been elected by the Employer .  The distribution period specified in a Participant’s first deferral election specifying distribution under a systematic withdrawal plan shall apply to all subsequent elections of distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan made by the Participant. Once a Participant has made an election for the method of distribution, that election shall be effective for all contributions made on behalf of the Participant attributable to any Plan Year after that election was made and before the Plan Year for which that election has been altered in the manner prescribed by the Administrator. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, such method of distribution shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

 

(b)          When Section 1.06(b) has been elected by the Employer .  The distribution period for distributions under a systematic withdrawal plan shall be specified in each Participant’s contribution election selecting payments under a systematic withdrawal plan. If the Participant does not designate in the manner prescribed by the Administrator the method of distribution, such method of distribution for all such contributions shall be a lump sum at termination of employment.

 

8.04                         Notice to Trustee The Administrator will notify the Trustee, pursuant to the method stated in the Trust Agreement for providing direction, whenever any Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Administrator’s notice shall indicate the form, amount and frequency of benefits that such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive.

 

8.05                         Time of Distribution In no event will distribution to a Participant be made later than the date specified by the Participant in his salary reduction agreement. All distributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the distribution date specified in Section 1.06 or Section 7.08, if applicable.

 

Article 9 .                     Amendment and Termination .

 

9.01                         Amendment by Employer The Employer reserves the authority to amend the Plan by filing with the Trustee an amended Adoption Agreement, executed by the Employer only, on which said Employer has indicated a change or changes in provisions previously elected by it. Such changes are to be effective on the effective date of such amended Adoption Agreement. Any such change notwithstanding, no Participant’s Account shall be reduced by such change below the amount to which the Participant would have been entitled if he had voluntarily left the employ of the Employer immediately prior to the

 

10



 

date of the change. The Employer may from time to time make any amendment to the Plan that may be necessary to satisfy the Code or ERISA. The Employer’s board of directors or other individual specified in the resolution adopting this Plan shall act on behalf of the Employer for purposes of this Section 9.01.

 

9.02                         Retroactive Amendments An amendment made by the Employer in accordance with Section 9.01 may be made effective on a date prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which it is adopted if such amendment is necessary or appropriate to enable the Plan and Trust to satisfy the applicable requirements of the Code or ERISA or to conform the Plan to any change in federal law or to any regulations or ruling thereunder. Any retroactive amendment by the Employer shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.01.

 

9.03                         Termination The Employer has adopted the Plan with the intention and expectation that contributions will be continued indefinitely. However, said Employer has no obligation or liability whatsoever to maintain the Plan for any length of time and may discontinue contributions under the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time by written notice delivered to the Trustee without any liability hereunder for any such discontinuance or termination.

 

9.04                         Distribution upon Termination of the Plan Upon termination of the Plan, no further Deferral, Employer or Matching Contributions shall be made under the Plan, but Accounts of Participants maintained under the Plan at the time of termination shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until paid out in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

Article 10 .              Miscellaneous .

 

10.01                  Communication to Participants The Plan will be communicated to all Participants by the Employer promptly after the Plan is adopted.

 

10.02                  Limitation of Rights Neither the establishment of the Plan and the Trust, nor any amendment thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits, will be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer, Administrator or Trustee, except as provided herein; and in no event will the terms of employment or service of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby.

 

10.03                  Nonalienability of Benefits The benefits provided hereunder will not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.

 

10.04                  Facility of Payment In the event the Administrator determines, on the basis of medical reports or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator, that the recipient of any benefit payments under the Plan is incapable of handling his affairs by reason of minority, illness, infirmity or other incapacity, the Administrator may disburse such payments, or direct the Trustee to disburse such payments, as applicable, to a person or institution designated by a court which has jurisdiction over such recipient or a person or institution otherwise having the legal authority under State law for the care and control of such recipient.  The receipt by such person or institution of any such payments shall be complete acquittance therefor, and any such payment to the extent thereof, shall discharge the liability of the Trust for the payment of benefits hereunder to such recipient.

 

10.05                  Information between Employer and Trustee The Employer agrees to furnish the Trustee, and the Trustee agrees to furnish the Employer with such information relating to the Plan and Trust as may be

 

11



 

required by the other in order to carry out their respective duties hereunder, including without limitation information required under the Code or ERISA and any regulations issued or forms adopted thereunder.

 

10.06                  Notices .  Any notice or other communication in connection with this Plan shall be deemed delivered in writing if addressed as provided below and if either actually delivered at said address or, in the case of a letter, three business days shall have elapsed after the same shall have been deposited in the United States mails, first-class postage prepaid and registered or certified:

 

(a)           If to the Employer or Administrator, to it at the address set forth in the Adoption Agreement, to the attention of the person specified to receive notice in the Adoption Agreement;

 

(b)          If to the Trustee, to it at the address set forth in the Trust Agreement;

 

or , in each case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice delivered in accordance with the foregoing to the addressor’s then effective notice address.

 

10.07                  Governing Law . The Plan and the accompanying Adoption Agreement will be construed, administered and enforced according to ERISA, and to the extent not preempted thereby, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

Article 11 .              Plan Administration .

 

11.01                  Powers and responsibilities of the Administrator The Administrator has the full power and the full responsibility to administer the Plan in all of its details, subject, however, to the applicable requirements of ERISA. The Administrator’s powers and responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

(a)           To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b)          To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the Plan;

 

(c)           To decide all questions concerning the Plan and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

 

(d)          To administer the claims and review procedures specified in Section 11.03;

 

(e)           To compute the amount of benefits which will be payable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(f)             To determine the person or persons to whom such benefits will be paid;

 

(g)          To authorize the payment of benefits;

 

(h)          To comply with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA;

 

(i)              To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, and consultants as may be required to assist in administering the Plan;

 

12



 

(j)              By written instrument, to allocate and delegate its responsibilities, including the formation of an Administrative Committee to administer the Plan;

 

11.02                  Nondiscriminatory Exercise of Authority Whenever, in the administration of the Plan, any discretionary action by the Administrator is required, the Administrator shall exercise its authority in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment.

 

11.03                  Claims and Review Procedures .

 

(a)           Claims Procedure .  If any person believes he is being denied any rights or benefits under the Plan, such person may file a claim in writing with the Administrator. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such person to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the person wishes to submit a request for review, including a statement of the such person’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following as adverse determination upon review. Such notification will be given within 90 days after the claim is received by the Administrator (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 90-day period).

 

If the claim concerns disability benefits under the Plan, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing within 45 days after the claim has been filed in order to deny it. If special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant before the end of the 45-day period that the claim may take up to 30 days longer to process. If special circumstances still prevent the resolution of the claim, the Plan Administrator may then only take up to another 30 days after giving the claimant notice before the end of the original 30-day extension. If the Plan Administrator gives the claimant notice that the claimant needs to provide additional information regarding the claim, the claimant must do so within 45 days of that notice.

 

(b)          Review Procedure .  Within 60 days after the date on which a person receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 60 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred), such person (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Administrator for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Administrator. This written request may include comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The claimant shall be provided, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The Administrator will notify such person of its decision in writing. Such notification will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such person and will contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent Plan provisions. The decision on review will be made within 60 days after the request for review is received by the Administrator (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Administrator to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 60-day period). The extension notice shall indicate the

 

13



 

special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.

 

If the initial claim was for disability benefits under the Plan and has been denied by the Plan Administrator, the claimant will have 180 days from the date the claimant received notice of the claim’s denial in which to appeal that decision. The review will be handled completely independently of the findings and decision made regarding the initial claim and will be processed by an individual who is not a subordinate of the individual who denied the initial claim. If the claim requires medical judgment, the individual handling the appeal will consult with a medical professional whom was not consulted regarding the initial claim and who is not a subordinate of anyone consulted regarding the initial claim and identify that medical professional to the claimant.

 

The Plan Administrator shall provide the claimant with written notification of a plan’s benefit determination on review. In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant—the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determinations, reference to the specific plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based, a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon the claimant’s request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits.

 

14


 

First Amendment
to the
International Transmission Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

 

This Amendment to the International Transmission Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“ Plan ”) is effective January 1, 2004.

WHEREAS, the Employer has decided to adopt the Plan by adopting the CORPORATEp1an for Retirement Executive Plan from Fidelity Management Trust Company (“ Fidelity Plan ”).

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

1.                                        The Fidelity Plan is adopted effective January 1, 2004, and all Section references hereafter will be to the Adoption Agreement of the Fidelity Plan, unless stated otherwise.

2.                                        Section 1.05(a) is amended by adding subsection (3): “Restricted Stock Dividend Deferrals. The Employer may allow Participants upon proper notice and approval to enter into a special salary reduction agreement to make Deferral Contributions in an amount up to 100% of any Employer paid restricted stock dividends.”

3.                                        Section 1.05(c) is amended by adding the following subsections:

(4)                                   Savings Plan Make-Up . The Company shall credit to the Participant, on the last business day of each month, the amount of any Company matching contributions that otherwise would have been credited to the Participant’s account under the terms of the ITC Savings and Investment Plan, but for the Participant’s election to defer Compensation under the Plan.

(5)                                   Pension Plan Make-Up . The Company shall credit to the Participant as of the date of the Participant’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the difference between (i) the present value, determined under the International Transmission Company Retirement Plan (Pension Plan), of the benefit that the Participant would have been entitled to receive under such Pension Plan but for his election to defer Compensation under this Plan, and (ii), the present value, determined under such Pension Plan, of the benefit that the Participant is entitled to receive under such Pension Plan. Such contribution shall be determined and credited as of the date of termination of employment.

(6)                                   Cash Balance Plan Make-Up . The Company shall credit to the Participant as of the last business day of each calendar year, an amount equal to the additional increment that would have been added to the Participant’s account under a Cash Balance Plan but for his having elected to defer Compensation under the Plan. Such contributions shall be determined and credited as of the last day of the calendar year.”

4.                                        Section 1.07(h) shall be amended by adding subsection (4) as follows:

                “Permanent Disability shall mean “Permanent Disability” as such term may be defined in any

 

15



                employment agreement between the Participant and the Employer or any of its Related Employers or, if there is no such employment agreement, “Permanent Disability” shall mean the Participant becomes physically or mentally incapacitated and is therefore unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for an aggregate of eight (8) months in any twelve (12) consecutive month period, to perform the Participant’s duties with the Employer or any of its Related Employers thereof. Any question as to the existence of the Disability of the Participant as to which the Participant and the Employer cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Participant and the Employer. If the Participant and the Employer cannot agree as to the qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Permanent Disability made in writing to the Employer and the Participant shall be final and conclusive.”

5.                                        Section 1.10 shall be amended by adding the following language at the end of the Section:

¨ under a systematic withdrawal plan (installments) not to exceed 15 years.

(a)                                   Participant’s terminating employment with an Account balance of less than $10,000 shall receive such benefits in a single lump sum regardless of the distribution election stated in their enrollment form.

(b)                                  A Participant may change the distribution option previously selected at any time by submitting a revised enrollment form to the Human Resources Director. A change in time or manner of any distribution, however, shall be effective only if the Human Resources Director receives the revised election form at least 12 full months before distributions under the Plan are to commence. Any change received by the Human Resources director less than 12 months prior to the date the distribution would otherwise commence shall postpone any distribution from the Plan an additional 12 months.

(c)                                   A participant may request in writing to the Human Resources Director an unscheduled partial or entire withdrawal of the amount credited to the Participant’s Account, including earnings, which will be paid within 30 days in a single lump sum. There will be a penalty deducted from the Account prior to the unscheduled withdrawal equal to 10 percent of the Participant’s Account. If a Participant elects such a withdrawal, any on-going deferral will cease, and the Participant may not again be designated as eligible to make additional deferrals under the Plan until the enrollment period occurring at the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the withdrawal was made”.

 

16



 

Employer:

International Transmission Company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Linda Blair

 

 

 

Title:

VP—Policy & Business Dvpmt.

 

 

 

 

Received by Fidelity Management Trust Company, as Trustee:

By:

/s/ Glen J. Kindness

 

Date:

December 10, 2003

 

Title:

Glen J. Kindness
Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

17




Exhibit 10.29

 

 

INTERNATIONAL TRANSMISSION COMPANY

 

EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

 

Effective March 1, 2003

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE

 

 

 

SECTION 1. TITLE, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1.01.

Title

 

1.02.

Purpose

 

1.03.

Effective Date

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.  DEFINITIONS

 

2.01.

Account

 

2.02.

Affiliate

 

2.03.

Anniversary Year

 

2.04.

Annual Cash Bonus

 

2.05.

Base Salary

 

2.06.

Beneficiary

 

2.07.

Board

 

2.08.

Code

 

2.09.

Committee

 

2.10.

Company

 

2.11.

Company’s Accountants

 

2.12.

Company’s Actuaries

 

2.13.

Compensation

 

2.14.

Compensation Credit

 

2.15.

ERISA

 

2.16.

FICA

 

2.17.

Group

 

2.18.

Investment Credit

 

2.19.

ITC

 

2.20.

ITH LP

 

2.21.

Ironhill

 

2.22.

Limited Partner Group

 

2.23.

Participant

 

2.24.

Plan

 

2.25.

Plan Year

 

2.26.

Person

 

2.27.

Spouse

 

2.28.

Subsidiary

 

2.29.

Trimaran Capital Partners

 

2.30.

Vested Account

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.  PARTICIPATION

 

3.01.

Designation by Committee

 

3.02.

Effective Date of Participation

 

3.03.

Revocation of Designation

 

 

ii



 

SECTION 4.  ACCOUNTS AND EARNINGS

 

4.01.

Establishment of Accounts

 

4.02.

No Requirement to Fund

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.  FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT

 

5.01.

Distribution of Account

 

5.02.

Timing of Distributions

 

5.03.

Form of Distributions

 

5.04.

Change in Distribution Option

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.  VESTING OF BENEFITS

 

6.01.

General

 

6.02.

Rehired Participants

 

6.03.

Redesignated Participants

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.  SELECTION OF AND PAYMENTS TO A BENEFICIARY

 

7.01.

Beneficiary Designation

 

7.02.

Change in Beneficiary

 

7.03.

Survivor Benefit

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.  TAX WITHHOLDING

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

9.01.

Duties and Power

 

9.02.

Benefit Statements

 

9.03.

Right to Accelerate

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.  AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

 

10.01.

Right to Amend or Terminate

 

10.02.

Right to Suspend

 

10.03.

Partial ERISA Exemption

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.01.

Unfunded Plan

 

11.02.

No Right to Continued Employment

 

11.03.

Prohibition Against Alienation

 

11.04.

Savings Clause

 

11.05.

Payment of Benefit of Incompetent

 

11.06.

Spouse’s Interest

 

11.07.

Successors

 

11.08.

Gender, Number and Heading

 

11.09.

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

11.10.

Choice of Law

 

11.11.

Affiliated Employees

 

11.12.

Plan Document

 

 

iii



 

SECTION 12.  ARBITRATION

 

 

 

 

SECTION 13.  CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

 

13.01.

General

 

13.02.

Immediate Vesting

 

13.03.

Transfer to Rabbi Trust

 

13.04.

Lump Sum Payments

 

13.05.

Joint and Several Liability

 

13.06.

Dispute Procedures

 

13.07.

Definition of Change in Control

 

 

iv



 

PREAMBLE

 

Benefits under the International Transmission Company Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (“Plan”) are available to designated executives and key management employees of ITC Holdings Corp. (Company) and its Subsidiaries.  The Company has established this Plan to benefit executives of the Company and its Subsidiaries in a manner that will be in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders.

 

SECTION 1 .

TITLE, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1.01.                      Title The title of this plan shall be the “International Transmission Company Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan” and shall be referred to in this document as the “Plan”.

 

1.02.                      Purpose The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing the ability to attract and retain talented executives by providing such designated executives with additional retirement benefits.

 

It is intended that this Plan provide deferred compensation for a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meeting of sections 201, 301, and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (hereinafter referred to as “ERISA”) and, therefore, to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

1.03.                      Effective Date The Plan shall be effective March 1, 2003.

 

SECTION 2 .

DEFINITIONS

 

The following words and terms, as used in this Plan, shall have the meanings set forth below, unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context in which the word or phrase is used.

 

1.03.                      “Ac count” means the hypothetical record or bookkeeping entry maintained by the Company reflecting each Participant’s Opening Balance (if any), Compensation Credits, credited earnings, and distributions under the Plan.  The term “Account” should not be construed as an actual segregation of assets for the benefit of any particular Participant.

 

2.02.                      “Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

1



 

2.03.                      “Anniversary Year” means the 12-month period of active service beginning with the date an employee is originally designated a Participant.

 

2.04.                      “Annual Cash Bonus” means the compensation payable in the Plan Year under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan, and any similar annual incentive plan of a Subsidiary, or any successor plans thereto.

 

2.05.                      “Base Salary” means base salary payable prior to reduction for any pre-tax deferrals under Code sections 125, 129, or 401(k) and prior to reduction for any payroll deduction for taxes or any other purpose.  “Base Salary” shall exclude any bonus, long-term awards, fringe benefit or other form of remuneration.

 

2.06.                      “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated in writing by the Participant, on forms, provided by the Company, to receive distribution of certain death benefits payable under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.

 

2.07.                      “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.08.                      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations issued there under. References to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

 

2.09.                      “Committee” means the Committee designated by the Board.  The Committee is responsible for the administration of the plan and may delegate such administrative responsibilities under this Plan.

 

2.10.                      “Company” means ITC Holdings Corp. or its successors and assigns.

 

2.11.                      “Company’s Accountants” means the independent accountant or accountants engaged by the Company, and, if selected or changed following a Change in Control, approved by the trustee of the trust established in accordance with Section 13.

 

2.12.                      “Company’s Actuaries” means the independent actuary or actuaries engaged by the Company and, if selected or changed following a Change in Control, approved by the trustee of the trust established in accordance with Section 13.

 

2.13.                      “Compensation” for periods on or after March 1, 2003, means a Participant’s Base Salary, plus Annual Cash Bonus.

 

2.14.                      “Compensation Credit” means an amount equal to 9% of the Participant’s Compensation.  Such credit shall be computed and credited to the Participant’s Account on an annual basis as of the last business day of the year.  In order to receive a Compensation Credit for a given year, the Participant must be actively employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on the last business day of the year.

 

2



 

2.15.                      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any regulations issued there under.  References to any section or subsection of ERISA includes any references to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

 

2.16.                      “FICA” means the tax applied under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act as set forth in Chapter 21, Subtitle C, of the Code, and any regulations issued there under.

 

2.17.                      “Group” means “group” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.18.                      “Investment Credit” means the hypothetical earnings posted to the Participant’s Account.  The Investment Credit will be equal to 9.5% per year, compounded monthly.

 

2.19.                      “ITC” means International Transmission Company or its successors and

 assigns.

 

2.20.                      “ITH LP” means International Transmission Holdings Limited Partnership, a Michigan limited partnership.

 

2.21.                      “Ironhill” means Ironhill Transmission LLC, which is the general partner of ITH LP, of which the Company is a majority owned Subsidiary.

 

2.22.                      Limited Partner Group” shall mean the KKR Millennium Fund L.P., KKR Partners III, L.P. and Trimaran Capital Partners, collectively.

 

2.23.                      “Participant” means an executive of the Company or a Subsidiary who has been designated by the Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

2.24.                      Plan” means the International Transmission Company Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan, as described herein and as amended.

 

2.25.                      “Plan Year” means the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31 of each year.

 

2.26.                      “Person” means “person” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.27.                         “Spouse” means an individual who is legally married to a Participant under the laws of the State in which the Participant resides, on the day immediately preceding the Participant’s date of death.

 

3



 

2.28.                      Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations, or group of commonly controlled corporations, other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

2.29.                      “Trimaran Capital Partners” means, collectively, Trimaran Fund II, L.L.C., Trimaran Parallel Fund II, L.P., Trimaran Capital, L.L.C., CIBC Employee Private Equity Fund (Trimaran) Partners and CIBC World Markets Ireland Limited.

 

2.30.                      Vested Account” means the amount that the Participant is entitled to receive upon termination of service for any reason with the Company or a Subsidiary.  Section 6 governs vesting in a Participant’s Account therein.

 

SECTION 3 .

PARTICIPATION

 

3.01.                      Designation By Committee .   An employee may only become a Participant by designation by the Committee.  Such employee must be an individual who is included within a “select group of management or highly compensated employees”, within the meaning of Title I of ERISA.

 

3.02.                      Effective Date of Participation .   An Employee shall become a Participant as of the date he or she is first designated as a Participant by the Committee.

 

3.03.                      Revocation of Designation A Participant whose designation is revoked prior to the Participant’s retirement, death, termination or disability shall not receive any Compensation Credits under the Plan subsequent to the date of such revocation.  However, all monies that are deemed to be in the Participant’s Account as of the date of revocation shall continue to be reflected in the Participant’s Account, including earnings, gains and losses based on the Participant’s Deemed Investment elections under section 4.02, until the Participant’s retirement, death, termination or disability.

 

If a Participant whose designation has been revoked under this section is subsequently redesignated as a Participant under section 3.01, the provisions of section 6.03 shall govern.

 

SECTION 4 .

ACCOUNTS AND EARNINGS

 

4.01.                      Establishment of Accounts .   The Committee shall establish a hypothetical bookkeeping Account for each Participant.  The initial value of a Participant’s Account shall be zero.  Compensation Credits shall be credited to a Participant’s Account as of the last business day of the year.  The Participant’s Account at the end of the first year will equal the Compensation Credit for that year.  In all

 

4



 

subsequent years, the Account will equal the Investment Credit on the prior year-end balance in the Account plus the current years Compensation Credit.

 

4.02                         No Requirement to Fund.   The Company shall have sole discretion whether or not to invest any of the Company’s funds (whether or not in trust) in a manner that reflects the Deemed Investments or in any other manner.  If and to the extent the Company chooses to invest in any Deemed Investment, assets acquired by the Company shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, and shall not be deemed to form part of the Participant’s Account.  Nothing herein, however, shall preclude the Company from segregating assets that are intended to be a source of payment of benefits from the Plan.  The Company shall not be required to fund its obligations in any manner and shall not be required to invest in any particular investment, including any Deemed Investment fund.  The Company may, without limitation, purchase life insurance or any security or other property with respect to any or all of its obligations under the Plan.  Participants shall have no right, title or interest in any assets held by the Company (or any trust) by reason of a Participant’s participation in this Plan.

 

SECTION 5 .

FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT

 

5.01.                      Distribution of Account .   The Company shall distribute each Participant’s Vested Account in accordance with the Participant’s distribution election unless the Plan provides otherwise.  The distribution election shall provide for payment in either (i) annual installments over a period not less than two years and not more than 15 years, in one year increments, or (ii) a lump sum distribution.  If no distribution election is on file with the Company, the Participant’s Vested Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum.

 

5.02.                      Timing of Distributions .   A lump sum distribution of the first annual installment shall be made as of the March 1 of the plan year following the year of termination of service with the Company or a Subsidiary.  Subsequent annual installments shall be made each following March 1 of the installment period.  Section 7.03 shall govern timing of a distribution due to a Participant’s death.

 

5.03.                      Form of Distributions .  (a)  Annual Installments .   The distribution to a Participant shall be paid in cash.  The initial annual installment distribution shall be determined by dividing the value of the Participant’s Account, determined as of December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s employment terminated by the number of installment payments to be made.  The amount distributed to the Participant thereafter shall be recalculated each year to reflect changes in the Participant’s Account through December 31 of such subsequent calendar year and the remaining number of installment payments to be made.  Earnings and losses based on the Deemed Investments shall be credited to the Participant’s Account through December 31 of each Plan Year in which the Participant has an Account balance.

 

5



 

(b)  Lump Sum Distribution.   The distribution shall be paid in a single payment of the entire Account balance.

 

(c)  Distribution of Small Amounts .  Notwithstanding a Participant’s distribution election, if a Participant’s Vested Account is less than or equal to $10,000 as of any December 31, the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a single lump sum.

 

5.04.                      Change in Distribution Option .   A Participant may change the distribution election by submitting a revised distribution election to the Committee.  A change in time or manner of any distribution, however, shall be effective only if the Human Resources Director receives the revised distribution election while the Company or a Subsidiary actively employs the Participant.

 

SECTION 6 .

VESTING OF BENEFITS

 

6.01.                      General .   A Participant shall vest 20% per Anniversary Year in his or her Account (“Vesting Service”).  There is no partial vesting for a portion of an Anniversary Year.  A Participant’s Vested Percentage shall equal the product of (i) 20% and (ii) the Participant’s number of Anniversary Years as of the date of his or her termination, retirement, death or disability.  Participants shall receive credit for service with the DTE Energy Company.

 

6.02.                      Rehired Participants   (a) Vesting .   If a Participant terminates employment with the Company or a Subsidiary prior to becoming 100% vested, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed in accordance with section 5 and the nonvested portion of the Account shall be forfeited.  If such Participant is subsequently rehired by the Company or a Subsidiary and is designated a Participant in accordance with Section 3, any Account value forfeited upon the prior termination shall not be reinstated.

 

However, if the Participant has not incurred consecutive one-year Breaks in Service equal to or in excess of (i) 5 years, or (ii) the aggregate number of years of Vesting Service the Participant had earned before such Break in Service, the Participant’s Anniversary Date shall be adjusted to take into consideration such Participant’s prior period of active service during which he or she was considered to be a Participant in the Plan (“Adjusted Anniversary Date”).  A new Account shall be established for such rehired Participant for the purpose of recording Compensation Credits and Investment Credits beginning after such Participant’s rehire date reflective of his or her Vested Percentage which shall be recomputed to include the Participant’s Adjusted Anniversary Date.

 

(b) Pay Status of Prior Benefit .  If the rehired Participant is receiving annual distributions of his or her Account as it existed on the date of the Participant’s termination (“Prior Account”), such Prior Account (i) will remain separate from the Account established as described in Section 6.02(a), (ii) will retain the Vesting Percentage applied as of the Participant’s date of termination, and (iii) payments to the

 

6



 

Participant will continue upon the Participant’s return to employment with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

6.03                         Redesignated Participants If a Participant’s designation as a Participant had been revoked under section 3.03, prior to becoming 100% vested, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited with earnings, gains and losses based on the deemed investment of the Account.  If such Participant is subsequently redesignated as a Participant under section 3.01, such Participant’s vested status shall be determined based on the Participant’s Anniversary Years and his Account shall be adjusted to reflect the revised vested percentage.

 

SECTION 7 .

SELECTION OF AND PAYMENTS TO BENEFICIARY

 

7.01.                      Beneficiary Designation .   A Participant shall designate a Beneficiary on a form provided by the Human Resources Director or his or her designee, for the purpose of designating a Beneficiary.  If a Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, or if a designated Beneficiary is not living or in existence at the time of a Participant’s death, any death benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid to the Participant’s Spouse, if then living, and if the Participant’s Spouse is not then living, to the Participant’s estate.

 

7.02.                      Change in Beneficiary .   A Participant may change the designated Beneficiary from time to time by filing a new written designation with the Human Resources Director, or his or her designee.  Such designation shall be effective upon receipt by the Human Resources Director or his or her designee.

 

7.03.                      Survivor Benefit .   If a Participant dies with an Account balance under this Plan, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a distribution of the Participant’s Account.  The Beneficiary shall receive a lump sum equal to the deceased Participant’s Account under the Plan.  The lump sum distribution shall be paid within ninety (90) days following the Participant’s death.

 

SECTION 8 .

TAX WITHHOLDING

 

Benefits hereunder shall be subject to applicable FICA withholding laws.  Benefit payments hereunder shall be subject to applicable federal, state, and local tax withholding laws.

 

SECTION 9 .

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

9.01.                      Duties and Power .   The Committee shall be the “named fiduciary” for the Plan responsible for the general operation and administration of the Plan and the proper execution of its provisions.  It shall have full discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to determine the response to all questions arising from its provisions.  It shall

 

7



 

maintain all necessary books of accounts and records.  It shall have the full discretionary power and authority to establish, interpret, enforce, amend, and revoke, from time to time, such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and the conduct of its business as it deems appropriate, including the right to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions.  Any action that the Committee is required or authorized to take shall be final and binding upon each and every person who is or may become a Plan Participant or Beneficiary.  The Committee may delegate its authority to administer the Plan.

 

9.02.                      Benefit Statements .   The Committee, or its designee, will provide each Participant with a quarterly statement setting forth the Participant’s Account balance.

 

9.03.                      Right to Accelerate The Board in its sole discretion may accelerate all vested benefits upon termination of the Plan, and pay such benefits in a single lump sum.  If the Internal Revenue Service or the Committee determines that any amounts in Participants’ Accounts are currently taxable, the Committee may direct immediate payment of all or some Plan benefits in a single lump sum or to take any other action it deems appropriate.  In addition, Participants terminating employment with an Account Balance of less than $10,000 shall receive such benefits in a single lump sum regardless of the Participant’s distribution election.

 

SECTION 10.

AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION

 

10.01.               Right to Amend or Terminate .   The Plan may be amended, modified, or terminated by the Committee at any time.  Such amendment, modification or termination may modify or eliminate any benefit hereunder except that such amendment, modification or termination shall not affect the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries to the vested portion of a Participant’s Account as of the date of such amendment or termination.

 

10.02.               Right to Suspend .   If the Committee determines that payments under the plan would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to carry on its business, the Committee may suspend such payments temporarily for such time as in its sole discretion it deems advisable, but in no event for a period in excess of one year.  The company shall pay such suspended payments in a lump sum immediately upon the expiration of the period of suspension.  Such suspended payments shall accrue interest at a rate of prime plus two percent during the period of suspension.

 

10.03.               Partial ERISA Exemption .   The Plan is intended to provide benefits for “a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA, and therefore to be exempt from sections 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.  Accordingly, the Plan shall terminate and existing Account balances shall be paid in a single lump-sum and no further benefits, vested or non-vested, shall be paid hereunder in the event it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an

 

8



 

opinion of counsel that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt.

 

SECTION 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.01.               Unfunded Plan .   The Plan shall be unfunded within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.  All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid from the Company’s general assets.  The Company shall not be required to set aside or hold in trust any funds for the benefit of a Participant or Beneficiary, each of whom shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Company’s obligation to make benefit payments pursuant to the Plan.  Any assets of the Company available to pay Plan benefits shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors and may be used by the Company in its sole discretion for any purpose.  A Participant shall be treated as an unsecured creditor of the Company for all benefits under the Plan.

 

11.02.               No Right to Continued Employment .   Nothing in the Plan shall create or be construed as a contract between the Company or a Subsidiary and employees for any matter including giving any person employed by the Company or a Subsidiary the right to be retained in the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s employ. The Company and each Subsidiary expressly reserve the right to dismiss any person at any time, with or without cause, without liability for the effect that such dismissal might have upon him as a Participant in the Plan or for any other purpose.

 

11.03.               Prohibition Against Alienation .   Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void.  No such right or benefit shall be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the person entitled to such right or benefit.

 

11.04.               Savings Clause .   If any provision of this Plan is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision and the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be construed and enforced as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included.

 

11.05.               Payment of Benefit of Incompetent .   In the event the Committee finds that a Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary is unable to care for his affairs because of his minority, illness, accident, or other reason, any benefits payable hereunder may, unless other claim has been made therefore by a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative, be paid to a spouse, child, parent, or other blood relative or dependent or to any persons found by the Committee to have incurred expenses for the support and maintenance of such Participant, former Participant, or

 

9



 

Beneficiary; and any such payments so made shall be a complete discharge of all liability therefore.

 

11.06.               Spouse’s Interest .   The interest in the benefits hereunder of a Spouse who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such Spouse in any manner including, but not limited to, such Spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

 

11.07.               Successors.   In the event of any consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization of the Company, the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries participating under this Plan shall continue and be binding upon the Company, participating Subsidiaries and its successors.

 

11.08.               Gender, Number and Heading .   Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the female gender in all cases where they would so apply.  Whenever any words used herein are in the singular form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.  Headings of sections and subsections as used herein are inserted solely for convenience and reference and constitute no part of the Plan.

 

11.09.               Legal Fees and Expenses .   The Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and expenses that the Participant may incur as a result of the Company contesting the validity, enforceability, or the Participant’s interpretation of, or determinations under this Plan, other than tax withholding under section 8.

 

11.10.               Choice of Law .   This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan, other than its choice-of-law rules, to the extent not superseded by applicable federal statutes or regulations.

 

11.11.               Affiliated Employees .   Transfers of employment between the Company and its Subsidiaries will be treated as continuous and uninterrupted service under the Plan.

 

11.12.               Plan Document .   This Plan document provides the final and exclusive statement of the terms of the Plan.  Unless otherwise authorized by the Committee or its delegate, no amendment or modification to this Plan shall be effective until reduced to writing and adopted pursuant to section 10.01.  This document legally governs the operation of the Plan, and any claim of right or entitlement under the Plan shall be determined solely in accordance with its provisions.  To the extent that there are any inconsistencies between the terms of any related materials and the terms of this document, the terms of this document shall control and govern the operation of the Plan.  No other evidence, whether written or oral, shall be taken into account in determining the right of a Participant, or Beneficiary, as applicable, to any benefit of any type under the Plan.

 

10



 

SECTION 12.

ARBITRATION

 

In the event of any dispute, claim or controversy (hereinafter referred to as a “Grievance”) between a Participant who is eligible to elect to receive the benefits provided under this Plan and the Company with respect to the payment of benefits to such Participant under this Plan, the computation of benefits under this Plan, or any of the terms and conditions of this Plan, such Grievance shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with this Section 12.

 

(a)                                   Arbitration shall be the sole and exclusive remedy to redress any Grievance.

(b)                                  The arbitration decision shall be final and binding, and a judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction and enforcement may be had according to its terms.

(c)                                   The arbitration shall be conducted by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and reasonable expenses of the arbitrators and the American Arbitration Association shall be borne by the Company.

(d)                                  The place of the arbitration shall be the offices of the American Arbitration Association in the Detroit, Michigan metropolitan area.

(e)                                   The arbitrator(s) shall not have the jurisdiction or authority to change any of the provisions of this plan by alteration of, addition to, or subtraction from the terms thereof.  The arbitrator(s) sole authority shall be to apply any terms and conditions of this Plan.  Since arbitration is the exclusive remedy with respect to any Grievance, no Participant eligible to receive benefits provided under this Plan has the right to resort to any federal court, state court, local court or administrative agency concerning breaches of any terms and provisions hereunder, and the decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be a complete defense to any suit, action or proceeding instituted in any federal court, state court, local court, or administrative agency by such employee or the Company with respect to any Grievance which is arbitrable as herein set forth.

(f)                                     The arbitration provisions shall, with respect to any Grievance, survive the termination of this Plan.

 

SECTION 13.

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

 

13.01.               General.   In the event of a Change in Control, as defined in Section 13.07, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the provisions of this section 13 shall be applicable and shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the Plan.

 

13.02.               Immediate Vesting .   In the case of a Change in Control, each Participant’s Account shall immediately be 100% vested.

 

11



 

13.03.               Transfer to Rabbi Trust .   The company shall establish a trust (the “Rabbi Trust”) that is intended to be an unfunded arrangement and not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded arrangement for purposes of Title I of ERISA. The terms of the Rabbi Trust shall provide that, within seven (7) days of a Change in Control, assets shall be transferred to the Rabbi Trust in (a) an amount equal to each Participant’s Account balance as of the date of the Change in Control, plus (b) an amount deemed necessary to pay estimated Rabbi Trust administrative expenses for the following five (5) years, as determined by the Company’s Accountants or the Company’s Actuaries.  Assets transferred in accordance with the preceding sentence shall either be (i) in the form of shares of the Deemed Investments equal to the number of shares of each such Deemed Investment in which the Participant’s Account is deemed to be invested for bookkeeping purposes on the date of the Change in Control or (ii) in the form of in cash, in which case an additional cash transfer shall be made, prior to the initial investment of cash by the trustee of the Rabbi Trustee in any Deemed Investment, in an amount sufficient to permit the trustee of the Rabbi Trust to invest in the number of shares of each Deemed Investment in which the Participant’s Account was deemed to be invested for bookkeeping purposes on the date of the Change in Control (as adjusted for any subsequent share splits, consolidations, etc.)  The Company and/or a Subsidiary shall make all transfers of assets required by the Rabbi Trust in a timely manner and shall otherwise abide by the terms of the Rabbi Trust.

 

13.04.               Lump Sum Payments .   In connections with a Change in Control or consummation of a transaction constituting a Change in Control, the President of ITC shall have the absolute discretion to direct that lump sum payment be made to a Participant up to the total value of such Participant’s Account if such payment will reduce the amount of any potential excise tax imposed by Code section 4999.

 

13.05.               Joint and Several Liability .   Upon and at all times after a Change in Control, the liability under the Plan of the Company and each Subsidiary that has adopted the Plan shall be joint and several so that the Company and each such Subsidiary shall each be liable for all obligations under the Plan to each employee covered by the Plan, regardless of the corporation by which such employee is employed.

 

13.06.               Dispute Procedures .   In the event that, upon or at any time subsequent to a Change in Control, a disputed claim for benefits under the Plan is brought by a Participant or beneficiary, the following additional procedures shall be applicable:

 

(a)                                   Any amount that is not in dispute shall be paid to the Participant or beneficiary at the time or times provided therein.

(b)                                  The Company shall advance to such claimant from time to time such amounts as shall be required to reimburse the claimant for reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses incurred by such claimant in seeking a judicial resolution of his or her claim, including reasonable fees, costs and expenses relating to arbitration.

 

12



 

13.07.               Definition of Change in Control .   Change in Control means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or ITC to an Unaffiliated Person; (ii) a sale resulting in more than 50% of the voting stock of the Company or ITC being held by an Unaffiliated Person; (iii) a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company or ITC with or into another Unaffiliated Person; if and only if any such event listed in clauses (i) through (iii) above results in the inability of ITH LP, Ironhill, the Limited Partner Group, or any member or members of the Limited Partner Group, to designate or elect a majority of the Board (or the board of directors of the resulting entity or its parent company).  For purposes of this definition, the term “ Unaffiliated Person” means any person or group who is not (x) ITH LP, Ironhill, the Limited Partner Group or any member of the Limited Partner Group, (y) an Affiliate of ITH LP, Ironhill, the Limited Partner Group or any member of the Limited Partner Group, or (z) an entity in which ITH LP, Ironhill, the Limited Partner Group, or any member of the Limited Partner Group holds, directly or indirectly, a majority of the economic interest in such entity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ITC Holdings Corp. has caused this Plan to be executed as of this          day of August 2003.

 

 

 

ITC Holdings Corp.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

13




Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-123657 of our report dated May 28, 2003 relating to the financial statements of International Transmission Company, LLC (formerly International Transmission Company), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

        We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Detroit, Michigan
June 30, 2005




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.3

The accompanying consolidated financial statements give effect to (1) a 3.34-for-one split of the outstanding common stock of ITC Holdings Corp., that will be effected immediately prior to the completion of the offering, (2) the adjustment of the number of shares authorized under the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as well as the share amounts of stock grants under such plan and the number of options and exercise prices of options under such plan as a result of the 3.34-for-one stock split, which will be effected immediately prior to the completion of the offering, and (3) the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which authorized 100 million shares of common stock. The following consent is in the form which will be furnished by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, upon the effective dates of the stock split of the Company's outstanding common stock and the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries as described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements and assuming that from March 21, 2005 to the dates of such completion no other material events have occurred that would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements or required disclosure therein.


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        "We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-123657 of our report dated March 21, 2005 (July     , 2005 as to the effects of the stock split, the Amended and Restated 2003 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of ITC Holdings Corp. and its Subsidiaries, and the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation described in Note 18), relating to the financial statements of ITC Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.

        We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

Detroit, Michigan
July    , 2005"

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Detroit, Michigan
July 8, 2005




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM